Donate
   
Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
Amarakosha Search
29 results
WordReferenceGenderNumberSynonymsDefinition
abhīpsitam3.1.53MasculineSingularpriyam, abhīṣṭam, hṛdyam, dayitam, vallabham
abhram1.3.6-7NeuterSingularmudiraḥ, ambubhṛt, jaladharaḥ, stanayitnuḥ, dhūmayoniḥ, jīmūtaḥ, vāridaḥ, dhārādharaḥ, vārivāhaḥ, jalamuk, ghanaḥ, taḍitvān, balāhakaḥ, meghaḥcloud
āptaḥ2.8.12MasculineSingularpratyayitaḥ
arhitaḥ3.1.102MasculineSingularnamasyitam, namasim, apacāyitam, arcitam, apacitam
bahusūtiḥ2.9.71FeminineSingularvaṣkayiṇī
barivāsitaḥ3.1.102MasculineSingularvarivasyitam, upāsitam, upacaritam
bubhukṣitaḥ3.1.18MasculineSingularaśanāyitaḥ, kṣudhitaḥ, jighatsuḥ
gauḥ2.9.67-72FeminineSingularupasaryā, rohiṇī, bahusūtiḥ, kapilā, navasūtikā, ekahāyanī, droṇakṣīrā, bandhyā, saurabheyī, garbhopaghātinī, arjunī, acaṇḍī, dhavalā, vaṣkayiṇī, dvivarṣā, pīnoghnī, tryabdā, samāṃsamīnā, sandhinī, vaśā, praṣṭhauhī, naicikī, pareṣṭukā, pāṭalā, suvratā, caturabdā, droṇadugdhā, avatokā, usrā, kālyā, aghnyā, sukarā, kṛṣṇā, dhenuḥ, ekābdā, pīvarastanī, trihāyaṇī, māheyī, vehad, śṛṅgiṇī, bālagarbhiṇī, śavalī, cirasūtā, dvihāyanī, sukhasaṃdohyā, caturhāyaṇī, dhenuṣyā, sravadgarbhā, mātā(49)cow
ghūrṇitaḥ3.1.31MasculineSingularpracalāyitaḥ
hṛṣīkamNeuterSingularviṣayi, indriyamorgan of sense
īlitaśaḥMasculineSingularvarṇitam, paṇitam, paṇāyim, īḍitam, gīrṇam, praṇum, śastam, abhiṣṭutam, panitam, panāyim, stutam
jananī2.6.29FeminineSingularjanayitrī, prasūḥ, mātā
kācit3.1.89MasculineSingularśikyitam
kāmukaḥ3.1.23MasculineSingularkamanaḥ, kamitā, kāmanaḥ, anukaḥ, abhikaḥ, kamraḥ, kāmayi, abhīkaḥ
meḍhraḥ2.9.77MasculineSingularkrayavikrayikaḥ, ‍naigamaḥ, vāṇijaḥ, vaṇik, ‍paṇyājīvaḥ, āpaṇikaḥ, ‍sārthavāhaḥ
nyāyyam2.8.24MasculineSingularyuktam, aupayikam, labhyam, bhajamānam, abhinītam
paroṣṇī2.5.28FeminineSingulartailapāyi
pitarau2.6.37MasculineDualprasūjanayitārau, mātāpitarau, mātarapitarau
prasūtam3.1.62MasculineSingularbhūyaḥ, puru, bahulam, pracuram, sphiram, puruham, adabhram, bhūri, bhūyiṣṭham, bahu, prājyam
samayaḥ3.3.157MasculineSingularpaścādavasthāyibalam, samavāyaḥ
santāpitaḥ3.1.103MasculineSingulardūnam, santaptaḥ, dhūpitam, dhūpāyitam
trātam3.1.105MasculineSingularguptam, trāṇam, rakṣitam, avitam, gopāyitam
tyāgaḥ2.7.31MasculineSingularaṃhatiḥ, prādeśanam, vitaraṇam, utsarjanam, apavarjanam, pratipādanam, viśrāṇanam, dānam, nirvapaṇam, sparśanam, visarjanam, vihāyitam
vaidehakaḥ2.9.79MasculineSingularvikrayikaḥ
veṣṭitam3.1.90MasculineSingularruddham, āvṛtam, valayitam, saṃvītam
ākhyāyiFeminineSingularupalabdhārthātale
krayikaḥ2.9.80MasculineSingularvaṇijyā
sāṃśayikaḥ3.1.3MasculineSingularsaṃśayāpannamānasaḥ
śayitaḥ3.1.32MasculineSingularnidrāṇaḥ
Monier-Williams Search
1811 results for yi
Devanagari
BrahmiEXPERIMENTAL
yittham. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yiyakṣamāṇa () mfn. (fr. Desiderative) wishing to worship or sacrifice. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yiyakṣat() mfn. (fr. Desiderative) wishing to worship or sacrifice. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yiyakṣatSee . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yiyakṣu() mfn. (fr. Desiderative) wishing to worship or sacrifice. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yiyapsumfn. (fr. Desiderative) desiring sexual intercourse on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yiyapsuSee . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yiyapsyamānāf. desiring to be carnally known View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yiyāsāf. (fr. Desiderative) desire of going View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yiyāsā su- See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yiyāsumfn. wishing to go or move or ride or drive or fly etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yiyāsumfn. intending to set off or depart, desirous of marching or taking the field (with dative case or accusative with or without prati-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yiyaviṣāf. (fr. Desiderative) the wish to mix or blend View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yiyaviṣuSee . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yiyaviṣumfn. wishing to mix or fill or cover with (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhāvayitṛmfn. not perceiving, not inferring, not comprehending. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhidhāyinmfn. equals abhi-dhāyaka- (see pṛṣṭābhidhāyin-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhidhyāyinmfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') giving one's attention to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhiprayāyinmfn. approaching View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ābhiprāyikamfn. (fr. abhiprāya-), voluntary, optional. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhirūpabhūyiṣṭamfn. for the most part composed of learned men, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhirūpaprajāyif. the mother of beautiful children, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhisisārayiṣumfn. intending to go to a rendezvous or to visit (a lover) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhiṣiṣeṇayiṣuSee abhi-ṣeṇ/a-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhiṣiṣeṇayiṣumfn. (fr. Desiderative) desirous of marching against View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhiśocayiṣṇumfn. causing heat or torments View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhivādayitṛmfn. saluting respectfully commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhiyāyinmfn. going towards, approaching (with accusative or in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhiyāyinmfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') attacking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhrāyitamfn. "shaped like a cloud", similar to a cloud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhūyiṣṭhamfn. few, scanty. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyāsādayitavyamfn. to be allowed to approach View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavāyinmfn. going down, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ābhyudayikamfn. (fr. abhy-udaya-), connected with the beginning or rising of anything View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ābhyudayikamfn. relating to or granting prosperity etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ābhyudayikan. Name of a śrāddha- or offering to ancestors on occasions of rejoicing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyudayinmfn. rising View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyuditaśāyif. the state of lying asleep while the sun has risen View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyujjayiniind. towards ujjayinī-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyupeyivasmf(yuṣī-)n. (perf. p.) having approached, arrived at (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyupeyivasmf(yuṣī-)n. having admitted (See 1. abhy-upe-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyutthāyinmfn. rising from a seat to do any one honour commentator or commentary on (an-- negative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adattādāyika(), m. a thief. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adattādāyin (), m. a thief. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adāyikamfn. unclaimed from want of persons entitled to inherit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adāyikamfn. not relating to inheritance. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādāyinmfn. a receiver, inclined to receive View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādāyinmfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādāyinmfn. varia lectio ā-dhāyin- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adāyinmfn. not giving View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhaḥprāṅśāyinmfn. sleeping on the ground towards the east. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhaḥśāyinmfn. lying on the ground View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhaḥśāyi(f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhāsanaśāyinmfn. (for adha-- ās-) sitting or lying on the ground, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādhāyinmfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' equals ā-dhāyaka- above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādhāyintāf. the state of causing etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhiśayitamfn. recumbent upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhiśayitamfn. used for lying or sleeping upon. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāpayitṛm. a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyavasāyinmfn. resolute. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyavasāyitamfn. attempted. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādhyāyikam. (fr. adhy-āya-), occupied or employed in reading or studying View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāyinmfn. engaged in reading, a student. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādisthāyikasee sthāyika- (parasmE-pada 1264) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āgamāpāyinmfn. "coming and going", transient View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āgnyādheyikamf(ī-)n. belonging to the agnyādheya- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agrapradāyinmfn. offering first View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agrayāyinmfn. going before, taking the lead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agrayāyinm. a leader View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āhūtādhyāyinmfn. one who studies only after having been called (by the teacher). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āhūtaprapalāyinm. a defendant or witness absconding or not appearing when summoned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āhvāyayitavyamfn. to be called before a tribunal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āhvāyif. a female messenger. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āhvayitavyamfn. to be summoned or invited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aikānyikamfn. (ekam anyad viparītaṃ vṛttam adhyayane 'sya-) one who commits a single error in reciting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aitareyinm. plural the school of aitareya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ājñāyinmfn. perceiving. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ākalpasthāyinmfn. lasting till the end of the world View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akāyif. a kind of game, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ākhaṇḍuyitṛm. a breaker, destroyer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ākhyāyif. a short narrative commentator or commentary etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ākhyāyif. (yika-,metrically shortened in compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ākhyāyinmfn. telling, relating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ākrośayitṛmfn. idem or 'n. scolding etc. ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ākṣarasamāmnāyikamfn. (fr. akṣarasamāmnāya-, q.v) belonging to the alphabet (as a letter)
akṣasūtravalayinmfn. having a rosary for a bracelet, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akṣayinmfn. undecaying View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akṣayiṇīf. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akṣyāmayinmfn. having a disease of the eye View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alpapāyinmfn. sucking little or not sufficiently (as a leech) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āmantrayitavyamfn. to be taken leave of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āmantrayitṛmfn. asking, inviting, calling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āmantrayitṛm. an inviter, entertainer (especially of Brahmans) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amāyikamfn. without illusion or deceit, void of trick or guile commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amāyikamfn. not illusory, real View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amāyinmfn. void of trick or guile View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amāyinmfn. (prākṛt a-māī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amlāyinmfn. unfading View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āmnāyinm. an orthodox vaiṣṇava- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amṛnmayapayin(/a-mṛn-maya--) ([ ]) mfn. equals /a mṛt-pātra-pa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amṛtadhāyinmfn. sipping nectar, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amṛtapāyinmfn. = preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amṛtapāyinlistening to delightful speech, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anābhayinmfn. fearless (Name of indra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anābhyudayikamfn. inauspicious, ill-omened, unlucky. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anāmayitnumfn. salubrious, curative View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ānandayitavyamfn. to be enjoyed. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ānandayitṛm. a gladdener, one who makes joyful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anantamāyinmfn. endlessly illusory or delusive or deceitful. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anantaśāyinm. "reclining on (the serpent) Ananta", Name (also title or epithet) of viṣṇu-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ananudhyāyinmfn. not missing, not missing anything View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ananudhyāyinmfn. not insidious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anapacāyitṛmfn. not revering, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anapāyinmfn. not going or passing away, constant in the same state View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anapāyinmfn. invariable. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anāpūyitamfn. not stinking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anavasthāyinmfn. transient. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ānāyinm. a fisherman, fisher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ānayitavyamfn. to be brought or led near View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ānayitavyamfn. to be calculated commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anekayuddhavijayinm. victorious in many battles. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
annadāyinmfn. equals -da- above. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anokaśāyinm. not sleeping in a house (as a beggar) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antaḥsmayinsee smayin-, parasmE-pada 1271 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antarasthāyinmfn. interposed, internal, situated inside, inward View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antarasthāyinmfn. separate, apart. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āntarāyikamfn. (fr. antar-āya-), returning at intervals, repeated from time to time. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antāvasāyin m. a barber View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antāvasāyinm. a cāṇḍāla- etc. see ante-'vasāyin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antāvasāyinm. Name of a muni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antavaśāyinm. a barber View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antavaśāyinm. a cāṇḍāla- etc. see ante-'vasāyin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antavaśāyinm. Name of a muni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antevasāyinm. a man living at the end of a town or village, a man belonging to the lowest caste View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antyāvasāyin ī-, inī- mf. a man or woman of low caste (the son of a cāṇḍāla- by a niṣādī-, especially a caṇḍāla-, śvapaca-, kṣattṛ-, sūta-, vaidehaka-, māgadha-, and āyogava-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anudhyāyinmfn. contemplating, meditating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anudhyāyinmfn. missing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anukampāyinmfn. condoling. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anunāyif. a female character subordinate to a nāyikā- or leading female character in a drama. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anunayinmfn. courteous, supplicating. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupasthāyinmfn. absent, distant. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupastīrṇaśāyinmfn. lying upon the bare ground, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupāyinmfn. not using means or expedients. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anusaṃdhāyinmfn. idem or 'mfn. to be attended to, ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuśayinmfn. having the consequence of an act, connected as with a consequence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuśayinmfn. devotedly attached to, faithful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuśayinmfn. repentant, penitent, regretful, sorry for View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuśayinmfn. hating deeply. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuśayinindifferent to everything, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuśāyinmfn. lying or extending along View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuśayitavyamfn. to be regretted. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuṣṭhāyinmfn. doing, performing an act. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuvidhāyinmfn. conforming to, compliant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuvidhāyinmfn. imitating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuyāyinmfn. going after View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuyāyinmfn. a follower, a dependant, attendant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuyāyinmfn. following, consequent upon. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuyāyif. succession. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuyāyitvan. succession. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuyiyāsumfn. wishing to follow, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anvavasāyinmfn. adhering to, depending on (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ānvayikamf(ī-)n. (fr. anv-aya-), of a good family, well born View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anvayinmfn. connected (as a consequence) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anvayinmfn. belonging to the same family View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anvayitvan. the state of being a necessary consequence. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anyatastyajāyinmfn. overwhelming adversaries View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anyāyin mfn. unjust, improper, indecorous, unbecoming. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anyāyinmfn. badly behaved, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apacāyinmfn. not rendering due respect, showing want of respect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apacāyitamfn. honoured, respected View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apanayinmfn. behaving improperly or indiscreetly, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apanthadāyinmfn. = a-- pathad-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aparājayinmfn. never losing (at play) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aparājayinmfn. never losing (at play), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aparicayinmfn. (2. ci-), having no acquaintances, misanthropic. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apāśrayinmfn. having a support in (instrumental case or compound), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apathadāyinmfn. not going out of a person's (genitive case) way (confer, compare a-- pantha-- d-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apātradāyinmfn. giving to the undeserving. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apatyavikrayinm. "seller of his offspring", a father who receives a gratuity from his son-in-law. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apāyinmfn. going away, departing, vanishing, perishable. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpāyinmfn. fond of drinking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpayitṛmfn. one who procures, procuring. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apriyākhyāyinm. teller of bad news (a post at court), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apsarāyitamfn. made or grown an apsaras- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpūyitamfn. stinking. See an-ā-pūyita-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpyāyinmfn. causing welfare or increase View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpyāyif. Name of a śakti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpyāyitamfn. satisfied, increased, improved, pleased, gratified View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpyāyitamfn. stout, fat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpyāyitamfn. grown, spread out (as a disease). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārādhayiṣṇumfn. wishing or endeavouring to conciliate, propitiatory View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārādhayitṛmfn. one who propitiates or conciliates, doing homage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arājānvayinmfn. not belonging to the family of a king, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arasayitṛmfn. one who does not taste View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arcicayiṣumfn. (from Desiderative of arc-) wishing to praise or worship, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ardhapulāyitan. a half-gallop, canter. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārirādhayiṣumfn. endeavouring to gain one's favour, desirous of worshipping View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārpayitṛm. one who inflicts, injures View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārpayitṛSee 2. ār- (ā--). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārpayitṛ View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āryif. Name of a nakṣatra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āsādayitavyamfn. accessible, attainable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āsādayitavyamfn. to be attacked or encountered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asamavāyinmfn. not inherent, not inseparably connected with, accidental View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asāmayikamfn. unseasonable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asaṃcayikamfn. idem or 'mfn. idem or 'mfn. having no provisions ' ' (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asaṃmatādāyinmfn. taking without the consent (of the owner) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asāṃpradāyikamfn. not traditional, not sanctioned by tradition commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśanāyitamfn. hungry View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśayitṛmfn. (fr. the Causal of2. -) feeding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśayitṛmfn. protecting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśayitṛm. (-) a feeder, protector. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āsīnapracalāyitan. nodding when seated, falling asleep on a seat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āsisādayiṣumfn. (fr. Desiderative of the Causal) , being about or wishing to attack View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asnāyinmfn. one who has not bathed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśrayinmfn. joining, attaching one's self to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśrayinmfn. following View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśrayinmfn. dwelling in, resting on, inhabiting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśrayitavyamfn. to be applied to commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āsthāyif. access, audience View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āsthāyif. (exempli gratia, 'for example' āsthāyikāṃ dā-,to give an audience.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asthāyinmfn. not permanent, transient View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asthāyitvan. non-permanency, inconstancy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astryupāyinmfn. idem or 'mfn. not enjoying women (by sexual intercourse) commentator or commentary on ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asūyitṛmfn. displeased, envious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asūyitṛmfn. (an-- negative) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśvapeyin m. followers or pupils of āśva-peyin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśvavikrayinm. a horse-dealer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātapatrāyitamfn. forming an umbrella (as the branches of a tree) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātatāyinmfn. having one's bow drawn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātatāyinmfn. "one whose bow is drawn to take another's life", endeavouring to kill some one, a murderer (in later texts also incendiaries, ravishers, thieves etc. are reckoned among ātatāyinas-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātāyinm. a falcon, kite (see ātāpin-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātiśayikamfn. (fr. āti-śaya-), superabundant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātiśayikaextraordinary, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātiśāyikamfn. expressing ascending gradation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atiśayinmfn. excelling, abounding. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atiśāyinmfn. excelling, abounding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atiśāyinmfn. excessive. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atiśayitamfn. surpassing, superior. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātreyif. a woman in her courses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātyayikamfn. (fr. aty-aya-; gaRa vinayādi- q.v),"having a rapid course", not suffering delay, urgent etc.
ātyayikamfn. requiring immediate help (as a disease) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atyayikaSee ātyayika-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atyayikapiṇḍapātam. special or occasional alms (of 5 kinds), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atyayinmfn. passing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
audanyim. idem or 'm. a descendant of udanya- gaRa tikādi- ([ ]) ' gaRa pailādi- ] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
audayikamfn. to be reckoned from sunrise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
audayikamfn. relating to or happening in an auspicious time, prosperous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
audayikamfn. (with bhāva-,the state of the soul when actions arise ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aupacāyikan. a kind of śrāddha-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aupanāyikamfn. (fr. upa-nāya-), belonging to or serving for an offering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aupayikamf(ī-)n. (fr. upāya- gaRa vinayādi- ;with shortening of the ā- on ), answering a purpose, leading to an object, fit, proper, right etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aupayikamf(ī-)n. belonging to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aupayikamf(ī-)n. obtained through a means or expedient View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aupayikan. a means, expedient View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aupāyikamfn. equals aupayika- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aupayikatāf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aupayikatvan. fitness, properness commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avacāyinmfn. gathering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avadhyāyinmfn. disregarding (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound')
avagamayitṛmfn. (fr. Causal) one who procures View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avalokayitavyamfn. to be observed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avalokayitṛmfn. one who views. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avaśardhayitṛm. one who breaks wind upon or against, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avasāyinmfn. "taking up one's abode, settling" See antāv- and and ante-'v-, yatra-kāmāv-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvasāyinmfn. (fr. avasa-and āyin-), going after or procuring a livelihood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avasthāyinmfn. staying residing in placed (behind, paścā-;as an army), abiding in a particular condition commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avidhāyinmfn. not docile or compliant, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avināyinmfn. (gaRa grāhy-ādi- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avyavasāyinmfn. inactive, negligent, remiss View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āyāsadayinmfn. causing affliction, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ayiind. a vocative particle (especially used in dramas) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ayiind. a particle of encouragement or introducing a kind inquiry. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ayinmfn. only in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' exempli gratia, 'for example' aty-ayin-, anv-ayin-, etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āyinmfn. coming or hastening near View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āyodhyikamfn. idem or 'mfn. belonging to or native of ayodhyā- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ayutanāyinm. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bādhayitṛm. an injurer, opposer ( bādhayitrī trī- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bādhayitrīf. bādhayitṛ
bahiḥsthyinmfn. being outside, external, outer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahudāyinmfn. "much giving", liberal, munificent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahuvyayinmfn. spending much, prodigal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bandhayitṛm. (fr. Causal) one who binds or ties up, a binder on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
barhāyitamfn. (fr. Nom. barhāya-) resembling the eyes on a peacock's tail View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baṣkayiṇīf. a cow with a young calf. (see ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhadraṃyif. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhakṣayitavyamfn. to be eaten or devoured, edible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhakṣayitṛm. an eater, enjoyer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhaktadāyin() mfn. giving food, supporter, maintainer. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmaśāyinmfn. lying on ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmaśāyinm. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāvayitavyamfn. (fr. Causal) to be cherished or protected or taken care of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāvayitavyitṛmfn. causing to be, cherishing, protecting, a protector or promoter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāvayitavyitṛmfn. (as future) one who will cause to be or call to life View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayadāyin() mfn. equals -da- mfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayapradāyin() mfn. equals -da- mfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayavidhāyinmfn. equals -kara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhiṣajyitamfn. healed, cured (wrong reading bhiṣajyayit/a-etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhojayitavyamfn. (fr. Causal) to be made to eat, to be fed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhojayitṛmfn. (fr. Causal) causing to enjoy or eat, feeding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhojayitṛmfn. one who makes another enjoy or feel anything View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhojayitṛmfn. a promoter of enjoyment or amusement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhojayitvāind. having caused to eat, having fed,
bhūṣayitavyamfn. to be adorned or decorated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūtanāyif. "leader of the bhūta-s", Name of durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūtendriyajayinm. "one who has subdued both the elements (of the body) and the senses", a kind of ascetic or devotee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūyiṣṭhamf(ā-)n. (according to to superl. of bahu-) most numerous or abundant or great or important, chief principal etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūyiṣṭhamf(ā-)n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' = having anything as chief part or ingredient, chiefly filled with or characterised by, nearly all, almost; see śūdra-bh-, nirvāṇa-bh-etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūyiṣṭhamf(ā-)n. abundantly, numerously View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūyiṣṭhamf(ā-)n. in the highest degree, very much View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūyiṣṭhabhājmfn. sharing principally, receiving most View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūyiṣṭhamind. for the most part, mostly, chiefly etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūyiṣṭhaśasind. in very large numbers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūyiṣṭhataramfn. mostly consisting of (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūyiṣṭhenaind. mostly etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bibhakṣayiṣāf. (fr. Desiderative of bhaj-) a desire of eating or enjoying View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bibhakṣayiṣumfn. desirous of eating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bibhakṣayiṣudaṃṣṭrinmfn. "having teeth desirous of eating", hungry-mouthed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bibhedayiṣumfn. (fr. Desiderative of Causal) desirous of dividing or disuniting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bibodhayiṣumfn. (fr. Desiderative of Causal of budh-) wishing to rouse, intending to wake (see bubodhayiṣu-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bilaśāyinmfn. equals -vāsa- mfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bilaśāyinm. any animal that lives in holes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bodhayiṣṇumfn. (fr. Causal) wishing to awaken or to arouse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bodhayitavyamfn. (fr. Causal) to be made acquainted with, to be informed of (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bodhayitṛm. (fr. Causal) an awakener View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bodhayitṛm. a teacher, preceptor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmakāyikamfn. belonging to the brahma-kāya-s ( ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brāhmaṇabhuyiṣṭhamfn. principally consisting of (or containing) brāhmaṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmaśāyinmfn. resting in brahma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhadrayi(bṛh/ad--) mfn. having abundant possessions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛṃhayitavyamfn. to be nourished or strengthened View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛṃhayitṛmfn. strengthening, increasing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bubodhayiṣumfn. (fr. Desiderative of Causal) wishing to excite the attention, desirous of admonishing (see bibodhayiṣu-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bubodhayiṣuSee . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cākhāyitṛmfn. (Intensive khan-) Va1rtt. 11. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caṇḍanāyif. Name of one of the 8 nāyikā-s of durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caṇḍanāyif. Name of durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
candrikāpāyinm. "moonlight drinker", the cakora- bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caṭacaṭāyitamfn. crackling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturadhyāyikan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturadhyāyif. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturādhyāyikafor -adh-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturādhyāyifor -adh-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturmahārājakāyikam. plural (equals cāt-) "belonging to the attendance of those 4 great kings", Name of a class of deities View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cāturmahārājakāyika(plural) equals cat- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yitṛmfn. one who observes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cekrīyitan. the characteristic of the Intensive verb View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ceṣṭayitṛmfn. one who sets in motion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetayitavyamfn. to be perceived View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetayitṛmfn. equals ya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chāgaleyinm. plural () the pupils of chagalin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chardayitavyamfn. idem or 'mfn. to be caused to vomit ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chinnabhūyiṣṭhadhūmamfn. bursting through the thick smoke View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cihnayitavyamfn. to be marked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cikhyāpayiṣāf. ( khyā-, Causal Desiderative) the intention to communicate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cintāratnāyitan. cintāratna
cintayitavyamfn. to be thought of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cirasthāyinmfn. long left or preserved (food) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cirasthāyif. long continuance, durability View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cirāyitamfn. equals yamāṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
citraputrikāyitamfn. resembling a female portrait View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
codayitavyamfn. to be criticised View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
codayitṛmf(tr/ī-)n. one who impels or animates or promotes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
corāyitamfn. representing a thief. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cukopayiṣumfn. ( kup-, Causal Desiderative) wishing to make angry View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cukṣobhayiṣumfn. ( kṣubh-, Causal Desiderative) intending to shake or disturb View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cyāvayitṛm. a causer of motion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dākṣāyiṇīf. wrong reading for yaṇī- (above) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
damayitṛm. a tamer (viṣṇu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
damayitṛm. śiva-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daṃsayittṛm. a destroyer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daṇḍāpūpāyitamfn. self-evident Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dāpayitavyamfn. to be obliged to give or pay View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dāpayitvā ind.p. having fined View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
darśayitavyamfn. to be shown View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
darśayitṛmfn. showing, a shower, guide View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
darśayitṛmfn. a door-keeper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
darśayitukāmamfn. wishing to show. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dārṣṭiviṣayikamf(ī-)n. (fr. dṛṣṭi-and vishaya-) perceptible by the eye View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yinmfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') giving, granting, communicating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yinmfn. yielding, ceding, allowing, permitting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yinmfn. causing effecting, producing, performing etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yinmfn. having to pay, owing (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yitaSee under dāpana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dayitamfn. cherished, beloved, dear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dayitamfn. protected View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dayitam. a husband, lover (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dayif. a wife, beloved woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dayif. of ta-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dayitādhīna(h-) mfn. subject to a wife. = View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dayitāmayamfn. wholly devoted to a beloved woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dayitāyamānamfn. lovely View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dayitnumfn. ? View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dedīyitavai dative case infinitive mood of 1. -, Intensive View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devānuyāyinm. idem or 'm. a follower or attendant of a god ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devatāsahāyinmfn. accompanied (only) by the gods id est alone View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhanadāyinmfn. giving rewards or treasures View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhanadāyinm. Name of agni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhanasaṃcayinmfn. having a collection of money View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhanasaṃcayinmfn. of money View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhanasaṃcayinmfn. a rich man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhanvāyin mfn. carrying or bearing a bow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhārayiṣṇumfn. capable of bearing or accustomed to bear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhārayiṣṇutāf. patience View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhārayitavyamfn. to be borne or held View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhārayitavyamfn. to be perceived or understood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhārayitṛm. holder, bearer, restrainer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhārayitṛm. who keeps anything in remembrance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhārayitṝf. the earth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhātreyif. foster-sister (a sort of confidante) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhātreyif. wet-nurse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhātreyif. female slave View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhātreyikāyīf. foster-sister View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhātreyikāyīf. wet-nurse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhavalāyitamfn. become white View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhāyinSee amṛta-dh- (additions) 2. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhāyinen. dual number two doors, folding doors (?), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhenuṣyitamfn. one who has pledged the milk of his cows (?) gaRa tārakādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhoyin m. Name of a poet (see dhoī-kavi-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhūmāyitan. smoking, steaming View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhūpāyitamfn. incensed, perfumed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhūpāyitamfn. vexed, pained View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhūpayitavyamfn. to be incensed or fumigated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyāyinmfn. absorbed in meditation, quite intent upon or engrossed in (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīkṣayitṛ m. consecrator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
diśoyāyinmfn. spreading in all directions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dolāyitamfn. swung about, rocking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dolāyitaśravaṇakuṇḍalamfn. one whose earnings swing to and fro View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
drāvayitnumfn. melting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dugdhapāyinmfn. drinking milk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duḥkhabhūyiṣṭhaconsisting mostly of pain, abounding with sorrow, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dūrasthāyinmfn. idem or 'n. ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dūrayāyinmfn. going far View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durmāyin mfn. using bad arts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dūṣayitnum. idem or 'm. corrupter (See kanyā-d-).' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dūṣayitṛm. corrupter (See kanyā-d-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvādaśānyikamfn. one who has made 12 mistakes in reading View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvayinm. comrade, fellow (see asad-dvayin- additions) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvipāyinm. "drinking twice", an elephant (see -pa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvitīyikamfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvitīyinmfn. standing in the 2nd place or rank View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvitīyinmfn. receiving the half as portion or share commentator or commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dyūtapalāyitamfn. one who has run away from a game View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekādhyāyinm. a single pupil View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekaśāyinmfn. sleeping alone, chaste View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekaviṣayinmfn. having one common object or aim, a rival. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekavyavasāyinmfn. following the same employment. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaḍayitnum. idem or 'm. (fr. pr. p.)"covering" , a cloud (see gaṇḍ-.)' (see garday-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gadayitnumfn. loquacious, talkative View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gadayitnumfn. libidinous, lustful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gadayitnum. a sound View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gadayitnum. a bow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gadayitnum. a Name of kāma- (the god of love) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gadayitnum. for gaḍay- (a cloud) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaganaromanthāyitan. "something like ruminating on the sky", absurdity, iv, 48. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gamayitavyamfn. to be spent (time) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gamayitṛmfn. causing to arrive at, leading to (in compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaṇanāyif. durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaṇayitrikāf. "counter", a rosary (only Prakrit ṅettiyā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaṇayitrikāf. (irregular ṇatr-and ṇitr-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gardayitnum. (equals gaḍay-) "rumbler", a cloud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yif. a songstress, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gayinm. Name of the author of a commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghaṭayitavyamfn. to be shut (a hole) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghaṭṭakuṭīprabhātāyitan. "acting like the dawn in a hut near a landing-place", forcing an entrance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghoṣayitnum. a crier, proclaimer, herald View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghoṣayitnum. a Brahman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghoṣayitnum. the Koil or Indian cuckoo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghoṣayitnuSee 1. ghuṣ-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghṛtavikrayinm. a vendor of ghee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
giriśāyif. (equals -śā-) a kind of bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gopāyitamfn. preserved, protected View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gopayitavyamfn. varia lectio for pāy-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gopāyitavyamfn. to be hidden View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gopāyitṛm. a protector View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāhayitavyamfn. to be urged to undertake anything (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhaśāyinm. "dwelling in the house", a pigeon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gumagumāyitan. equals guṃ-kāra-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gusāyinm. Hussein. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hairaṇyikamf(ā-or ī-)n. (fr. hiraṇya-) gaRa kāśyādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hairaṇyikam. a goldsmith View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hariścandrākhyāyif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harṣayitnumfn. gladdening, causing delight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harṣayitnum. a son View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harṣayitnun. gold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hāstidāyim. patronymic fr. hasti-d- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hāsyasthāyibhāvam. the permanent sense of humour (See sthāyi-bh-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayim. or f. wish, desire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yiind. an exclamation used in chanting a sāman- (see hāī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yikāram. the exclamation hāyas-
hayinm. a horseman, rider View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yinmfn. leaving, abandoning, neglecting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hiraṇyinmfn. abounding in gold gaRa prīkṣādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hiraṇyif. a gold-mine, region abounding in gold gaRa puṣkarādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hitādhāyinmfn. equals hita-kara- ( hitādhāyitā yi-- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hitādhāyif. hitādhāyin
hṛdayasthāyinmfn. being in the interior of the body View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hṛdayikamfn. good-hearted, warm-hearted, hearty Va1rtt. 5 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hṛdayinmfn. having a heart, tender-hearted, hearty Va1rtt. 5 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hṛdayitnumfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hvāyayitavyaSee ā-hv-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hvāyinmfn. calling, invoking, challenging View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hvayitavyaSee ā-hv-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
indirādayitam. Name (also title or epithet) of viṣṇu-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
indrajidvijayinm. "conqueror of indra-jit-", Name of lakṣmaṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
īrṣyinmfn. envious, spiteful. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
īrṣyitan. envy, jealousy. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
īyivasmfn. (īyivān-, īyuṣī-, īyivat-)(perfect tense parasmE-pada of i-) one who has gone View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
īyivasmfn. one who has obtained etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jaghanyaśāyinmfn. going to bed last, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jalaśāyinmfn. lying in water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jalaśāyinm. equals -śaya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jalaśāyitīrthan. Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jāmadagnyāyitan. the act of killing after the manner of paraśu-rāma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
janayiṣṇum. a progenitor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
janayitavyamfn. to be generated or produced View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
janayitnum. a father, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
janayitṛm. ( ) one Who generates or begets or produces, progenitor, father etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
janayitrīf. a mother View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jarayitṛmfn. "consumer" See jāra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jaṭharasthāyinmfn. idem or 'mfn. being in the belly or in the womb, W' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jayinmfn. () conquering, conqueror (chiefly in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jayinmfn. victorious (in battle ;in a lawsuit ;in planetary opposition ;in playing at dice ;in sport ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jayinmfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' removing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jayinmfn. equals ya-kṛt- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yinmfn. ( ji-) in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' conquering, subduing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yinm. Name of a dhruvaka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jayiṣṇumfn. victorious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jayitṛmf(trī-)n. victorious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jhaṇajhaṇāyitamfn. tinkling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jijñāpayiṣumfn. (jñā-,Caus. Desiderative) wishing to make known View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jīvapattrapracāyif. for -putra-pr- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jīvaputrapracāyif. "gathering of the jīva-putra- plant", a kind of game and View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jīvitapradāyinmfn. life preserving, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
joṣayitavyamfn. to be approved without reflection View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
joṣayitṛmfn. equals joṣṭ/ṛ- (superl. -tama-) (f(ṭrī-).). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyāyiṣṭhamfn. (irregular superl.) most excellent, first, best View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyotirlekhāvalayinmfn. studded with rows of stars View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kālodāyinm. "the black udāyin-", Name of a pupil of śākya-muni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kālodayinm. Name (also title or epithet) of a disciple of buddha-, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kālodāyinSee 1. kāla-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalpāntasthāyinmfn. lasting to the end of time View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalpayitavyamfn. to be assumed, to be supposed, to be conceived commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalpotthāyinmfn. , misprint for kalyotthāyin-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalyotthāyinmfn. rising at day-break View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmāgāyinmfn. singing a wish, jaim View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmāvasāyinmfn. suppressing desire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmāvasāyif. the power of suppressing desire (one of the eight supernatural faculties of śiva-) (see yatra-kām-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmāvasāyitṛmfn. one who or anything that suppresses or destroys passion or desire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmāvasāyitvan. the power of suppressing desire (one of the eight supernatural faculties of śiva-) (see yatra-kām-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmayitṛmfn. libidinous, lustful, desirous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kambālāyinm. a sort of kite (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kambvātāyinm. the bird Falco Cheela View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmukāyita parasmE-pada n. the actions or behaviour of a lover View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṇapāyinm. idem or '(kaṇān-, lohagulikāḥ pibatī-) m. a kind of weapon ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṇḍūyitan. idem or 'f. scratching, itching commentator or commentary on ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṇḍūyitṛmfn. scratching, a scratcher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kanyādūṣayitṛm. the defiler of a maiden View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kanyif. a girl, maiden, daughter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kanyiSee under kanyaka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karatoyif. Name of a river (probably = the last) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karāyif. a bird, a small kind of crane View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kārāyif. equals karāy- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kārayiṣṇumfn. causing to act or perform View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kārayitavyamfn. to be caused or effected or made to do View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kārayitavyadakṣamfn. clever at performing what has to be done View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kārayitṛmfn. causing or instigating to act or do View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kārayitṛmfn. performer of a religious ceremony View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karmābhidhāyinmfn. idem or 'mfn. enjoining or prescribing duties or acts ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karmānuṣṭhāyinmfn. practising duties, performing rites etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāryikamfn. ( ) pleading a cause in court View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāryinmfn. ( ) one who transacts business, assiduous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāryinmfn. seeking for employment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāryinmfn. having an object View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāryinmfn. a party to a suit either as plaintiff or defendant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāryinmfn. (in grammar) subject to the operation of a grammatical rule, requiring an affix, etc. &
kaṣāyinmfn. yielding a resinous exudation, astringent, dyed of a red colour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṣāyinmfn. worldly-minded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṣāyinm. the plant Shorea robusta (śāla-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṣāyinm. Artocarpus Lakucha View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṣāyinm. the wild date-palm (kharjūrī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāṣāyinm. "wearing a brown-red garment", a Buddhist monk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāṣāyinm. plural (iṇas-) the school of kaśāya- gaRa śaunakādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṣāyitamfn. reddened, red View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṣāyitamfn. coloured View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṣāyitamfn. spotted, soiled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṣāyitamfn. prepared for dyeing or colouring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṣāyitamfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' permeated with, rendered full of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṣāyitamfn. dimmed, cloaked (with envy, īrṣyā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṭakavalayinmfn. ornamented with a bracelet and an armlet on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kathayitavyamfn. to be told or mentioned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kathayitavyamfn. to be communicated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kauṇḍapāyinamfn. with ayana- Name of a soma- libation (equals kuṇḍa-pāyinām ay-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kauṇḍapāyinamfn. kauṇḍapāyinām ay- for nam ay-, or for kuṇḍa-pāyinām ay- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kavayitṛm. a poet commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kavayitṛSee kav-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yif. (with or without vṛddhi-), interest obtained from capital, etc. [ kāyikā vṛddhi- f.interest consisting in the use of an animal or any capital stock pawned or pledged;service rendered by the body of an animal (as a cow, etc.) pledged and used by the person to whom it is pledged;or (according to some) interest of which the payment does not affect the principal.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yikamf(ī-)n. performed with the body View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yikamf(ī-)n. corporeal etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yikamf(ī-)n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') belonging to an assemblage or multitude View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ketayitṛmf(trī-)n. one who summons on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kevalanaiyāyikam. a mere logician (not versed in any other science) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kevalānvayigrantham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kevalānvayinmfn. pertaining only to connection View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kevalānvayinrahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kevalānvayinvādam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khaṇakhaṇāyitamfn. tinkling etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khanayitrīf. a spade View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kharakaṇḍūyitan. idem or 'n. "scraping or rubbing with a sharp object", making worse any evil ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kharāyitan. behaviour of an ass View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khedayitavyamfn. to be depressed or made distressed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kisalayitamfn. (gaRa tārakādi-) furnished with leaf-buds or young shoots View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
knūyitṛmfn. stinking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kopayiṣṇumfn. intending to exasperate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kośaśāyif. a clasp-knife or one lying in a sheath View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kramādhyāyinmfn. studying the krama- arrangement of a Vedic text View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kramānuyāyinmfn. following the methodical order. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kratuvikrayinmfn. one who sells the possible benefits of a sacrifice performed by himself
krayākrayif. gaRa śāka-pārthivāadi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krayavikrayikam. a trader or merchant, dealer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krayavikrayinmfn. one who buys or sells, who strikes a bargain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krayavikrayinmfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krayikamfn. ( ) buying View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krayikam. a buyer, trader, dealer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krāyikam. idem or 'm. a buyer, trader ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krayinm. a buyer, purchaser View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krayinm. Name of rudra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krayinm. (krīvi- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛpāyitan. lamenting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛpāyitavatmfn. lamenting, mourning (edition Bomb.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtaniścayinmfn. one who has formed a resolution, determined, resolved View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣapayiṣṇumfn. one who intends to efface or do penance for (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣapayiṣṇumfn. destroying View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣapayiṣṇuSee 1. and 3. kskap-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣatriyif. equals yakā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣayayitavyamfn. to be destroyed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣayi(in compound for yin- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣayika yita-, etc. See 4. kṣi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣāyikaSee 4. kṣi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣayikamfn. consumptive View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣāyikamfn. resulting from the (kṣayopa-śama-or) annihilation of the desire of being active () . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣayikalaSee kṣaya-kara-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣayinmfn. () wasting, decaying, waning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣayinmfn. perishable etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣayinmfn. consumptive View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣayiṣṇumfn. perishable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣayiṣṇumfn. destroying, removing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣayiṣṇumfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣayitamfn. destroyed, ruined, put an end to, finished View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣayitamfn. (in mathematics) divided View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣayitatāf. the being destroyed or annihilated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣayitvan. perishableness, fragility View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣīrapāyinmfn. drinking milk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣīrapāyinmfn. drinking or imbibing water repeatedly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣīrapāyinm. plural (iṇas-) (equals -pāṇa-),"milk-drinkers", Name of the uśīnara-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣmāyitamfn. shaken, made to tremble View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣmāyitamfn. trembling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣmāyitṛmfn. ( ) trembling, shaking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣobhayitṛmfn. one who gives the first impulse for anything View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuḍāyif. (in music) Name of a particular rāga-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kulanāyif. a girl worshipped at the celebration of the orgies of the left-hand śākta-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kulāyanilāyinmfn. sitting in a nest, brooding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kulāyanilāyif. the act of hatching, etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kulāyif. a bird-cage, aviary
kulāyinmfn. forming a nest, shaped like a nest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kulāyif. an aviary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kulāyif. Name of a liturgical service commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuṇḍapāyinmfn. drinking out of pitchers (yinām ayana- n.a particular religious ceremony) (see kauṇ ḍapāyina-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuṇḍaśāyinm. Name of a son of dhṛtarāṣṭra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kusumadāyinmfn. putting forth buds, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuvalayif. an assemblage of water-lilies, place abounding with them View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuvalayitamfn. (gaRa tārakādi-) decorated with water-lilies View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kvāthayitavyamfn. to be boiled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kvayim. a kind of bird (equals mṛga-viśeṣa- Scholiast or Commentator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lajjāpayitṛmfn. (Prakrit tṇka-See lajj-) causing shame View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lajjāyitamfn. ashamed, abashed, embarrassed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lajjāyitan. plural shame, embarrassment, perplexity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣmīpraṇayinmfn. dear to lakṣmī-, a favourite of fortune View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lākṣyikamf(ī-)n. equals lakṣyam- adhīt veda vā- vArttika View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lālāyitamfn. emitting saliva, slobbering, drivelling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lālayitavyamfn. idem or 'mfn. to be caressed or fondled or indulged ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lambhayitavyamfn. to be applied or set to work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laṅkāpikāyi f. Trigonella Corniculata View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laṅkāpikoyif. Trigonella Corniculata View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laṅkāsthāyinmfn. residing or being in laṅkā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laṅkāsthāyinm. Euphorbia Tirucalli View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lavaṇalāyif. an instrument by which salt is given to a horse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lilakṣayiṣitamfn. (fr. Desiderative of laksh-, lakṣayati-) wished or intended to be indicated, had in view, meant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
līlāyitamfn. sporting, dallying, rejoicing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
līlāyitamfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') pretending to be, representing, resembling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
līlāyitan. sport, amusement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
līlāyitan. an exploit easily accomplished View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lopāyif. a kind of bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madālasākhyāyif. Name of work (or kh-?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madātyayitamfn. suffering from this disorder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādayiṣṇumfn. intoxicating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madayitnum. "intoxicating etc.", (only ) the god of love View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madayitnum. a distiller of spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madayitnum. a drunken man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madayitnum. a cloud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madayitnumn. spirituous liquor. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādayitnu mfn. intoxicating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madayitṛmfn. intoxicating, an intoxicater, maddener, delighter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādayitṛm. an exhilarater, gladdener (f. trī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhupāyinm. "honey-drinker", a bee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyaśāyinmfn. lying in the midst lying within View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyāyinmfn. recited in the middle tone View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahādevavājapeyinm. Name of learned man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahākāyikam. Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahātyayatyayikamfn. connected with any great immediate evil or danger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maitreyif. descent from mitrayu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maitreyif. a contest between friends or allies View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
majjayitṛmfn. one who causes to sink or plunge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṃhayadrayimfn. (pr. p. of Causal + rayi-) granting wealth or treasures View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṃsagṛdhyinmfn. desirous of flesh View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṃsaparivikrayinm. a flesh-monger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṃsavikrayin() m. a flesh-seller (the former also used as a term of reproach). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manasājñāyin(-) mfn. perceiving with the soul or intellectually , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mānavikrayinmfn. selling one's honour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mānayitavyamfn. to be honoured, deserving honour or respect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manayitṛmf(trī-)n. on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mānayitṛmfn. one who honours or respects View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mañcakāśrayinm. "bed-infesting", a bed-bug, house-bug View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇḍayitnum. one who adorns, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇḍayitnua lover, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇḍūkaśāyinmfn. lying like a frog-meditation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manoyāyinmfn. going at will or wherever one likes ( manoyāyitva yi-tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manoyāyitvan. manoyāyin
mārakāyikamfn. belonging to the retinue or attendants of māra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maraṇasāmāyikanirṇayam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
marāyinm. (prob.) Name of a man ("destroying enemies"equals śatrūṇām mārakaḥ-;others "brilliant, splendid") . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
marāyin mar/āyu- See above. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mārgadāyif. "giving up the way", Name of dākṣāyaṇī- at kedāra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mārgākhyāyinm. "road-teller", a guide View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māsasaṃcayikamfn. having provisions for a month View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mātsyikam. a fisherman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māyāyinmfn. equals māyā-v/in- above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yiin compound for māyin-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yibhairavatantran. Name of a tantra- (see māyika-bhairava-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yikamfn. illusory, creating illusion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yikamfn. practising deceit, deceiving others View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yikam. a conjurer, juggler View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yikan. or f(ā-). a gall-nut View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yikabhairavan. Name of a tantra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yikāyam. Name of a grammarian View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yimatakhaṇḍanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yinmfn. artful, skilled in art or enchantment, cunning, deceptive, illusory ( māyitā yi-- f.) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yinmfn. subject to illusion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yinm. a conjurer, juggler, magician View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yinm. a cheat, deceiver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yinm. Name of brahmā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yinm. of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yinm. of agni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yinm. of kāma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yinn. magic, magical art (see durm-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yinn. a gall-nut View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yiphalan. a gall-nut View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yif. māyin
mayivasumfn. (fr. mayi- locative case sg. of 3. ma-+ vasu-) good in me (used in particular formulas) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mimārayiṣumfn. (fr. Desiderative of Causal of mṛ-) wishing to kill View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mimardayiṣu mfn. - (fr. Desiderative of mṛd-) wishing to crush or grind down View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mitaśāyinmfn. sleeping little or sparingly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mitavyayinmfn. spending little, frugal, economical View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mlāyinmfn. fading, withering away, languishing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mocayitavyamfn. idem or 'mfn. to be released or set free ' (varia lectio mocit-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mocayitṛmfn. freeing, releasing on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mohayitṛmfn. one who bewilders or perplexes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mokṣayitavyamfn. to be emancipated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mokṣayitṛmfn. one who frees or liberates from (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
moṣayitnum. (fr. Causal) a Brahman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
moṣayitnum. the Indian cuckoo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
moṭṭāyitan. showing affection in the absence of a loved object, the silent expression of returned affection View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛgaśāyif. the recumbent posture of an antelope (śayīta mṛgaśāyikām-,"let him lie as still as an antelope") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛṣādhyāyinm. "feignedly meditative", Ardea Nivea (a species of crane compared to a religious hypocrite) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukhenādāyinm. plural Name (also title or epithet) of a particular class of self-mortifying devotees, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukulāyitamfn. budded, blossomed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mūlasthāyinmfn. existing from the beginning (said of śiva-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mumocayiṣumfn. desirous of setting free or liberating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mumokṣayiṣu mfn. desirous of setting free or liberating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mumokṣayiṣu mumocayiṣu- See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mumokṣayiṣumfn. See under 2. muc-, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mūṣikāhairanyikam. nickname of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāgarayāyigraham. plural planets opposed to each other in various particular ways (see above) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nairayikamfn. hellish, an inhabitant of hell View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naiṣadyikam. (with ) Name of one of the 12 dhūta-guṇa-s or ascetic practices View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naityikamfn. equals tyaka- mfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naiyāyikamfn. knowing the nyāya- philosophy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naiyāyikam. a follower of the nyāya- system of investigation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nākādhipanāyif. plural the courtezans of indra- id est the apsaras- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nālāyitamfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
namasyitamfn. See under namasa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
namayiṣṇumfn. bowing, bending View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
namayitavyamfn. to be bent (bow) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nandayitnum. joy, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nandayitnua son, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nandayitnumfn. joyful, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nandayitṛmfn. giving joy, making happy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
narmāyitan. sport, pastime View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nartayitṛmfn. causing to dance (with accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nartayitṛm. dancing-master (see taka-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāśayitṛmf(tr/ī-)n. destroying, remover View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nasyitamfn. equals nasy-ota- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāṭakākhyāyikadarśanan. Name of one of the 64 kalā-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāṭayitavyamfn. to be played (a drama) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nauyāyinmfn. going in a boat, a passenger or freight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yif. See nāyikā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yif. (of yaka- q.v) a noble lady View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yif. mistress, courtezan (see nākādhipa--) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yif. the heroine in a drama etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yif. an inferior form or śakti- of durgā- (of which there are 8, viz. ugra-caṇḍā-, pra-caṇḍā-, caṇḍogrā-, caṇḍa-nāyikā-, ati-caṇḍā-, cāmuṇḍā-, caṇḍā-, and caṇḍa-vatī-; see kula-n-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yif. a class of female personifications representing illegitimate sexual love (they are called balinī-, kāmeśvarī-, vimalā-, aruṇā-, medinī-, jayinī-, sarveśvarī-, kauleśī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yif. equals next = View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yikācūrṇan. a particular medicament View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yikāsādhanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yinmfn. guiding (see ayuta--). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nayiṣṭham. leading in the best manner View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nayitavyamfn. to be conducted or brought View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
netrapraṇayinmfn. desirous of a person's eye, id est coming before the eye of. face to face with (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nicayinmfn. heaped up, plentiful, abundant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nidarśayitavyamfn. to be pointed out or put forth or shown View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nihatabhūyiṣṭhamfn. having the greater number killed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nikāyinm. a series of sacrifices having all the same name but different rewards View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nīlakāyikam. plural "blue-bodied"or"dark-bodied", Name of a class of deities View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nilāyinmfn. descending or alighting in, inhabiting (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nilāyif. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirayinm. an inhabitant of hell View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirbharapraṇayif. deep affection View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirdhārayitṛm. one who settles or decides View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirdidhārayiṣāf. (fr. Desiderative of Causal of nir-dhṛ-) desire of investigating or ascertaining View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirūpayitavyamfn. to be ascertained or determined View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirvāṇabhūyiṣṭhamfn. nearly extinguished, or vanished View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirvāpayitṛm. extinguisher, quencher, refresher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niryiyāsumfn. (fr. Desiderative) wishing or trying to go out View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niśāmayitavyamfn. to be perceived, perceivable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niśāyin(2. śī-) mfn. prob. lying down, sleeping, gaRa grahādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niścārayitavyamfn. to be issued or made known
niścayinmfn. of firm opinion or resolution (see kṛta-niśc-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nistārayitṛmfn. equals tāraka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nityasnāyinmfn. constantly bathing or making ablutions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nityasvādhyāyinmfn. always engaged in the study of the veda- ( nityasvādhyāyitā yi-- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nityasvādhyāyif. nityasvādhyāyin
nivartayitavyamfn. to be kept back or detained View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nivedayiṣumfn. (fr. Desiderative of Causal) wishing to report or to relate about (accusative) (Bombay edition vived-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveśayitavyamfn. to be put or placed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niyayinSee under ni--. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niyayinmfn. going over, passing over (as a carriage) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niyojayitavyamfn. to be appointed or directed to (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niyojayitavyamfn. to be punished with (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nopasthāyin(),not at hand, absent. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛmṇāyia sacrificial exclamation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyagbhāvayiyṛm. one who lowers or humbles View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyikan. logic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyinmfn. equals nyāya-vat- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ojāyitan. stout-heartedness, courageous behaviour. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pācayitṛmfn. cooking, digestive View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padādhyāyinmfn. reciting the veda- in this way View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmaśāyif. a species of bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
palāyinmfn. fleeing, flying, taking to flight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
palāyitamfn. flown, fled, defeated etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
palāyitan. gallop (varia lectio pul-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pālayitṛmfn. protecting, cherishing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pālayitṛmfn. a protector or guardian View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paṇāyitamfn. praised, transacted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paṇayitṛm. a seller View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paṇāyitṛm. a seller View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṇḍvāmayinmfn. jaundiced View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paṅgūyitan. limping, lameness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṇipraṇayinmfn. loved by (id est being or resting in) the hand (yi-tāṃ sam-upā-gam-,to be taken in the hand) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṇipraṇayif. a wife View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paṇyavikrayinm. a trader, merchant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārajāyika() m. one who intrigues with another's wife, an adulterer. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārajāyin() m. (-jāyā-) one who intrigues with another's wife, an adulterer. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parāśātayitṛm. ( śad-, Causal) crusher, destroyer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parasvādāyinmfn. taking or seizing another's property () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paratoṣayitṛmfn. gratifying others View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parāvasathaśāyinmfn. sleeping in another's house View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārayiṣṇumfn. bringing to the opposite shore or to a happy issue, successful, victorious etc. ( pārayiṣṇutama -tama- mfn.best in accomplishing ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārayiṣṇum. Name of a particular personification View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārayiṣṇutamamfn. pārayiṣṇu
pārayitṛmfn. one who carries or will carry across View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pareyivasmfn. one who has departed or died View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paridāyinm. a father (or another relation) who marries his daughter or ward to a man whose elder brother is not yet married View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parikalayitṛmfn. surrounding, encircling (read yitā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parimlāyinmfn. stained, spotted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parimlāyinm. a kind of disease of the lens or pupil of the eye (liṅga-nāśa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parimlāyitvan. falling, sinking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariṇamayitṛmfn. causing to bend or to ripen View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paripācayitṛmfn. cooking, ripening View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paripālayitṛmfn. protecting, defending View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paripayitavyamfn. to be completely finished View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paripipālayiṣāf. (fr. Desiderative of Causal) desire of protecting or sustaining or preserving View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paripūrayitavyamfn. idem or 'mfn. to be filled or fulfilled ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paritoṣayitṛmfn. any one or anything that gratifies, pleasing (varia lectio para-t-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parivāpayitavyamfn. to be completely extinguished or emancipated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parivāyinmfn. being completely extinguished or emancipated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parivikrayinmfn. ( krī-) selling, trading in (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parṇaprātyikam. or n. Name of a place (wrong reading for prāsika-?) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārśvaśāyinm. idem or 'mfn. lying of sleeping on the side Va1rtt. 1. ' , Name of a particular position of the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parvatāśrayinm. a mountaineer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryavadāpayitṛm. (fr. Causal) a distributor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryavasāyinmfn. ending with, amounting to ( paryavasāyitva yi-tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryavasāyitvan. paryavasāyin
paryāyikamfn. composed in strophes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryāyinmfn. embracing, including View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryāyinmfn. encompassing (in a hostile manner) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryāyinmfn. periodical View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṣāṇaghātadāyinmfn. throwing or striking with a stone View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paścādanvavasāyinmfn. following after id est adhering to, dependent upon (dative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paśusamāmnāyikamfn. mentioned in this chapter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
patayiṣṇu() mfn. idem or 'mf(ū-)n. (fr. Causal) flying, falling, liable to fall (see ) .' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
patayiṣṇuka() mfn. idem or '() mfn. idem or 'mf(ū-)n. (fr. Causal) flying, falling, liable to fall (see ) .' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pātayitṛmfn. one who causes to fall, thrower of (dice etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pathikāyitan. pathikāya
paunarādheyikamf(ī-)n. relating to the rite of replacing or renewing the sacrificial fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pavayitṛm. a purifier View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
payaḥpāyif. idem or 'n. drinking milk, a draught of milk ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāyayitavaiSee under 1. -. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yikam. a foot-soldier, footman (prob. corrupted fr. pādātika-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yinmfn. drinking, sucking, sipping at (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'; see ambu--, kṣīra--etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yif. (prob.) Name of a town View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yinmāhātmyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
payiṣṭhamfn. superl. of payas-vin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
payiṣṭhaSee payasiṣṭha- above. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phaladāyinmfn. "fruit-giving", yielding fruit, giving a result View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalavikrayiṇīf. a female fruit-seller View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pīḍayitavyamfn. to be oppressed or harassed or molested or pained View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pidhāyinmfn. idem or 'mf(ikā-)n. covering, hiding, concealing ( pidhāyakatā -- f.), ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pīṭhanāyif. a girl of four at the festival of that goddess View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pitṛdayif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
plāvayitṛmfn. one who causes to swim, causing to cross or go in a boat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
poṣayiṣṇumfn. causing to thrive, advantageous, beneficial View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
poṣayitnumfn. causing to grow or thrive, nourishing, fostering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
poṣayitnum. the Indian cuckoo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
poṣayitṛmfn. (fr. Causal) one who nourishes or cherishes or rears View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prabhāvayitṛmfn. making powerful or mighty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalāyitamfn. nodding the head (while asleep and in a sitting posture) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalāyitamfn. rolling about, tumbling, tossed about (as a ship) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalāyitan. See under āsīna-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracāyif. gathering, plucking, collecting (with the hand or in turn, cf: puṣpa--;the latter also "a female who gathers", A.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pradāpayitṛm. a giver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pradāyinmfn. idem or 'n. ' etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pradāyitvan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pragāyinmfn. beginning to sing, singing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prajanayitṛm. a generator, begetter, progenitor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prājāpatyapradāyin(or -sthāna-pr-), mfn. (prob.) procuring the place or world of prājāpatya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prajāpayitṛm. wrong reading for pradājayit/ṛ- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prajāyif. about to bring forth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prajāyif. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') bearing, bringing forth, a mother of (see vīra--). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prajijanayiṣitavyamfn. (fr. Desiderative of Causal) wished to be born View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prajñāpayitavyamfn. to be asserted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakalpayitrim. one who prepares or arranges View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakṣālayitṛm. one who washes (the feet of his guest) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pramāpayitṛmfn. causing to perish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pramāpayitṛtvan. destructiveness, murderousness on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāṇadayitam. "dear as life", a husband View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāṇapradāyinmfn. idem or 'mf(ikā-)n. equals -prada- mfn. ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praṇayibhavamfn. being attached to, being in (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praṇayijanam. a friend or lover (also collect.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praṇayikriyāf. the business or affair of a lover or friend View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praṇayimādhavacampūf. Name of a poem. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praṇayinmfn. having affection for (genitive case), attached to, beloved, dear, intimate, familiar etc.
praṇayinmfn. feeling attracted towards, longing for, desirous of (instrumental case or compound), affectionate, loving, kind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praṇayinmfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') clinging to, dwelling or being in View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praṇayinmfn. turned towards, aiming at View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praṇayinmfn. combined or provided with View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praṇayinm. a friend, favourite View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praṇayinm. a husband, lover View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praṇayif.a beloved female, wife etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praṇayif. a worshipper, devotee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praṇayif. a suppliant, suitor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praṇayif. attachment or devotion to, desire or longing for (genitive case locative case or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāṇayitamfn. (fr. Causal) caused to breathe, kept alive View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāṇayitamfn. animated, longing to (infinitive mood) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praṇidhāyinmfn. employing, sending out (spies) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāṅśāyinmfn. See adhah-p-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prapalāyinmfn. running away, flying, a fugitive View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prapalāyitamfn. run away View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prapalāyitamfn. routed, defeated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prapāyinmfn. drinking, one who drinks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prapāyinmfn. who or what protects View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāpayitṛmfn. one who causes to attain, procurer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāpipayiṣumfn. (fr. Desiderative) wishing to cause to reach View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāpipayiṣumfn. (with adhaḥ-) wishing to press down View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prapyāyayitṛmfn. (fr. Causal) causing to swell out, distending View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prārjayitṛmfn. one who grants or bestows (used to explain parjanya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prārthayitavyamfn. worthy of desire, desirable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prārthayitṛmfn. one who wishes for or asks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prārthayitṛm. a solicitor, suitor, wooer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāsādaśāyinmfn. accustomed to sleep in a palace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasādayitavyamfn. to be rendered gracious towards (upari-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasañjayitavyamfn. equals saṅktavya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśrayinmfn. behaving respectfully, courteous, modest ( praśrayitā yitā- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśrayif. praśrayin
prasṛtāgrapradāyinmfn. offering the best of all that has grown View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasthāyinmfn. setting forth, departing, marching, going (see gaRa gaimy-ādi-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prātaḥsnāyinmfn. one who bathes in the early morning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratārayitṛm. a furtherer, promoter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prathayitṛmfn. one who spreads or expands or divulges or proclaims View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praticchāyif. an image, phantom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratihitāyinmfn. one who has adjusted the arrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratimānayitavyamfn. to be regarded or considered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratimantrayitavyamfn. to be answered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratinidhāpayitavyamfn. to be caused to be substituted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipādayitavyamfn. to be offered or given, -. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipādayitṛm. a giver, bestower on (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipādayitṛm. a teacher, propounder, instructor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipālayitavya() mfn. to be guarded or watched or waited for. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipipādayiṣāf. desire of setting forth or discussing or treating of (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipipādayiṣumfn. wishing to explain, about to treat of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratiśayitamfn. pressing, importuning, importuned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratiśayitan. the act of importuning, molestation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratiṣedhayitṛmfn. denying, negative View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratiṣṭhāpayitavyamfn. to be placed or fixed or established (wrong reading sthāp-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratiṣṭhāpayitṛm. a founder, establisher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratiśyāyinmfn. having a cold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratiyojayitavyamfn. to be fitted with strings View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyabhivādayitṛmfn. one who returns a salutation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyākhyāyinmfn. rejecting, refuting (a-pr-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyāyayitavyamfn. to be explained or demonstrated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyayikamfn. (in ātma-pr-) that of which everybody can convince himself. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prātyayikamf(ī-)n. (fr. -aya-) relating to confidence, confidential View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prātyayikam. (with pratibhū-) a surety for the trustworthiness of a debtor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyayinmfn. deserving confidence, trustworthy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyayinmfn. trusting, believing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyayitamfn. proved, trustworthy (Comparative degree -tara-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyayitamfn. wrong reading for tyāyita- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyāyitamfn. convinced of, trusting (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') (wrong reading ayita-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyāyitam. a trustworthy person, confidential agent, commissioner, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyayitavyamfn. credible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyāyitavya wrong reading for āyayitavya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyutthāyika varia lectio (or wrong reading) for yuka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyutthāyinmfn. rising again View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravāhaṇeyimf(ī-). (ī- f. ) patronymic fr. vahaṇa- (see gaRa śubhrādi-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāvāhaṇeyim. (also prav-) id. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravāhayitṛm. (ft. Causal) one who bears or carries away ( pravāhayitṛtva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravāhayitṛtvan. pravāhayitṛ
pravaṇāyitan. (fr. Nom. ṇāya-) inclination, propensity, bias View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravāpayitṛmfn. (fr. Causal) one who scatters forth or pours out View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravāpayitṛ pin- See under pra-- 2. vap-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravartayitṛm. (fr. Causal) one who sets in motion or action, instigator of (genitive case) or to (locative case) ( pravartayitṛtva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravartayitṛm. an erector, builder, founder, introducer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravartayitṛm. an employer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravartayitṛtvan. pravartayitṛ
praveśayitavyamfn. (fr. Causal) to be introduced (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravilāpayitavya mfn. to be completely annihilated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravivivrājayiṣumfn. (from Desiderative of Causal) wishing to send into exile, desirous of banishing, bhaṭṭi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāyavidhāyinmfn. resolved to die of starvation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prayāyinmfn. (dual number yeṇau- on ) going forwards, marching, driving, riding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāyikamfn. common, usual View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāyikamfn. excessive, redundant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāyikamfn. containing the greater part (but not everything) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāyikatvan. usage, custom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāyikatvan. redundance, superfluity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāyikatvan. the containing etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prayiyumfn. (fr. Desiderative) used for driving (as a horse) () . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prayojayitṛm. (fr. Causal) a causer, occasioner View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prerayitṛmfn. one who urges or incites or sends View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prerayitṛmfn. a ruler View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
preṣayitṛmfn. equals preṣaka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prīṇayitṛmfn. one who gladdens or delights View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prīṇayitṛf. (trī-) on (wrong reading prīṇāyitrī-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prīṇayitvāind. having pleased or propitiated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
priyākhyāyinm. a teller announcing good news View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
priyanivedayitṛ(or ditṛ-) m. a messenger of good tidings View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛṣṭabhidhāyinmfn. answering when asked id est not puzzled how to answer an inquiry View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛṣṭhayāyinmfn. riding on the back of (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛṣṭyāmayinmfn. suffering from it View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛthakśāyinmfn. (plural) sleeping alone or apart View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūjayitavyamfn. equals janīya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūjayitṛmfn. honouring, worshipping, a worshipper. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pulāyitan. a horse's gallop (see ardha-p-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
punarādheyikamf(ī-)n. relating to the act of replacing the consecrated fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puraḥsthāyinmfn. equals -stha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrayitavyamfn. to be filled or filled up View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrayitavyamfn. to be satisfied View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrayitṛmfn. one who fills or fulfils or satisfies View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrayitṛm. Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrayitṛm. of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrayitvāSee pṝ-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
purumāyin() mfn. possessing various arts or virtues, wonderful. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puruṣāyitamfn. acting like a man, playing the man (especially in sexual intercourse) ( puruṣāyitatva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puruṣāyitan. a kind of coitus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puruṣāyitatvan. puruṣāyita
pūrvayāyinmfn. moving towards the east View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvotthāyinmfn. rising the first (in the morning) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣkaraśāyif. a species of aquatic bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpapracāyif. idem or 'm. plucking or gathering flower ' (tava puṣpa-pracāyika-,it is thy turn to gather flower ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpāvacāyif. the gathering of flower (a kind of play or sport) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpāvacāyinm. gathering flower, a flower-gatherer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
putrīyitṛmfn. one who wishes for a son View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pyāyitamfn. fat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pyāyitamfn. grown fat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pyāyitamfn. increased View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pyāyitamfn. strengthened, refreshed (equals pīna-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
racayitṛm. an author, composer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyākhyāyinmfn. whispering (as it were) a secret View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyākhyāyinmfn. making secret reports View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājasūyikamf(ī-)n. relating to the rāja--sin6ha sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rajayitrīf. (fr. Causal) a female painter or colourist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājyasthāyin() mfn. being in a kingly office, ruling. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raktapāyinmfn. blood-drinking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raktapāyinm. a bug View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raktapāyif. a blood-sucker, leech View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raṇaraṇāyitamfn. rattling or sounding aloud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāṇāyanīyim. Name of a preceptor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāṅkavājinaśāyinmfn. lying upon a woollen skin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāṅkavakūṭaśāyinmfn. lying on a heap of woollen rugs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasāpāyinm. "drinking with the tongue", a dog
rasavikrayin() m. a syrup seller, liquor seller, a dealer in essences or spices. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasayitavyamfn. equals rasanīya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasayitṛmfn. one who tastes, a taster View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rataśāyinm. a dog View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ratnākarāyitamfn. resembling a jewel-mine, (or) resembling the sea View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rayim. or (rarely) f. (fr. -;the following forms occur in the veda-, rayis-, y/im-, yibhis-, yīṇām-; rayy/ā-, yya/ī-, yy/ām-; see 2. rai-), property, goods, possessions, treasure, wealth (often personified) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rayim. stuff, materials View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rayim. varia lectio for raji- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rayimfn. (?) rich View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rayida mfn. bestowing wealth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rayimfn. bestowing wealth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rayidhāraṇapiṇḍam. a lump of earth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rayikva varia lectio for raikva- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rayimatmfn. equals -vat- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rayimatmfn. containing the word rayi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rayintamamfn. (superl. of an unused form rayin-; see ) possessing much property, very wealthy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rayipatim. lord of wealth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rayiṣac(-ṣ/āc-) mfn. possessing wealth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rayiṣah(-ṣ/āh-) mfn. ruling over wealth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rayiṣṭhamfn. very swift or fleet or vehement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rayiṣṭham. Name of agni- or kubera- or brahman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rayiṣṭhan. Name of various sāman-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rayiṣṭhā () mfn. possessed of wealth, wealthy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rayiṣṭhāna() mfn. possessed of wealth, wealthy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rayisthānamfn. (),possessed of wealth, wealthy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rayisthānam. a rich man. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rayivatmfn. possessing wealth, rich (see revat-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rayividmfn. obtaining or possessing wealth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rayivṛdhmfn. enjoying wealth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
riramayiṣumfn. (fr. Desiderative of Causal) wishing to cause or give (sexual) pleasure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛṇadāyinmfn. one who pays a debt. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ropayiṣṇumfn. rending, tearing, lacerating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ropayitṛmfn. one who sets up or erects, an erecter (with accusative or genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ropayitṛmfn. a planter on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛṣabhadāyinmfn. bestowing bulls View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛtāyinmfn. truthful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rudhirapāyinm. "blood-drinking", a rākṣasa- or demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rudrādhyāyāyinmfn. reciting the above prayers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rudrasampradāyinm. plural Name of a sect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sābhisaṃskāraparinirvāyinmfn. (said of a kind of anāgāmin- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādayitavyamfn. (fr. Causal) to be destroyed, destructible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saddhyāyinmfn. meditating on what is true View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhayitavyamfn. (fr. Causal of sādh-) to be accomplished or performed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhayitṛmfn. (fr. idem or 'mfn. (fr. Causal of sādh-) to be accomplished or performed ') one who brings about, an accomplisher, performer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhudāyinmfn. Va1rtt. 1 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahādhyāyinm. a fellow-student, condisciple etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahādhyāyinm. one who studies the same science View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahaprathāyinmfn. equals -prayāyin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahaprayāyinmfn. setting out together, a fellow-traveller View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāhasādhyavasāyinmfn. acting with inconsiderate haste View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahayāyinmfn. going together, a fellow-traveller View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahāyinmfn. going together, a companion, follower (mostly inī- f."a female companion") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahorayiṣṭhīyan. Name of two sāman-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahotthāyinmfn. rising together, conspiring with, accomplice in a plot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaileyikamfn. relating to bitumen etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaiṣyopādhyāyif. (fr. śiṣya-+ upādhyāya-) the relation between pupil and teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sakalavedādhyāyinmfn. repeating all the veda-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sakāyif. a game (varia lectio saṃ-k-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sakṛtsnāyinmfn. bathing once View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saktughaṭākhyāyif. the story of the vessel of barley-meal () . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākunikāyif. a female poulterer (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāleyi f. idem or 'f. a flute ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilabhayadāyinmfn. causing inundation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saliladāyinmfn. causing rain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samabhyarthayitṛmfn. seeking, petitioning, a petitioner View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmagāyinmfn. chanting the sāma-veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāmnāmnāyikaSee pāśu-samāmnāyika-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samantaparyāyinmfn. all-embracing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmānyanāyif. equals -vanitā- Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāpayitavyamfn. (fr. Causal) to be furnished or provided with anything View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāpipayiṣumfn. (fr. Desiderative of Causal) wishing to cause to complete, desirous of accomplishing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāptabhūyiṣṭhamfn. nearly completed or ended View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāpyāyitamfn. nourished, invigorated, refreshed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samaravijayinmfn. victorious in battle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samardhayitṛmf(trī-)n. one who fulfils, fulfiller, bestower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samarpaṇarpayitavyamfn. idem or 'mfn. to be delivered or handed over or entrusted ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samarpaṇarpayitṛmfn. one who hands over or bestows or imparts (genitive case or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāśrayinmfn. assuming, occupying. (a place), taking possession of (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samastaviskayikamfn. inhabiting the whole country
samavāyavāyikamfn. being in connection with View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samavāyiin compound for samavāyin-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmavāyikamfn. (fr. samavoya-) belonging to or frequenting an assembly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmavāyikamfn. closely connected with anything, concomitant, inherent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmavāyikam. a minister or counsellor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmavāyikam. member of an assembly, spectator (varia lectio for sāmājika-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmavāyikam. chief of a company View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samavāyikāraṇan. inseparable or inherent connection, material or substantial cause (in the vedānta- upādān-k-is more commonly used;also samavāyikāraṇatva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samavāyikāraṇatvan. samavāyikāraṇa
samavāyinmfn. met together, closely connected or united, concomitant, inherent in (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samavāyinmfn. aggregated, multitudinous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samavāyinm. a partner View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samavāyinm. (with puruṣa-), the soul combined (with a body), the individual soul View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samavāyinm. having or consisting of a combination (of the humours) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samavāyitvan. intimate connection or relation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmayikamfn. (ft. sam-aya-) based on agreement, conventional, customary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmayikamfn. of the same opinion, like-mined View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmayikamfn. seasonable, timely, precise, exact (varia lectio) (in a-s-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmayikamfn. periodical View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmayikamfn. temporary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmāyikan. (fr. samāya- equals sasmaya-) equanimity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmayikābhāvam. temporary non-existence (as that of a water-jar which has been removed from its place to be again restored to it) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmayikatvan. conventionality View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāyinmfn. occurring together or simultaneously (see a-s-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samayitavyamfn. to be levelled, to be adjusted (as a dispute) (prob. wrong reading for śam-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śamayitṛm. (fr. Causal) an alleviator, tranquillizer ( śamayitṛkā ś/amayitṛkā- f. ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śamayitṛm. an extinguisher, destroyer, killer, slayer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śamayitṛkāf. śamayitṛ
sambandhayitṛmfn. one who connects or puts together (varia lectio for sam-bodhayitṛ-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāmbharāyiṇīf. (patronymic fr. śāmbhara-) Name of a woman (varia lectio sāmbh-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāmbharāyiṇīvratan. a particular observance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambhāvayitavyamfn. to be respected or honoured View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambhāvayitavyamfn. to be supposed, probable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambhāvayitṛmfn. one who honours or respects or reveres View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmbhūyim. patronymic fr. sam-bhūyas- gaRa bāhv-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambodhayitṛmfn. (fr. Causal) causing to know, informing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambubodhayiṣumfn. (fr. Desiderative of Causal) wishing to arouse or make attentive View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambubodhayiṣumfn. wishing to convert View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃcārayitṛm. (and saṃcārayitrī trī- f.fr. Causal) a leader, guide View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃcārayitrīf. saṃcārayitṛ
saṃcaskārayiṣuSee saṃciṣk-, column 2. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃcayikamfn. having provisions (in a--and māsa-saṃc-qq.vv.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃcayinmfn. who or what collects View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃcayinmfn. possessed of riches View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃcayitvan. the being heaped up View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃciṣkārayiṣumfn. (fr. Desiderative of Causal of saṃ-skṛ-) wishing any one (accusative) to perform a purificatory rite (Bombay edition saṃ-cask-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃcodayitavyamfn. (fr. Causal) to be urged on or impelled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdarśayitṛmfn. (fr. Causal) causing to see, showing, pointing out View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdāyinmfn. idem or 'mfn. giving, presenting (in go-s- q.v)' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdehadāyinmfn. raising doubt or uncertainty concerning id est reminding of (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhāyinmfn. joining or fixing together (as an arrow and a bow) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdidarśayiṣumfn. (fr. Desiderative of Causal) wishing to show View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃgharṣayitṛm. a rival on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃgītasahāyif. a female who accompanies another in singing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃhitādhyāyin(dh-) mfn. repeating the saṃhitā- of a veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃjayinm. "victorious", Name of a man
saṃjijīvayiṣumfn. (fr. Desiderative of Causal) wishing to bring to life or enliven View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkāyiSee sa-kāyikā-, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyārthasaṃkhyāyikam. equals sāṃkhya-tattva-vilāsa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkrāmayitavyamfn. (fr. idem or 'f. a kind of magic or spell ') to be transported or transferred View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkṣayitamfn. (fr. Causal) wasted, waned, disappeared View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sammimānayiṣumfn. (fr. Desiderative of Causal) wishing to honour or revere View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sammimānayiṣuSee samman-, column 1. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃnāmayitavyamfn. (fr. Causal) to be rendered submissive View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃnidhāyinmfn. being near or close at hand, present, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃniveśayitavyamfn. (fr. idem or 'n. insertion, arrangement ') to be placed or made to enter or inserted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃnodanodayitavyamfn. (fr. Causal) to be impelled or stimulated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampādayitṛmfn. a procurer, accomplisher, Producer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmparāyikamf(ā-or ī-)n. (gaRa saṃtāpādi-) relating to the future or to the passage into another world, future (with phala- n."reward in the next world"; kaṃ-kṛ-,"to prepare for death"or"to perform funeral ceremonies for [ genitive case ]") etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmparāyikamf(ā-or ī-)n. relating to or prepared for battle, martial, warlike View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmparāyikamf(ā-or ī-)n. salutary or helpful in time of need View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmparāyikam. (with or scilicet ratha-) a war-chariot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmparāyikan. war, battle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmparāyikakalpam. military form, strategic array View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampipādayiṣāf. (fr. Desiderative) the wish to bring about or accomplish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampipādayiṣāf. the desire to make fit or appropriate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampipipādayiṣitamfn. wished to be completed ( sampipipādayiṣitatva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampipipādayiṣitatvan. sampipipādayiṣita
sāmpradāyikamfn. (fr. sam-pradāya-) based on tradition, traditional (see a-s-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmpradāyikamfn. standing upon or following tradition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampradāyinmfn. bringing about, causing, effecting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampradāyinm. "having a tradition", a holder of any traditional doctrine, a member of a sect (e.g vaiṣṇava-s are sometimes called śrī-sampradāyin-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampūjayitavyamfn. to be highly honoured or valued or respected View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃśayikamf(ī-)n. (fr. saṃ-śaya-) doubtful, dubious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃśayikamf(ī-)n. hazardous (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃśayikamf(ī-)n. in doubt, uncertain, irresolute, sceptical View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃśayikatvan. doubtfulness, uncertainty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśayinmfn. doubtful, dubious, questionable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśayitamfn. irresolute, doubtful about (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśayitamfn. subject to doubt, uncertain, dubious, questionable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśayitan. doubt, uncertainty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśayitavyamfn. to be called in doubt, dubious, problematical View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśayitṛmfn. one who hesitates, a doubter, sceptic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśrāvayitṛm. (fr. Causal) an announcer, crier, proclaimer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśrāvayitṛmatmfn. having an announcer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśrayinmfn. having recourse to, seeking protection View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśrayinm. a subject, servant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśrayinm. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') dwelling or resting or being in View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśrayitavyamfn. to be sought for refuge (as a fortress) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstambhayiṣumfn. (fr. Desiderative of Causal) wishing to stop or cause to stand still (a retreating army) (Calcutta edition vi-ṣṭambh-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstambhayitṛmfn. (fr. Causal) one who stops or restrains, a restrainer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃstambhayitṛmfn. one who supports, a supporter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃsthāpayitavyamfn. to be cheered up or comforted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśvāyinmfn. ( śvi-) swelling (See ubhayataḥ-s-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samudānayitavyamfn. to be mastered thoroughly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmudayikan. (mc.) equals next View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmudāyikan. (fr. sam-udāya-) the eighteenth nakṣatra- after that in which the moon was situated at the birth of a child View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmudāyikamfn. belonging to a multitude or assemblage, collective View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samudāyinmfn. combining, forming an aggregate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samudradayif. "sea-beloved", a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvārayiṣṇumfn. (fr. Causal) intending to ward off (Bombay edition) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvardhayitṛmfn. rearing, bringing up, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvivardhayiṣuSee saṃvṛdh-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvivardhayiṣumfn. (fr. Desiderative of. Causal) wishing to increase or to make prosper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvyāyitamfn. (fr. Causal) wrapped in (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samyagvijayinmfn. completely victorious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃyojayitavyamfn. to bejoined or united View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sanadrayi(san/ad--) mfn. bestowing wealth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāneyi idem or 'f. (of unknown derivation) a flute, pipe ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāneyi - See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāntvayitṛmfn. one who comforts or speaks or acts kindly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāpeyinm. Name of a disciple of yājñavalkya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāpeyinm. the followers of śāpeya- gaRa śaunakādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptamaṭhāmnāyikam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāradaṇḍāyif. the wife of śāra-daṇḍāyani- () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saralayāyinmfn. going in a straight line View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saralayāyinmfn. upright, honest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saralayāyif. a plant with an upright stem View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarjayitavyamfn. to be emitted or created View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sārpavidyikamfn. (fr. sarpa-vidyā-) versed in ophiology or snake-science View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvātiśāyinmfn. surpassing everything View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvavikrayinmfn. selling all kinds of things View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāṣpeyinm. plural the school of śāṣpeya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śastravikrayinm. a dealer in weapons View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satatayāyinmfn. constantly moving or going, always tending to decay View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatayāyinmfn. travelling a hundred yojana-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatayāyinvatind. as long as a hundred yojana-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satyābhidhyāyinmfn. meditating upon truth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saudāyikamfn. (fr. su-dāya-) that which is given to a woman at her marriage by her father or mother or any relative and therefore becomes her property View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saudāyikamfn. relating to such a gift View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saudāyikan. a nuptial gift View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saukhaśāyikam. idem or 'mfn. one who asks another whether he has slept well gaRa susnātādi-.' or an official who asks a prince whether he has slept well View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saukhaśayyikam. equals -śāyika- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saukhyadāyinmfn. equals -da- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saukhyaśāyikam. = (or wrong reading for) saukhaś- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaunakīyacaturādhyāyif. " śaunaka-'s treatise in four chapters", Name of the atharva-- veda- prātiśākhya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sauryinm. Name of the himālaya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sauryodayikamfn. (fr. sūryodaya-,"sun-rise") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sauvādhyāyikamfn. (fr. svādhyāya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savarṇopāyinmfn. one who approaches a woman of the same caste View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāyayitavyamfn. (fr. Causal) to be made to lie upon (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāyayitavyamfn. to be made to sleep (with dīrgham-,"to be made to sleep the long or eternal sleep" id est"to be put to death")
śāyif. sleeping, lying ("manner of lying"or"one's turn to rest") Va1rtt. 1; ii, 2, 15 Sch. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yif. a dagger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāyinmfn. lying down, reclining, resting, abiding etc. etc. (mostly in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'; see adhaḥ--, eka-ś-etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yinm. (prob. wrong reading for sādin-) a horseman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śayitamfn. reposed, lying, sleeping, asleep etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śayitam. the plant Cordia Myxa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śayitan. the place where any one has lain or slept on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāyif. (fr. next) the state of lying or reposing or abiding in (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śayitavatmfn. one who has lain down, gone to sleep, sleeping, asleep View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śayitavyamfn. to be lain or slept (n. impersonal or used impersonally; mayā-hutavahe-śayitavyam-,"it must be lain down by me in the fire") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śayitṛm. one who sleeps or rests View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāyyikamfn. equals śayyayā jīvati- gaRa vetanādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śeśyita ta-vat- See 1. śī-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhāntanaiyāyikamatan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhāyif. (prob. for siddha-dāyikā-) Name of one of the 24 goddesses (called śāsana-devatā-s) who execute the commands of the 24 arhat-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śīghrapāyinmfn. drinking or sucking quickly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śīghrayāyinmfn. idem or 'mfn. moving rapidly ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śikṣayitṛm. an instructor, teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śikyitamfn. suspended in a swing or loop made of cord etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śiropasthāyinmfn. "holding out the head"(scilicet for punishment, as a man must do if the person accused by him has cleared himself by an ordeal) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siṣādhayiṣāf. (fr. Desiderative of Causal of1. sādh-) the wish to establish or prove View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siṣādhayiṣumfn. (also written sisādh-) desirous of accomplishing or effecting, aiming at (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siṣādhayiṣumfn. seeking to prove or demonstrate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sisādhayiṣuSee siṣādh-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siṣaṃgrāmayiṣumfn. equals sisaṃgr- below View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sisaṃgrāmayiṣumfn. (fr. Desiderative of saṃgrām-) wishing or intending to make war, eager or desirous to fight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śiśayiṣāf. (fr. Desiderative of1. śī-) desire to lie down or to sleep, sleepiness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śiśayiṣumfn. wishing to lie down, sleepy, drowsy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siṣevayiṣumfn. (fr. Desiderative of Causal of sev-) wishing to honour or worship View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivadāyinmfn. varia lectio for -tāti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
smaradāyinmfn. arousing love View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
smayinmfn. smiling, laughing (in antaḥ-sm-,"laughing inwardly") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
snāyinmfn. bathing, performing an ablution ( snāyitā yi-- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
snāyif. snāyin
snehabhūyiṣṭhamfn. consisting mostly of oil or oily substances View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
snehayitavyamfn. to be anointed or lubricated, smeared with oil View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śobhayitṛmfn. adorning, beautifying View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śocayitṛm. a causer of grief or pain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣoḍaśapakṣaśāyinmfn. lying torpid during 16 half months of the year (said of a frog) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śodhayitavyamfn. (fr. Causal) to be cleansed or purified View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śodhayitṛmfn. (fr. idem or 'mfn. (fr. Causal) to be cleansed or purified ') purifying, a purifier View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
somapāyinmfn. idem or 'mfn. soma- drinking, a soma- drinker ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
somavikrayinmfn. selling soma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
somavikrayinm. a seller of soma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śoṇāyitamfn. become red View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śoṣayitavyamfn. to be dried up etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śoṣayitṛm. one who dries up or parches View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sparśayitavyamfn. (fr. Causal) to be perceived or felt View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sphāvayitṛm. a fattener, breeder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
spṛhayitṛmfn. one who envies, an envier of (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śraddhayitamfn. trustful, believing in (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śramādhāyin(?) mfn. causing pain or trouble View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrapayitavyamfn. (fr. idem or ' mfn. (fr. idem or 'f. See vapā-śr/apaṇī-.') to be cooked or boiled ') to be cooked or boiled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrapayitṛm. (fr. idem or 'mfn. (fr. idem or ' mfn. (fr. idem or 'f. See vapā-śr/apaṇī-.') to be cooked or boiled ') to be cooked or boiled ') a cook View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrāvayitavyamfn. (fr. idem or '(y/at--) mfn. making the friend famous ') to be caused to be heard, to be communicated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrāvayitavyamfn. to be caused to hear, to be apprized or informed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
srāvayitavyamfn. to be caused to flow or run View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrayinSee ā-śrayin- and saṃ-śrayin-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrayitavyamfn. to be had recourse to, to be depended on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrayitavyamfn. to be sheltered or protected View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sṛgāyinmfn. equals sṛkāyin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīdayitam. "husband of śrī-", Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sṛkāyin mfn. having an arrow or spear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanapāyikam. plural varia lectio for -poṣika- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanapāyif. a female child still unweaned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanapāyinmfn. equals -pa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanayitnum. (sg. or plural) thunder (plural personified as children of vidyota-, "Lightning") etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanayitnum. a thunder-cloud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanayitnum. lightning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanayitnum. sickness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanayitnum. death View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanayitnum. a kind of grass (equals mustaka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanayitnughoṣamfn. loud as thunder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanayitnumator (wrong reading) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanayitnusanimfn. bringing thunder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanayitnuvatmfn. connected with thunder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanyapāyin mfn. sucking milk from the breast, unweaned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
steyiin compound for steyin-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
steyinm. a thief, robber etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
steyinm. a mouse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
steyinm. a goldsmith View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
steyiphalam. equals steyaph- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthagayitavyamfn. (fr. Causal) to be hidden or concealed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthalīśāyinmfn. lying or sleeping on the bare ground View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthaṇḍilaśāyif. id. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthaṇḍilaśāyinmfn. equals -śa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthaṇḍilaśāyinm. a devotee who steeps on the bare ground or on the sacrificial ground (on account of a vow) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthāpayitavyamfn. to be kept in a place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthāpayitavyamfn. to be kept in order or restrained View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthāpayitṛmfn. one who causes to stand, establisher, founder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthāpayitvāind. having placed or fixed etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthāpayitvāind. having put aside ="with the exception of" (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthāyif. the action of standing. Va1rtt. i View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthāyiin compound for sthāyin-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthāyibhāvam. lasting or durable state of mind or feeling (said to be 8, viz. rati-, hāsa-, śoka-, krodha-, utsāha-, bhaya-, jugupsā-, vismaya-[qq.vv.], to which is sometimes added śama-,"quietism";they are opp. to the vyabhicāri-bhāvas-or "transitory feelings") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthāyikamfn. lasting, enduring (in ādy-anta-sth-,"lasting from the beginning to the end") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthāyikamfn. faithful, trustworthy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthāyif. the action of standing Va1rtt. 1 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthāyinmfn. standing, staying, being or situated in or on (compound) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthāyinmfn. being in a particular place, resident, present View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthāyinmfn. being in a particular state or condition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthāyinmfn. permanent, constant, enduring, lasting (as a feeling or state; see sthāyi-bhāva-above ) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthāyinmfn. persevering, steadfast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthāyinmfn. faithful, trustworthy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthāyinmfn. having the form of (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthāyif. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthāyitvan. constancy, stability, permanency, steadiness, durableness, invariableness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthirasthāyinmfn. standing firm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śubhadāyinmfn. equals -da- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śubhaṃyif. on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūcayitavyamfn. to be found out View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sudayitamfn. much beloved, very dear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūdayitnumfn. flowing, yielding sweetness (as waters) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuddhāvāsakāyikam. (with deva-) a god belonging to the class who dwell in that region View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śūdrabhūyiṣṭhamfn. inhabited mostly by śūdra-s, abounding with śūdra-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhābhyudayikamfn. causing joy or pleasure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhaśāyinmfn. resting or sleeping pleasantly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhaśayitamfn. lying or sleeping comfortably upon (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhaśayitan. (equals -sayana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhaśayitapracchakamf(ikā-)n. inquiring whether any one has slept well View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhayitṛm. one who gladdens or makes happy (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
supalāyitamfn. well fled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
supalāyitan. skilful or well-managed retreat, total rout View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surāsomavikrayinmfn. surāsoma
sutaṃrayiṣṭhīyan. (with prajāpateḥ-) Name of two sāman-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūtravikrayinm. a dealer in yarn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūtrayitavyamfn. to be composed or arranged in the form of sūtra-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvardhayitṛmfn. increasing well (used in explaining su-vṛdh-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvarṇasteyinm. a stealer of gold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvadayitan. "dear to dog", a bone View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svadayitṛmfn. one who seasons or makes palatable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svadhāyinmfn. owning the svadhā- (said of the pitṛ-s; varia lectio svadhāv/in-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svādhyāyinmfn. repeating or reciting the veda- (see nitya-sv-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svādhyāyinm. one who recites or repeats any sacred texts to himself, (especially) a repeater of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svādhyāyinm. a tradesman, shopkeeper, dealer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svādhyāyinikāf. equals svādhyāyanikā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svāsrīyim. a son of a sister's son View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svayaṃvarayitrīf. a maiden who herself chooses her own husband, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetāyinmfn. belonging to the race of śveta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvovijayinmfn. one who is about to conquer on the morrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāḍayitṛmfn. one who strikes any one (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tailapāyikam. equals -- (or"Name of a bird"Scholiast or Commentator) (varia lectio -paka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tailapāyif. equals -- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tailapāyinm. idem or 'f. equals -- ' , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tailapāyinm. ? View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tailapāyif. idem or 'm. ? ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāmbūladāyif. equals -karaṅka-vāhinī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tanayitnumfn. (equals stan-) roaring, thundering, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tanayitnuSee 2. tan-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāṇḍavayitṛmf(trī-)n. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' one who causes to dance with violent movements View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taṇḍulīyif. idem or 'm. equals lu- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tantrāyinmfn. (said of the sun) drawing out threads or rays (of light) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāpayiṣṇumfn. idem or 'mfn. causing pain ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāpayitṛmfn. causing pain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taralāyitamfn. made tremulous, agitated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taralāyitam. a large wave View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taralāyitan. fickleness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tarapaṇyikam. one who receives ferry-money or freight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tārayitṛmfn. a promoter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tarpayitavyamfn. idem or 'mfn. to be satisfied, .' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taruśāyinm. "sleeping on trees", a bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tātajanayitrīf. dual number father and mother View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yikam. plural equals tājika- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yinm. (for trāy-) a protector (said of mahāvīra- ;of buddha- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tīkṣṇarasadāyinm. a poisoner View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tilakāyitan. impersonal or used impersonally it has been acted as an ornament to (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tilasnāyinmfn. washing one's self with sesamum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
toṣayitavyamfn. to be pleased View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
toṣayitṛmfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' one who pleases (others, para--) (varia lectio). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
toyif. Name of a place (known by a festival[ maha-]called after it) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
toyif. . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trāsadāyinmfn. idem or 'mfn. idem or 'mfn. causing fear, alarming.' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tripuravijayinm. " tripura--conqueror", śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
triṣavaṇasnāyinmfn. performing the 3 ablutions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tṛtīyif. the 3rd day in a half month. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tṛtīyikamfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tṛtīyif. See yaka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tṛtīyinmfn. holding the 3rd rank View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tṛtīyinmfn. See ṃśa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
turaṃgayāyinmfn. going on horseback View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tuṣitakāyikamfn. belonging to the body of the tuṣita-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tyagnāyisName of a sāman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayataḥsaṃśvāyinmfn. swelling on both sides View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayāyinmfn. tending towards or fit for both (worlds) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uccārayitṛmfn. one who utters or pronounces commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ucchrāyinmfn. high, raised, lofty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udakābhyavāyinmfn. going down into water, bathing, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udakadāyinmfn. equals -da- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udarāmayinmfn. suffering from the above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udayavyayinsee vyayin-, parasmE-pada 1032 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udayibhadram. idem or 'm. Name of a grandson of ajātaśatru- (= udayāśva-).' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udayinmfn. victorious, triumphant, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udāyinm. Name of vasu-deva- (varia lectio ud-āpi- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udāyinm. of kūṇika- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udayinmfn. rising, ascending View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udayinmfn. prosperous, flourishing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udayinm. Name of a grandson of ajātaśatru- (= udayāśva-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udbhāvayitṛmfn. one who raises upwards or elevates View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uddhūmāyitamfn. filled with vapour, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udeyivasmfn. (past participle P.) that has come up, produced, originated, born View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udgūrayitṛmfn. threatening View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvejayitṛmfn. terrifying View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvejayitṛmfn. a terrifier View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uhuvāyivāsiṣṭhan. Name of a sāman-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ujjayif. the city Oujein (the Greek , a city so called in avanti- or mālava-, formerly the capital of vikramāditya-;it is one of the seven sacred cities of the Hindus, and the first meridian of their geographers, from which they calculate longitude;the modern Oujein is about a mile south of the ancient city) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
unmādayitṛmfn. causing to go mad or be intoxicated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
unmādayitṛmfn. (PrakritummAdai0ttaaM.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upacāyin(for 2.See below) mfn. (2. ci-), honouring, revering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upacāyinmfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' causing to increase or succeed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhāyinmfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' placing under View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadīpayitvā(irregular) ind.p. having kindled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upakalpayitavyamfn. to be prepared or made View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upakṣapayitṛmfn. (fr. the Causal) , one who destroys, a destroyer on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upalakṣayitavyamfn. to be observed or regarded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upanāyikamfn. fit or belonging to an offering (varia lectio aupanāyaka-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upanāyinmfn. bringing near, fetching, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upanāyintaking as apprentice, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upariśāyinmfn. resting on an elevated bed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uparisthāyinmfn. standing higher, prominent commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaśāyinmfn. lying near to or by the side of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaśāyinmfn. lying, sleeping View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaśāyinmfn. lying down, going to bed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaśāyinmfn. allaying, tranquillizing, anything that calms etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaśāyinmfn. (in med.) composing, narcotic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaśāyif. tranquillization, calming View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaśāyif. means of allaying disease (as diet etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaśāyitvan. tranquillization, calming View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaśāyitvan. means of allaying disease (as diet etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upāśrayitvā(irregular) ind.p. taking refuge with, relying upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasthāpayitavyamfn. to be brought near or fetched or procured View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasthāyikam. a servant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasthāyikam. a keeper, nurse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasthāyinmfn. one who makes his appearance, arriving View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upāvasāyinmfn. attaching one's self to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upāvasāyinmfn. submissive, compliant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upayāyinmfn. coming towards, approaching View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upāyinmfn. going near, one who approaches View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upāyinmfn. one who reaches View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upāyinmfn. approaching sexually View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upāyinmfn. expert in the use of means View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upeyivasmfn. one who has approached etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūrdhvaśāyinm. "lying with the face upwards, supine", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uṣṇābhiprāyinmfn. suffering from the above fever View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utpādayitavyamfn. to be produced commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utpādayitṛm. a producer, generator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utsādayitavyamfn. to be destroyed etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utsmayitvā(irregular) ind.p. having smiled at, deriding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utsvapnāyitan. the act of starting out of sleep, dreaming uneasily View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttānaśāyinmfn. lying on the back. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utthāpayitṛm. one who raises or erects. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utthāyinmfn. rising (from one's bed) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utthāyinmfn. coming forth, becoming visible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utthāyinmfn. exerting one's self, active View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utthāyitvan. exertion, energy, activity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vācayitṛmfn. one who causes to recite, the director of a recitation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāheyikamf(ā-)n. perhaps connected with bāhīka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaicitravīryin(mc.) m. equals -vīrya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaijayim. (fr. vi-jaya-) Name of the third cakra-vartin- in bhārata- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaijayikamf(ī-)n. conferring or foretelling victory (kīnāṃ-[ varia lectio kānāṃ-] vidyānāṃjñānam-,one of the 64 arts) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaijayinmfn. idem or 'mf(ī-)n. conferring or foretelling victory (kīnāṃ-[ varia lectio kānāṃ-] vidyānāṃjñānam-,one of the 64 arts) ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vainayikamf(ī-)n. (fr. vi-naya-) relating to moral conduct or discipline or good behaviour (vainayikīnāṃ-[ wrong reading kānāṃ-] vidyānāṃ jñānam-"knowledge of the sciences relating to such subjects", reckoned among the 64 arts) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vainayikamf(ī-)n. enforcing proper behaviour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vainayikamf(ī-)n. performed by the officers of criminal justice, magisterial View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vainayikamf(ī-)n. used in military exercises (as a chariot) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vainayikamf(ī-)n. a chariot used in military exercises, a war-chariot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaināyikam. equals prec., mfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaināyikam. a Buddhist (wrong reading for vaināśika-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaināyikam. the doctrines of a Buddhist school of philosophy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaināyikam. a follower of that school View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vairāyitan. hostility View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiṣayikamf(ī-)n. relating to or denotative of a country or district (as a suffix) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiṣayikamf(ī-)n. having a particular sphere or object or aim (in gram. the ādhāra-is called vaiṣayika-when it is the aim or object of the action, on ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiṣayikamf(ī-)n. relating to, concerning (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiṣayikamf(ī-)n. belonging or relating to an object of sense, sensual, carnal, mundane View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiṣayikam. a sensualist, one addicted to the pleasures of sense or absorbed in worldly objects (also -jana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiṣayif. a voluptuous or unchaste woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vājapeyikamf(ī-)n. idem or 'mfn. belonging or relating to the vāja-peya- sacrifice ' (see Scholiast or Commentator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vājapeyinmfn. one who has performed a vāja-peya- sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vājasaneyiin compound for yin-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vājasaneyibrāhmaṇan. equals śata-patha-br- (see above) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vājasaneyibrāhmaṇopaniṣadf. Name of an upaniṣad-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vājasaneyinm. plural the school of vājasaneya- (gaRa śaunakādi-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vājasaneyinmfn. belonging to that school View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vājasaneyiprātiśākhyan. the prātiśākhya- of the vājasaneyin-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vājasaneyiśākhāf. the branch or school of the vājasaneyin-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vājasaneyisaṃhitāf. "the saṃhitā- or continuous text of the vājasaneyin-s" (id est of the hymns of the White yajur-veda- ascribed to the ṛṣi- yājñavalkya- and called śukla-,"white", to distinguish it from the Black or Dark yajur-veda-, which was the name given to the taittirīya-saṃhitā- [q.v.] of the yajur-veda-, because in this last, the separation between the mantra- and brāhmaṇa- portion is obscured, and the two are blended together;whereas the White saṃhitā- is clearly distinguished from the brāhmaṇa-;it is divided into 40 adhyāya-s with 303 anuvāka-s, comprising 1975 sections or kaṇḍikā-s: the legend relates that the original yajus- was taught by the ṛṣi- vaiśampāyana- to his pupil yājñavalkya-, but the latter having incurred his teacher's anger was made to disgorge all the texts he had learnt, which were then picked up by vaiśampāyana-'s other disciples in the form of partridges [see taittirīya-saṃhitā-] yājñavalkya- then hymned the Sun, who gratified by his homage, appeared in the form of a vājin-or horse, and consented to give him fresh yajus- texts, which were not known to his former master; see vājin-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vājasaneyisaṃhitopaniṣadf. Name of an upaniṣad- (forming the 40th adhyāya- of the and also called īśā- or īśā-vāsyopaniṣad- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
valayinmfn. provided with a bracelet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
valayinmfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') encircled by, studded with (See jyotir-lekhā-v-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
valayitamfn. encircled, surrounded, encompassed, enclosed by (instrumental case or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
valayitamfn. put round (the arm, as a bracelet) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
valayitamfn. forming a circle, curling, whirling round View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
valayitṛmfn. encircling, surrounding
vallabhāyitan. a kind of coitus (see puruṣāyiśa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vanasthāyinmfn. being or abiding in a forest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vanasthāyinm. a hermit, anchorite View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vanayitṛmfn. (superl. tṛ-tama-) one who causes to ask etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vañcayitavyamfn. to be deceived (n. impersonal or used impersonally) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vañcayitṛmfn. one who deceives, a deceiver, cheater View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varayitavyamfn. to be chosen or selected ( varayitavyatva -tva- n. ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārayitavyamfn. to be kept off from (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varayitavyatvan. varayitavya
varayitṛm. a suitor, lover, husband View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārayitṛm. a protector View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārayitṛm. "chooser", a husband View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vardhayitṛmfn. one who causes to grow or increase etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vardhayitṛm. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') an educator, rearer of (f(ī-).) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varivasyitamfn. served, cherished, adored View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varjayitavyamfn. to be shunned or avoided View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varjayitṛmfn. one who excludes or avoids or shuns View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varjayitṛmfn. one who pours out, discharger (of rain) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṇayitavyamfn. equals prec. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṣālaṅkāyi(?) f. Trigonella Corniculata View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṣopanāyif. the first residence in houses during the rainy season (when Buddhist monks suspend their peregrinations) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaśāpāyin wrong reading for vasā-p- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasāpāyinm. "drinker of melted fat", a dog, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāsavadatttākhyāyif. the story of vāsava-dattā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaśāyitamfn. (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāsayitavyamfn. to be taken in or lodged View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāsayitṛm. one who clothes or supports or preserves (used also by commentator or commentary to explain vasu-and vasuka-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāyasavidyikamfn. versed in the above science on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vayasyif. female friend, faithful female servant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yinmfn. weaving, sowing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vayitrīf. a female weaver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vayiyuSee column 3. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vayiyumfn. (prob.) equals yas-vat-, mighty, powerful ("anything woven, clothes" , fr. vai- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāyovidyikam. (fr. vayo-vidyā-) a bird-catcher, fowler View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāyuputrāyitan. vāyuputrāya
vedādhyāyāyinmfn. one who repeats or is constantly repeating the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedādhyayinmfn. equals dhvāyin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavikrayinmfn. selling id est teaching the veda- for money View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedayitavyamfn. to be made known or communicated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedayitṛmfn. one who perceives or knows View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭayitavyamfn. idem or 'mfn. to be surrounded or wound round ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetālākhyāyif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibhājayitṛmfn. one who causes to divide or distribute Va1rtt. 3. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibodhayitavyamfn. (fr. Causal) to be awakened View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicayiṣṭha(v/i--) mfn. removing most effectually, effacing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidāyinmfn. granting, causing, effecting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhārayitavyamfn. to be (or being) supported or maintained View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhārayitṛmfn. equals dhāraya- (used to explain vi-dhartṛ-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhāyinmfn. regulating, prescribing, containing an injunction or ordinance with regard to (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhāyinmfn. performing, accomplishing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhāyinmfn. causing, occasioning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhāyinmfn. placing, fixing, securing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhāyinmfn. delivering, entrusting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhāyinm. a founder, builder, establisher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidyikaSee vāyov-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidyotayitavyamfn. (fr. Causal) to be illustrated or illuminated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vijāpayitṛmfn. (fr. Causal) causing or granting victory View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vijayikṣetran. Name of a sacred district in Orissa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vijayinmfn. victorious, triumphant etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vijayinm. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') a conqueror, subduer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vijayina(?) mfn. equals -jila- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vijayiṣṭhamfn. conquering most
vijigrāhayiṣumfn. (fr. Desiderative of Causal) to cause to fight or wage war View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vijigrāhayiṣu vi-jighṛkṣu- See under vi-grah-, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vijijñāpayiṣāf. (fr. Desiderative of Causal) desire of teaching or instructing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikalpayitavyamfn. to be put as an alternative View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikrayikaSee krayaka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikrāyikam. a seller View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikrayinm. a seller, vender View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikrośayitṛm. a word used to explain kuśika- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vilaṅghayitvaind. having transgressed or missed (the proper time), having waited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vilāpayitṛm. a dissolver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vilāyitamfn. dissolved, liquefied View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viloḍayitṛm. an agitator, disturber (used to explain vi-gāḍhṛ-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vināśayitṛmfn. (fr. idem or 'n. causing to disappear, removal, destruction, annihilation ') one who destroys, a destroyer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vināyif. the wife of gaṇeśa- or garuḍa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viniścāyinmfn. settling finally, deciding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipalāyinmfn. running away, fleeing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipalāyitamfn. run away, routed, put to flight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipariṇamayitavyamfn. to be changed or altered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipaśyinm. Name of a buddha- (sometimes mentioned as the first of the 7 tathāgata-s or principal buddha-s, the other six being śikhin-, viśva-bhū-, kraku-cchanda-, kanaka-- muni-, kāśyapa-, and śākya-siṃha-) (see ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viracayitavyamfn. to be formed or made View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vīraprajāyi() f. the mother of a hero. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vīraśāyinmfn. lying as a dead or wounded warrior on a couch of arrows (see -śaya-etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vīrasthāyinmfn. practising the vīrasthāna- posture View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣadāyinmfn. giving poison, poisoning, a poisoner View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣamaśāyinmfn. sleeping irregularly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
visarjayitavyamfn. (fr. Causal) to be (or being) discharged (into the anus) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
visarjayitṛmfn. giving up, renouncing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣayaviṣayinm. dual number object and subject View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣayāyinm. (only ) a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣayāyinm. an organ of sense View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣayāyinm. a man of the world, sensualist, materialist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣayāyinm. Name of the god of love. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣayikaSee dārṣṭi-- and samasta-v-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśayinmfn. doubtful, uncertain ( viśayitva yi-tva- n.doubt, uncertainty) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśāyinmfn. gaRa grahādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣayinmfn. relating or attached to worldly objects, sensual, carnal etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣayinm. a sensualist, materialist, voluptuary (equals vaiṣayika-or kāmin-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣayinm. a prince, king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣayinm. a subject of (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣayinm. (in philosophy) the subject, the"Ego" ( viṣayintva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣayinm. the god of love View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣayinm. (in rhetor.) the object of a comparison (see under viṣaya-)
viṣayinn. an organ of sense View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣāyinmfn. gaRa grahādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣayintvan. viṣayin
viśayitvan. viśayin
visismāpayiṣumfn. (fr. Desiderative of Causal of vi-smi-) wishing to astonish or surprise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
visismāpayiṣumfn. (fr. Desiderative of Causal of vi-smṛ-) wishing to make forget View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vismayinmfn. amazed, surprised View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśrayinmfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṭambhayiṣumfn. wishing to stop or cause to stand still (a fleeing army) (Bombay edition saṃstambhayiṣu-).
viśvajayinmfn. conquering the universe View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvavidhāyinm. "all-making, all-arranging", a creator, deity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvavijayinmfn. all-conquering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vītihotradayif. "beloved of vīti-hotra- id est agni- ", Name of a svāhā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vitrāsayitukāmamfn. (infinitive mood of Causal + k-) wishing to frighten or terrify View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivāhayitavyamfn. equals vi-vāhya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivālayiṣumfn. (fr Desiderative of Causal of val-) wishing to recover View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivārayiṣumfn. (fr. Desiderative of Causal of1. -) wishing to keep back or ward off (an army) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivardhayiṣumfn. (fr. Desiderative of Causal) wishing to increase or augment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivarṇyitavyamfn. to be disapproved View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivāsayitṛm. an expeller View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivedayiṣumfn. (fr. Desiderative of Causal of1. vid-) wishing to tell or communicate ("that etc." , two accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vraṇayitamfn. becoming sore or ulcerated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vratayitavyamfn. to be consumed (as vrata--milk) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛddhāpacāyitva n. the not rendering due respect to old men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛkṣaropayitṛm. equals -ropaka- on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛkṣaśāyif. "tree-residing", View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛkṣaśāyif. a squirrel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛkṣāśrayinm. "tree-dweller", a kind of small owl View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛkṣasthāyin mfn. staying in or on a tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyākhyāyif. Name of a commentator or commentary on the vāsavadattā- by vikramarddhi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyaṃsayitavyamfn. idem or 'to be cheated or deceived ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāpāpādayitavyamfn. idem or 'mfn. to be destroyed or killed ( vyāpāpādanīyatā -- f.) ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyathayitṛmfn. (fr. Causal) one who inflicts torture or punishment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavacārayitavyamfn. ( car-) to be pondered over or considered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavadhāyakavadhāyika wrong reading for prec. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavahārayitavyamfn. (fr. Causal) to be occupied (especially with compulsory work) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavasāyavasāyinmfn. one who acts resolutely or energetically, resolute, energetic, enterprising, industrious etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavasāyavasāyinmfn. engaged in trade or business View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavasāyavasāyinm. a tradesman, handicraftsman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavāyavāyinmfn. lascivious, lustful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavāyavāyinm. a libertine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavāyavāyinm. any drug possessing stimulating properties, an aphrodisiac View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavāyinmfn. intervening, separating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavāyinmfn. pervading, diffusive ( vyavāyitva yi-tva- n. ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavāyitvan. vyavāyin
vyayiin compound for vyayin-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyayinmfn. declining, decaying, falling (in udaya-vy-,"rising and falling") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyayinmfn. expending, spending, prodigal (in bahu-vy- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyayif. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyayitamfn. expended, spent, dissipated, dispersed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyayitamfn. gone away, declined, fallen into decay View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyayitavyamfn. to be expended or spent, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyayitvan. prodigality, wastefulness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yājayitṛm. (fr. Causal) the officiating priest at a sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yamayiṣṇu wrong reading for namayiṣṇu-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yāminīdayita() m. "the beloved or the husband of night", the moon. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yāpayitavyamfn. trifling, unimportant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yatrakāmāvasāyinmfn. (in yatrakāmāvasāyitā sāyi-- f.and yatrakāmāvasāyitva sāyi-tva- n.) possessing that power View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yatrakāmāvasāyif. yatrakāmāvasāyin
yatrakāmāvasāyitvan. yatrakāmāvasāyin
yatrāstamitaśāyinmfn. lying down to sleep wherever sunset finds one View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yāvayitṛSee under 2. yu-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yāvayitṛmf(trī-)n. procuring, bestowing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yayimfn. ( -) going, hastening, quick View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yayim. a cloud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yayinmfn. equals prec. (See ni-yay/in-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yayinm. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yinmfn. (mostly in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') going, moving, riding, driving, flying, travelling, marching, taking the field, going to war (also applied to planets opposed to each other in the graha-yuddha- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogaśāyinmfn. half asleep and half absorbed in meditation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yojayitavyamfn. (fr. Causal of1. yuj-) to be joined or connected or furnished with (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yojayitavyamfn. to be made use of or chosen or selected View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yojayitṛetc. See pp. 858, columns 1, 2. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yojayitṛmfn. one who joins or connects etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yojayitṛm. a setter (of precious stones) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yugalāyitamfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') representing or like a pair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
Apte Search
280 results
yiyakṣamāṇa यियक्षमाण a. Desirous of performing a sacrifice; यियक्षमाणेनाहूतः पार्थेनाथ द्विषन्मुरम् Śi.2.1.
yiyāsā यियासा Desire of going.
yiyāsu यियासु a. Wishing to go, move, ride &c.; जवादहंपूर्विकया यियासुभिः Ki.14.32.
aṃśayitavya अंशयितव्य (अंश्-तव्यच्) a. Fit to be divided into parts.
aṃśayitṛ अंशयितृ m. [अंश्-तृच्] A divider, sharer.
akṣayiṇī अक्षयिणी Pārvatī.
atiśayita अतिशयित p. p. 1 Excelled, surpassed &c.; ˚सुरासुरप्रभावम् U.5.4. -2 Excessive, exceeding, going beyond.
atiśayin अतिशयिन् a. [शी-इनि] Superior, excellent; pre-eminent; श्रियमतिशयिनीं समेत्य जग्मुः Ki.1.25; इदमुत्तम- मतिशयिनि व्यङ्ग्ये वाच्याद् ध्वनिर्वुधैः कथितः K. P.1; ˚यिनि समाप्ता वंश एवाशिषस्ते V.5.21. -2 Excessive, abundant.
atiśāyin अतिशायिन् a. [शी-णिनि] 1 Excelling, surpassing; अर्थकाम˚ &c. -2 Excessive. -नी N. of a metre.
atyayika अत्ययिक = आत्यायिक q. v.
atyayin अत्ययिन् a. [इ-इनि P.III.2.157] Exceeding, surpassing.
adāyika अदायिक a. (-की f.) [दायमर्हति दाय-ठक् न. ब.] 1 That which is not claimed by an heir; destitute of heirs; अदायिकं धनं राजगामि Kāty. -2 not relating to inheritance.
adhiśayita अधिशयित p. p. Reclining upon, used for reclining upon.
adhyāpayitṛ अध्यापयितृ m. [इ-णिच्-तृच्] A teacher, instructor.
adhyāyin अध्यायिन् a. [इ-णिनि] Studying.
adhyavasāyin अध्यवसायिन् a. [सो-णिनि] Attempting; resolute, persevering, energetic.
anapāyin अनपायिन् a. Imperishable, firm, steady, unfailing, constant, durable, not transient; प्रसादाभिमुखे तस्मिञ् श्रीरासीदनपायिनी R.8.17;17.46.; अनपायिनि संश्रयद्रुमे गजभग्ने पतनाय वल्लरी Ku.4.31; चलेष्वर्थेषु लुब्धेन न यशःस्वनपायिषु Mu.5.14; Ki.14.37,2.43; Śi.8.5,14.65,17.26.
anābhayin अनाभयिन् a. Ved. [आविभेति आभी-उणा-इनि, आभयिन् न. त.] Not at all afraid, fearless, undaunted; अनाभयिन् ररिमा ते Rv.8.2.1.
anāmayitnu अनामयित्नु a. 1 Not injuring or paining; हस्ताभ्याम- नामयित्नुभ्याम् Rv.1.137.7. -2 Salubrious, curative.
anunayin अनुनयिन् a. Courteous, polite, humble, supplicating.
anunāyika अनुनायिक a. Conciliating; प्रियतमेषु बधूरनुनायिका Śi.6. 7. -का A female character, subordinate to the Nāyikā or leading character, such as a friend, nurse, maid-servant &c.; सखी प्रव्रजिता दासी प्रेष्या धात्रेयिका तथा । अन्याश्च शिल्पकारिण्यो विज्ञेया ह्यनुनायिकाः ॥ अनुनेय (-नीय) a. Favourable; अनुनेयानि जल्पन्तम् Mb.7.85.25 To be conciliated; Mk.
anupasthāyin अनुपस्थायिन् a. Not present, absent, distant.
anuyāyin अनुयायिन् a. [P.III.2.78] 1 Following; attending, consequent. तत् त्रिकालहितं वाक्यं धर्म्यमर्थानुयायि च Rām. 5.51.21. वसिष्ठधेनोरनुयायिनं तमावर्तमानं वनिता वनान्तात् R.2.19. -2 Like, similar. -3 Following a principal person as a teacher (मुख्यस्य अनुगन्ता शिशुः) m. A follower (lit. & fig.); रामानुजानुयायिनः followers of the doctrines of R.; a dependent or attendant; न्यषेधि शेषो$प्यनुयायिवर्गः R.2.4.
anuvidhāyin अनुविधायिन् a. 1 Obedient, submissive, complaint, conforming to orders; सा स्त्री या$नुविधायिनी H.2.13; भवितव्यानुविधायीनीन्द्रियाणि V.3. -2 Resembling; निजवधूश्व- सितानुविधायिनि Śi.6.23.15.96.
anuśayin अनुशयिन् a. 1 Devotedly attached to, faithful. -2 Repentant, penitent, regretful, sorry. -3 Hating intensely. -4 Connected as with a consequence. -5 Enjoying the fruits of deeds; epithet of the soul.
anuśāyin अनुशायिन् a. Lying or extending along. m. Life; यश्चानुशायिनां स्वर्गः पाखण़्डस्य च संभवः Bhāg.2.8.22. See अनुशयिन्.
anuṣṭhāyin अनुष्ठायिन् a. Doing, performing.
anokaśāyin अनोकशायिन् m. (यी) Not sleeping in house, a beggar.
anyāyin अन्यायिन् a. Unjust, improper.
anvayāyin अन्वयायिन् a. Descendent, belonging to the family; इतीमे काशयो भूपाः क्षत्रवृद्धान्वयायिनः Bhāg 9.17.1.
anvayin अन्वयिन् a. Connected as with a consequence.
apacāyita अपचायित a. Feared, honoured. P.VII.2.3 (Com).
apacāyin अपचायिन् a. Not rendering due respect. Mb.13.
apāyin अपायिन् a. Departing, transient; perishable; see अनपायिन्.
abhāvayitṛ अभावयितृ a. Not perceiving, comprehending or inferring.
abhivādayitṛ अभिवादयितृ m. A respectful saluter.
abhiśocayiṣṇu अभिशोचयिष्णु a. Tormenting.
abhyutthāyin अभ्युत्थायिन् a. Rising to greet or in honour of.
abhyudayin अभ्युदयिन् a. Rising, going up.
amāyika अमायिक मायिन् a. Guileless; honest, sincere, true.
ayi अयि ind. 1 As a gentle address in the sense of 'friend', 'oh', 'ah' (कोमलामन्त्रणे); or simply as a vocative particle; अयि विवेकविश्रान्तमभिहितम् M.1; अयि कठोर U.3.27 Oh you ruthless one; अयि भो महर्षिपुत्र S.7; अयि विद्युत्प्रमदानां त्वमपि च दुखं न जानासि Mk.5.32; अयि मातर्देवयजनसंभवे देवि सीते U.4; see also Bv.1.5,11,44. -2 As a particle of entreaty or solicitation (अनुनय), 'I pray', 'prythee'; अयि संप्रति हि दर्शनम् Ku.4.28; also of encouragement or persuation; अयि मन्दस्मितमधुरं वदनं तन्वङ्गि यदि मनाक्कुरुषे Bv.2.15. -3 As a particle of gentle or kind inquiry (प्रश्न); अयि जीवितनाथ जीवसि Ku.4.3; अयीदमेवं परिहासः 5.62; अयि जानीषे रेभिलस्य सार्थवाहस्य गृहम् Mk.3. cf. अयि प्रश्नानुनययोः...Nm.
arcayitavya अर्चयितव्य a. worthy of being worshipped or adored, adorable. गुरवो$र्चयितव्याश्च पुराणं धर्ममिच्छता Mb.12.19.21.
ātatāyin आततायिन् a. or s. [आततेन विस्तीर्णेन शस्त्रादिना अयितुं शीलमस्य Tv.] 1 'One whose bow is stretched to take another's life', endeavouring to kill some one; a desperado; गुरुं वा बालवृद्धौ वा ब्राह्मणं वा बहुश्रुतम् । आततायिन- मायान्तं हन्यादेवाविचारयन् ॥ Ms.8.35-51; Mb.3.36.1, Bg.1.36. -2 Anyone who commits a heinous crime; such as a thief, ravisher, murderer, incendiary, a felon &c.; अग्निदो गरदश्चैव शस्त्रोन्मत्तो धनापहः । क्षेत्रदारहरश्चै- तान् षड् विद्यादाततायिनः ॥ Śukra. ˚-ता -त्वम् murdering, stealing, destroying &c.
ātiśayika आतिशयिक a. Super-abundant; व्याप्तमातिशयिकेन रसेन Śi.1.23.
ātyayika आत्ययिक a. (-की f.) [अत्ययः नाशः प्रयोजनमस्य ठक्] 1 Destructive, disastrous. -2 Painful, unpropitious, ill-omened, distressing. -3 Pressing, urgent, emergent, ending quickly, not suffering delay; किंचिदात्ययिकं कार्यं तेषां त्वं दर्शनं कुरु Rām 6.32.37; Ms.7.165; H.3; K.294; अशिश्रयन्नात्ययिकं समेत्य Bk. कार्यगौरवादात्ययिकवशेन वा Kau. A.1.19; सर्वमात्ययिकं कार्यं शृणुयान्नातिपातयेत् ibid. extraordinary, special. -4 Delayed, already late; तां हत्वा पुनरेवाहं कृत्यमात्ययिकं स्मरन् Rām.5.58.46. -कम् 1 Difficulty, calamity; अगमन्नो मनः कर्णं बन्धुमात्ययिकेष्विव Mb.7.1.46. -2 Essential duty; Hch.4.
ātreyi आत्रेयिका [आत्रेयी स्वार्थे कन्] A woman in her courses.
ādāyin आदायिन् a. Taking, receiving, inclined to receive (gifts); आदत्त˚, परस्व˚ &c. चोदनादायिनो हस्ताल्लिप्सेत ब्राह्मणो धनम् । Ms.
ādhyāyika आध्यायिक a. (-की f.) [अध्याय ठञ्] Occupied or employed in reading or studying (the Vedas) (अधीतवेद); युवा स्यात्साधुयुवाध्यायिकः T. Up.2.8.
ānandayitavyam आनन्दयितव्यम् The object of enjoyment or sensual pleasure.
ānandayitṛ आनन्दयितृ a. One who gives joy or delight; आनन्दयिता कर्ता Maitrī. Up.6.7.
ānāyin आनायिन् m. [आनाय-इनि] A fisherman, fisher; आना- यिभिस्तामपकृष्टनक्राम् R.16.55,75. cf. जालमानायवृन्दयोः Nm.
ānvayika आन्वयिक a. (-की f.) [अन्वये प्रशस्तकुले भवः ठञ्] 1 Of. a good family, well-born, of noble birth. -2 Orderly.
āpayitṛ आपयितृ a. [आप्-णिच्-तृच्] One who gets or procures, procuring; आपयिता ह वै कामानां भवति Ch. Up.1.1.7.
āpāyin आपायिन् a. Drinking, fond of drinking.
āpyāyita आप्यायित a. 1 Satisfied, pleased. -2 Improved; grown, increased. -3 Stout, fat, robust.
ābhiprāyika आभिप्रायिक a. Voluntary, optional.
ābhyādāyikam आभ्यादायिकम् [अभ्यादान-ठक्] A kind of स्त्रीधन or woman's property.
ābhyudayika आभ्युदयिक a. (-की f.) [अभ्युदय-ठक्] 1 Tending to good, granting prosperity; अनाभ्युदयिकं श्रमणकदर्शनम् Mk.8. -2 Relating to the rise or beginning of anything; सुख˚ Ms.12.88. -3 High, exalted, important. -कम् A Śrāddha or offering to ancestors; an occasion of rejoicing.
āmantrayitṛ आमन्त्रयितृ a. Asking, inviting, calling &c. m. (-ता) An inviter, entertainer, especially of Brāhmaṇas.
āyin आयिन् a. Ved. Coming or driving near, Yaj. Ts.2.47.1.
āyikapādaḥ आयिकपादः A kind of pillar. (cf. Māna).
ārādhayitṛ आराधयितृ a. An adorer, humble servant, worshipper; नन्वयमाराधयिता जनस्तव समीपे वर्तते Ś.3; पितरमाराधयिता भव V.5.
ārādhayiṣṇu आराधयिष्णु a. Endeavouring to please, desirous of worshipping.
āropayitṛ आरोपयितृ a. One who places upon (his body), wears; न तानि कश्चिन्माल्यानि तत्रारोपयिता नरः 3.73.22.
ārpayitṛ आर्पयितृ m. Ved. One who injures or hurts.
āśayitṛ आशयितृ a. 1 Feeding, a feeder. -2 Protecting.
āśrayin आश्रयिन् a. 1 Resting with, dependent on. -2 Related to, concerning; तदाश्रयिणी कथा V.3.1; K.213. -3 Resorting to; मयूरपृष्ठाश्रयिणा गुहेन R.6.4; Ratn.2. अहमेत्य पतङ्गवर्त्मना पुनरङ्काश्रयिणी भवामिते Ku.4.2. -आश्रयिन् m. A complementary detail. आश्रयिष्वविशेषेण भावो$र्थः प्रतीयेत । MS.4.1.18.
āsthāyi आस्थायिका An audience.
ucchrayin उच्छ्रयिन् a. High, raised, lofty; Śi.5.21.
utthāyin उत्थायिन् a. 1 Rising (fig. also); coming forth, becoming visible; चन्द्रगुप्तसहोत्थायिनाम् Mu.3; Pt.3.153. -2 Exerting one's self, active.
utsūryaśāyin उत्सूर्यशायिन् a. One who sleeps even at sunrise; Mb.12.228.64.
udayin उदयिन् a. 1 Rising or ascending. -2 Streaming or flowing forth; एते निष्कुष्य जङ्घानलकमुदयिनीर्मज्जधाराः पिबन्ति Māl.5.17. -3 Prosperous, flourishing.
udeyivas उदेयिवस् a. Produced, originated, born; सख उदेयिवा- न्सात्वतां कुले Bh&amcar;g.1.31.4.
udbhāvayitṛ उद्भावयितृ a. Raising upwards, lifting up, exalting (fig. also); उद्भावयिता बन्धून् Dk.153.
udvejayitṛ उद्वेजयितृ a. Terrifying; अत्यर्थमुद्वेजयिता परेषाम् Śi.3.19.
unmādayitṛka उन्मादयितृक a. Intoxicating, enrapturing; Ś.1.
upacāyin उपचायिन् a. 1 Increasing, growing. -2 Thriving, prosperous.
upadhāyin उपधायिन् a. Using as a pillow; अशेत सा बाहुलतो- पधायिनी Ku.5.12.
upanāyi उपनायिका A character in a dramatic or any other work of art next in importance to the heroine; e. g. Madayantikā in Mālatimādhava.
upayāyin उपयायिन् a. Coming towards.
upaśāyi उपशायिता Means to cure some disease like the prescribed diet etc.
upaśāyin उपशायिन् a. 1 Lying near to. -2 Sleeping, going to bed. -3 Allaying, calming. -4 Composing or narcotic (in medicine); ˚ता, -त्वम् tranquilling; calming, secondary means of cure (as diet &c.). -5 One who keeps watch; रावणस्योपशायिन्यो ददर्श हरिसत्तमः Rām.5.6.29.
upasthāyin उपस्थायिन् a. Standing near, waiting upon, approaching &c.
upāvasāyin उपावसायिन् a. Ved. Submissive, compliant, obedient.
upāyika उपायिक a. Conducive to.
upāyin उपायिन् a. 1 Skilled in the use of means, having means. -2 Approaching. -3 Having sexual intercourse with.
upeyivas उपेयिवस् a. (उप इण् क्वसु P.III.2.19) One who has gone near उपेयिवांसि कर्तारः पुरीमाजातशात्रवीम् Śi.2.114.
ubhayāyin उभयायिन् a. Tending towards or fit for both (worlds); Bhāg.
aikānyikaḥ ऐकान्यिकः A pupil who commits one error in reading or reciting (the Vedas). ऐकान्यिको$पि न बभूव यतो; त्र तेन प्रापाभिधा नमिह बालसरस्वतीति ।
aitareyin ऐतरेयिन् m. A reader of the Aitareya Brāhmaṇa.
ojāyitam ओजायितम् Stout-hearted, courageous behaviour.
audayika औदयिक a. (-की f.) [उदय-ठञ्] One of the five different states of the soul (with Jainas), when actions arise and exert an inherent influence on the future.
aupanāyika औपनायिक a. Belonging to, or serving for an offering.
aupayika औपयिक औपायिक a. (-की f.) [उपाय-ठक्] 1 Proper, fit, right; नैतदौपयिकं राम यदिदं परितप्यसे Rām.2.53.3; Bhāg.3.2.12. न वैश्यशूद्रौपयिकीः कथाः Mb.1.193.11. -2 Obtained by efforts. -कः, -कम् A means, an expedient, remedy; शिवमौपयिकं गरीयसीम् Ki.2.35.
aupāyika औपायिक = औपयिक q. v.
kaṇḍūyitam कण्डूयितम् Scratching.
kaṇḍūyitṛ कण्डूयितृ a. Scratching, a scratcher; कण़्डूयितारं कुशसू- चिलावम् (भुजम्) R.13.43.
karāyi करायिका A bird (a small kind of crane).
kaṣāyita कषायित a. 1 Tinged, reddened, coloured; अमुनैव कषायितस्तनी Ku.4.34; Śi.7.11. -2 Affected.
kaṣāyin कषायिन् a. Yielding a resinous exudation, astringent. -2 Dyed of a red colour. -3 Worldly-minded. -m. N. of several plants:-- खर्जूर, शाल &c.
yin कायिन् a. large bodied; समूलशाखान्पश्यामि निहतान्कायिनो द्रुमान् Mb.12.113.4.
kārayitavya कारयितव्य a. To be caused or performed; ˚दक्षा Ku.7.27. कारयितृ kārayitṛ कारयिष्णु kārayiṣṇu कारयितृ कारयिष्णु Causing to do, perform, effect &c. यो$स्यात्मनः कारयिता तं क्षेत्रज्ञं प्रचक्षते Ms.12.12.
kārāyi कारायिका A female crane.
kāryika कार्यिक a. 1 Having business. -2 Engaged in a suit; Ms.7.124.
kāryin कार्यिन् a. 1 Active, assiduous. -2 Seeking for some business. -3 Having an object in view. -4 A party to a suit. -5 (In Gram.) Subject to a rule. कार्यमनुभवन् हि कार्यी निमित्ततया नाश्रीयते Paribhāṣendu.1.
kipayiṣṇu किपयिष्णु a. [कुप-णिच् बा˚ इष्णुच्] Intending to enrage or exasperate, inclined to make angry; श्रावितास्ते महात्मानः पाण्डवाः कोपयिष्णुभिः Mb.7.137.46.
kulāyi कुलायिका A. bird-cage, an aviary, dove-cot.
kuvalayin कुवलयिन् a. Having blue lotuses. संदृष्टाः कुवलयिनो भुवो विभागाः U.1.31.
kuvalayita कुवलयित a. Furnished with blue lotuses; कटाक्षै- र्नारीणां कुवलयितवातायनमिव Māl.2.11, R.11.93.
kuvalayi कुवलयिनी 1 The blue water-lily; plant. -2 An assemblage of lotuses. -3 A place abounding in lotuses.
krayikaḥ क्रयिकः a. [क्रय-ठन्] 1 A trader, dealer. -2 A purchaser.
kṣayin क्षयिन् a. (-णी f.) 1 Diminishing, decaying; आरम्भ- गुर्वी क्षयिणी क्रमेण Bh.2.6; waning, wasting; न चाभूत्ताविव क्षयी R.17.71; Ms.9.314. -2 Consumptive. -3 Perishable, fragile. -m. The moon.
kṣayiṣṇu क्षयिष्णु a. 1 Wasting, decaying. -2 Perishable, fragile; सर्वं चेदं क्षयिष्णु पश्यामः Maitri Up.1.4.
kharāyitam खरायितम् Behaviour of an ass; तन्नात्रैष्याम्यहं भूयः करिष्यामि खरायितम् Ks.63.151.
gadayitnu गदयित्नु a. 1 Loquacious, garrulous, talkative. -2 Libidinous, lustful. -त्नुः N. of Kāma, the god of love.
gopāyita गोपायित a. Protected, defended.
gopāyitṛ गोपायितृ m. A protector.
ghoṣayitnu घोषयित्नु 1 A crier, bard, herald. -2 A Brāhmaṇa. -3 A cuckoo. -4 A captive.
yitṛ चायितृ a. Ved. Observing, seeing.
janayitṛ जनयितृ a. (-त्री f.) Producing, begetting, creator. -m. 1 A father; Pt.1.9. -2 Brahmadeva; प्रजावांस्तेन भवति यथा जनयिता तथा Mb.13.61.1.
janayitrī जनयित्री A mother.
janayiṣṇuḥ जनयिष्णुः A progenitor, producer.
yin जायिन् a. (-नी f.) [जि-णिनि] Conquering, subduing. -m. The burden of a song (in music).
jayin जयिन् a. [जि शीलार्थे इनि] 1 Conquering, vanquishing; विरूपाक्षस्य जयिनीस्ताः स्तुवे वामलोचनाः Vb.1.2. -2 Successful, winning a law-suit, Y.2.79. -3 Fascinating, captiating, subduing the heart; जगति जयिनस्ते ते भावा नवेन्दु- कलादयः Māl.1.36. -m. A victor, a conqueror; पौरस्त्यानेव- माक्रामंस्तांस्ताञ्जनपदाञ्जयी R.4.34.
jyāyiṣṭha ज्यायिष्ठ a. (irreg.) 1 The most excellent. -2 First, noblest, best; यत्त्वेव राज्ञो ज्यायिष्ठं कार्याणां तद् ब्रवीमि ते Mb.12.152.17.
tanayitnu तनयित्नु a. Ved. Roaring, thundering.
tantrāyin तन्त्रायिन् m. The sun; तन्त्रायिणे नमो द्यावापृथिवीभ्याम् Vāj.38.12.
taralāyitaḥ तरलायितः A large wave, surf. -तः, तम् Fickleness.
yikaḥ तायिकः See ताजिकः.
yin तायिन् m. N. of Buddha.
tṛtīyin तृतीयिन् a. 1 Entitled to a third portion (of inheritance &c.); विषमा ह्येषामाख्या । केचिदर्धिनः केचित् तृतीयिनः केचित् पादिनः इति । ŚB. on MS.1.3.55. -2 Occupying the third rank; Ms.8.21.
damayitṛ दमयितृ a. [दम्-णिच्-तृच्] 1 Taming, subduing. -2 A punisher, chastiser. -3 An epithet of Visṇu, or Śiva.
dayita दयित p. p. [दय्-क्त] Beloved, desired, liked; Bk. 1.9. -तः A husband, lover, a beloved person; V. 3.5; दयिता दयिताननाम्बुजं दरमीलन्नयना निरीक्षते Bv.2.182. -ता A wife, one's beloved woman; दयिताजीवितालम्बनार्थी Me.4; R.2.3; Bv.2.182; Ki.6.13; दयिताजितः 'a hen-pecked husband'.
dayitnu दयित्नु a. Kind, compassionate.
yin दायिन् a. At the end of comp.) 1 Giving, granting. -2 Causing, producing; as in क्लेशदायिन् &c.
dundumāyitam दुन्दुमायितम् Drum-sound; स्तनयित्नोरिवामन्ददुन्दुभेर्दुन्दु- मायितम् U.6.2.
dūṣayitṛ दूषयितृ m. A corrupter, violator.
darśayitṛ दर्शयितृ a. [दृश्-णिच्-तृच्] 1 Showing, exhibiting. -2 Directing, guiding; पथः श्रुतेर्दर्शयितार ईश्वराः R.3.46. -m. 1 A warder, door-keeper. -2 A guide (in general).
dolāyita दोलायित दोलित a. Swung, shaken, oscillating &c.
dvitīyin द्वितीयिन् a. (-नी f.) Occupying the second place.
dhārayiṣṇu धारयिष्णु a. Capable of holding, sustaining, &c.
dhārayiṣṇutā धारयिष्णुता Patience.
dhārayitrī धारयित्री The earth.
nartayitṛ नर्तयितृ m. A dancing-master; अद्य नर्तयितास्मि M.2.
narmāyitam नर्मायितम् Sport, pastime.
yi नायिका 1 A mistress. -2 A wife. -3 The heroine of a poetic composition. (According to S. D. a नायिका is of three kinds स्वा or स्वीया, अन्या or परकीया, and साधारणस्त्री. For further classification, see S. D.97-112, and Rasamañjarī 3-94; cf. अन्यस्त्री also). -4 A kind of musk.
nikāyin निकायिन् m. (pl.) Serial sacrifices; निकायः एषां ते निकायिनः । ŚB. on MS.8.1.19; निकायिनां च पूर्वस्योत्तरेषु प्रवृत्तिः स्यात् MS.8.1.19.
nicayin निचयिन् a. Full of, abounding in; निचयिनि लवलीलता- विकासे जनयति लोध्रसमीरणे च हर्षम् Ki.1.29.
nirvāpayitṛ निर्वापयितृ a. 1 Extinguishing, blowing, blowing out. -2 Allaying the heat of, cooling; स्मर एव तापहेतुर्निर्वापयिता स एव मे जातः Ś.3.11.
naiyāyikaḥ नैयायिकः A logician, a follower of the Nyāya system of philosophy; नैयायिकानां तु नये ह्यणुकादावपीष्यते Bhāṣā P.
nairayikaḥ नैरयिकः An inhabitant of hell.
nodayitṛ नोदयितृ a. One who urges forward or propels; समीरणो नोदयिता भवेति व्यादिश्यते केन हुताशनस्य Ku.3.21.
nyāyin न्यायिन् a. 1 Right, fit, proper, just. -2 Logical, rational.
paṇāyita पणायित a. 1 Praised. -2 Bought, sold, transacted &c.
paṇāyitṛ पणायितृ m. A seller; Māl.5.
panāyita पनायित पनित a. Praised. पनुः (-नूः) Ved. Admiration, praise.
parikalayitṛ परिकलयितृ a. Surrounding, encircling; Mv.
paridāyin परिदायिन् m. A father who gives his daughter in marriage to a man whose elder brother is not yet married; cf. परिवेत्तृ.
pareyivas परेयिवस् a. Dead, departed; कथा इमास्ते कथिता महीयसां विधाय लोकेषु यशः परेयुषाम् Bhāg.12.3.14.
palāyita पलायित p. p. Fled, retreated, run away, escaped.
palāyin पलायिन् a. Fleeing, running away, a fugitive.
yin पायिन् a. Drinking.
yikaḥ पायिकः A foot-soldier.
yitam पायितम् The gift of water (उदकदान); Bṛi. Up.4.1.2.
pārajāyikaḥ पारजायिकः An adulterer. See पारदारिकः.
pārayiṣṇu पारयिष्णु a. 1 Pleasing, gratifying. -2 Able to go to the end of or accomplish anything. -3 Successful, victorious.
pālayitṛ पालयितृ m. A protector, guardian; शचीसखो मरुतां पालयितेव नन्दने (विजहार) R.8.32.
pipālayiṣuḥ पिपालयिषुः (Desiderative from पाल्) Desirous to protect; प्राज्यं प्रभावलीराज्यं पिपालयिषुरात्मनः Śiva B.31.32.
puruṣāyita पुरुषायित a. Acting like a man. -तम् 1 Playing the man, acting a manly part, a manly conduct. -2 A kind of coitus or mode of sexual enjoyment, in which the woman plays the man; आकृतिमवलोक्य कयापि वितर्कितं पुरषायितं असिलतालेखनेन वैदग्ध्यादभिव्यक्तिमुपनीतम् K. P.1.
pulāyitam पुलायितम् A horse's gallop.
pūrayitṛ पूरयितृ a. 1 Filling, filling up. -2 Satisfying, gratifying. -m. An epithet of Viṣṇu.
potāyitam पोतायितम् p. p. of the denominative of पोत; an elephant's roar produced with the lips and (or) soft palate; तत् पोतायितमोष्ठतालुजनितम् Mātaṅga L.2.13.
poṣayitnuḥ पोषयित्नुः The cuckoo.
pyāyita प्यायित a. 1 Grown, increased. -2 Grown fat. -3 Refreshed, strengthened.
pracalāyita प्रचलायित a. Rolling about, tossing. -तम् Nodding the head (while asleep in a sitting posture).
pracāyi प्रचायिका 1 Gathering (flowers &c.) in turn. -2 A female who gathers.
prajāyin प्रजायिन् a. Being about to produce or bring forth. -2 Bearing, bringing forth (अभिरूप˚, वीर˚ &c.).
praṇayi प्रणयिता Love, attachment; (श्रीः) मूर्खान् द्वेष्टि न गच्छति प्रणयितामत्यन्तविद्वत्स्वपि Mu.3.5.
praṇayin प्रणयिन् 1 Loving, affectionate, kind, attached; यदिन्दावानन्दं प्रणयिनि जने वा न भजते Māl.3.9;6.3. -2 Beloved; dearly loved. -3 Desirous of, longing for, fondly solicitous of; अङ्काश्रयप्रणयिनस्तनयान् वहन्तः Ś.7.17; Me.3; R.9.55;11.3. -4 Familiar, intimate. -m. 1 A friend, companion, favourite; कृतो$क्षसूत्रप्रणयी तया करः Ku.5.11. -2 A husband, lover. -3 A supplicant, humble petitioner, suitor; स्वार्थात् सतां गुरुतरा प्रणयिक्रियैव V.4.15;1.2. -4 A worshipper, devotee; प्रतिग्रहीतुं प्रणयिप्रियत्वात् त्रिलोचनस्तामुपचक्रमे च Ku.3.66. -नी A mistress, beloved, wife. -2 A female friend.
pratipādayitṛ प्रतिपादयितृ m. 1 A teacher, instructor. -2 A giver, bestower. -3 A demonstrator.
pratiśayita प्रतिशयित a. One who lies down without food before a deity to secure his desired object; अनया च किलास्मै प्रति- शयिताय स्वप्ने समादिष्टम् Dk.122.
pratiṣṭhāpayitṛ प्रतिष्ठापयितृ m. A founder.
pratyayita प्रत्ययित a. 1 Relied upon, confided in. -2 Trusty, confidential. -3 Trustworthy; यत्तु लौकिकं वचनं तच्चेत् प्रत्ययितात् पुरुषात् इन्द्रियविषयं वा अवितथमेव तत् ŚB. on MS.1.1.2.
pratyayin प्रत्ययिन् a. 1 Relying upon, trusting, believing. -2 Trustworthy, confidential.
pratyāyitaḥ प्रत्यायितः A confidential agent.
prapalāyita प्रपलायित a. 1 Run away. -2 Routed, defeated.
prapalāyin प्रपलायिन् a. 1 Flying, escaping. -2 A fugitive.
pramāpayitṛ प्रमापयितृ m. A murderer, killer.
pravaṇāyitam प्रवणायितम् Inclination, propensity, bias.
pravartayitṛ प्रवर्तयितृ a. 1 One who sets in motion, urges, establishes, founds &c. -2 An employer.
prasthāyin प्रस्थायिन् a. 1 Departing, going forth. -2 Travelling, marching.
prātyayika प्रात्ययिक a. (-की f.) 1 Confidential, trusty. -2 Standing bail for the trustworthiness of a debtor (as a प्रतिभू or surety).
prāpipayiṣu प्रापिपयिषु a. Wishing to cause to reach; प्रतीतस्तत्किं मामतिभरमधः प्रापिपयिषुः Śi.5.69.
prāyika प्रायिक a. (-की f.) Usual, common.
prārjayitṛ प्रार्जयितृ a. One who grants; Nir.1.1.
prārthayitṛ प्रार्थयितृ m. 1 One who asks for, a solicitor, beggar. -2 suitor, wooer, lover (of a lady); लभेत वा प्रार्थयिता न वा श्रियम् Ś.3.13; Pt.1.138; एवं प्रार्थयिता विडम्ब्यते Ś.2.
plāvayitṛ प्लावयितृ a. One who causes to swim or cross (a boatsman); गुरुः प्लावयिता तस्य ज्ञानं प्लव इहोच्यते Mb. 12.326.23.
phenāyitam फेनायितम् p. p. of a denominative from फेन, applied to an elephant's roar produced in the back of the mouth; Mātaṅga L.2.13.
bandhayitṛ बन्धयितृ A binder; cf. Kull. on Ms.8.342.
bādhayitṛ बाधयितृ बाधितृ m. An injurer, opposer, annoyer.
bodhayitṛ बोधयितृ m. 1 A teacher, preceptor. -2 A waker; श्वानं बस्तो बोधयितारमब्रवीत् Rv.1.161.13.
bhāvayitṛ भावयितृ a. A protector, promoter; क्रोधो हन्ता मनुष्याणां क्रोधो भावयिता पुनः Mb.3.29.1.
bhūyiṣṭha भूयिष्ठ a. [अतिशयेन बहु इष्ठन् भ्वादेशे युक् च] 1 Most, most numerous or abundant. -2 Most important, principal, chief. -3 Very great or large, very much, much, many, numerous. -4 Chiefly or for the most part composed of, mostly composed or consisting of, chiefly filled with or characterized by (at the end of com.); अभिरूपभूयिष्ठा परिषद् Ś.1; शूल्यमांसभूयिष्ठ आहारो$श्यते Ś.2; राष्ट्रेषु कतमत्सुपुरुषभूयिष्ठम् Dk.; शिल्पदारिकाभूयिष्ठं परिजनम् M.5; R.4.7. -5 Almost, mostly, nearly all (usually after a past passive participle); अये उदितभूयिष्ठ एष तपनः Māl.1; निर्वाणभूयिष्ठमथास्य वीर्यम् Ku.3.52; V.1.8. -ष्ठम् ind. 1 For the most part, mostly; भूयिष्ठमन्यविषया न तु दृष्टिरस्याः Ś.1.3. -2 Exceedingly, very much, in the highest degree; भूयिष्ठं भव दक्षिणा परिजने Ś.4.18; R.6.4;13.14.
bhojayitṛ भोजयितृ a. [भुज्-णिच्-तृच्] One who feeds, a feeder.
maḍmaḍāyita मड्मडायित a. Gulped down the throat, swallowed up; बत्सतरी मड्मडायिता U.4.
maṇḍalāyita मण्डलायित a. Round, circular. -तम् A ball, globe.
madayitṛ मदयितृ a. Intoxicating; maddener, delighter.
madayitnu मदयित्नु a. [मद्-णिच् इत्नुच्] 1 Intoxicating maddening. -2 Gladdening. -त्नुः 1 The god of love. -2 A cloud. -3 A distiller of spirituous liquors. -4 A drunken man. -5 Spirituous liquor (n. also in this sense).
mayivasu मयिवसु a. Good in me.
mātsyikaḥ मात्स्यिकः A fisherman; P.IV.4.35.
mānayitṛ मानयितृ m. One who honours, honourer.
yika मायिक a. [माया-ठन्] 1 Deceitful, fraudulent. -2 Illusory, unreal. -कः A juggler. -कम् A gall-nut.
yin मायिन् [माया-इनि] See मायाविन्. -m. 1 A conjurer. -2 A rogue, cheat. -3 A deceitful or treacherous person; जातवेदोमुखान्मायी मिषतामाच्छिनत्ति नः Ku.2.46. -4 N. of Brahman. -5 Of Kāma. -6 Of Agni. -7 Śiva; मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. -n. Magic, magical art.
mukulāyita मुकुलायित = मुकुलित q. v.; Kāv.
maitreyi मैत्रेयिका A contest between friends or allies (मित्रयुद्धम्).
mocayitṛ मोचयितृ a. Releasing, setting free; Ms.8.342 (com.).
moṭṭāyitam मोट्टायितम् Silent involuntary expression of affection towards an absent lover, as when a woman, her mind being taken up by her lover, scratches the ear &c. when he is remembered or talked of; it is thus defined by उज्ज्वलमणि:-- कान्तस्मरणवार्तादौ हृदि तद्भावभावतः । प्राकट्य- मभिलाषस्य मोट्टायितमुदीर्यते see S. D.141 also; सद्यो मोट्टा- यितमधुरिमोल्लासभङ्गीविधाता Ud. S.35.
moṣayitnuḥ मोषयित्नुः 1 A Brāhmaṇa. -2 The cuckoo.
yayi ययिः यी m. [cf. Uṇ.3.159] 1 A horse fit for the Aśvamedha (or any) sacrifice. -2 A horse in general. -3 A road. -4 N. of Śiva. -5 A cloud.
yayin ययिन् m. N. of Śiva.
yājayitṛ याजयितृ m. The officiating priest at a sacrifice.
yin यायिन् a. 1 Going, moving, travelling (at the end of comp.). -2 Driving in, riding or going in. -3 Leading to; चित्रकूटयायिनि वर्त्मनि U.1. -4 Going to war (applied to planets opposite to each other).
yojayitṛ योजयितृ a. 1 Joining, combining. -2 An employer, setter; भवति योजयितुर्वचनीयता Pt.1.75. -m. A setter (of precious stones).
racayitṛ रचयितृ m. f. A composer, author.
yajayitrī यजयित्री A female painter.
rayi रयि m., n. Ved. 1 Water. -2 Wealth; एष वै रयिरात्मा वैश्वानरः Ch. Up.5.16.1. -3 Stuff, material, food; रयिं च प्राणं चेत्येतौ Praśna Up.1.4.
rayiṣṭhaḥ रयिष्ठः 1 N. of Kubera. -2 Agni. -3 Brahman. -ष्ठम् N. of various Sāmans.
lilakṣayiṣita लिलक्षयिषित (desid. of लक्ष्, p. p.) Had in view, meant.
līlāyitam लीलायितम् Play, sport, amusement, pleasure.
varayitṛ वरयितृ m. A suitor, wooer, lover.
valayita वलयित a. 1 Surrounded, encircled, enclosed; मृत्पिण्डो जलरेखया वलयितः सर्वो$प्ययं नन्वणुः Bh.3.26; U.4.3. -2 Whirling round. -3 Curling; वात्यासंवेगविष्वग्वितत- वलयितस्फीतधूम्याप्रकाशम् Māl.5.6.
vallabhāyitam वल्लभायितम् A mode of sexual enjoyment; cf. पुरुषायित.
vācayitṛ वाचयितृ a. The director of a recitation.
vājasaneyin वाजसनेयिन् m. 1 N. of the sage Yājñavalkya, the author and founder of the white or Śukla Yajurveda. -2 A follower of the white Yajurveda, one belonging to the sect of the Vājasaneyins. -संहिता the text of the शुक्लयजुर्वेद, ascribed to the Ṛiṣi Yājñavalkya.
vāheyika वाहेयिक 1 Connected with वाहीक people. -2 Relating to the bull (वहः); कदा वाहेयिका गाथाः पुनर्गास्यामि शाकले Mb.8.44.26 (com. वहो वृषभः तस्येदं वधपर्व वाहं तत्रोचिताः वाहेयिकाः गाथाः).
vikaṭāyitam विकटायितम् A flash, a charming display; कटाक्षरुचि- च्छटानामन्वेतु तत्र विकटायितमायताक्षि N.11.4.
vijayin विजयिन् m. A conqueror, victor.
vināyi विनायिका The wife of Garuḍa.
viṣayāyin विषयायिन् m. 1 One addicted to pleasures of sense, a sensualist. -2 A man of the world. -3 The god of love. -4 A king. -5 An organ of sense. -6 A materialist.
viṣayin विषयिन् a. Sensual, carnal. -m. 1 A man of the world, worlding. -2 A king. -3 A god of love. -4 A sensualist, voluptuary; विषयिणः कस्यापदो$स्तं गताः Pt.1.146; Ś.5. -5 (Rhet.) The object of a comparison. -n. 1 An organ of sense. -2 Knowledge (ज्ञान).
vainayika वैनयिक a. (-की f.) 1 Pertaining to modesty, decorum, moral conduct, or disci pline; आगता त्वामियं बुद्धिः स्वजा वैनयिकी च या Rām.2.112.16. -2 Enforcing proper conduct. -कः A war-carriage.
vaināyikaḥ वैनायिकः 1 The doctrines of a Buddhist school of philosophy. -2 A follower of that school.
vairāyitam वैरायितम् Hostility.
vaiṣayika वैषयिक a. (-की f.) [विषयेण निर्वृत्तः ठक्] 1 Relating to an object. -2 Pertaining to objects of sence, sensual, carnal. -कः A sensualist, voluptuary. वैषुवत् vaiṣuvat वैषुवत vaiṣuvata वैषुवत् वैषुवत a. (-ती f.) Relating to the equinox, equinoctial. -तम् 1 The equinox; स एष उदगयन- दक्षिणायनवैषुवतसंज्ञाभिः Bhāg.5.21.3. -2 The centre.
vyayita व्ययित p. p. 1 Expended, spent. -2 Wasted, fallen into decay.
vyavasāyin व्यवसायिन् a. 1 Energetic, industrious, diligent; किं दूरं व्यवसायिनाम् Pt.2.51. -2 Resolute, persevering; बहु- शाखा ह्यनन्ताश्च बुद्धयो$व्यवसायिनाम् Bg.2.41; Pt.1.248. -3 Performing, doing, undertaking; (श्रेष्ठाः) ज्ञानिभ्यो व्यवसायिनः Ms.12.13. -4 Engaged in any business or profession. -m. A tradesman, merchant.
vyavāyin व्यवायिन् a. 1 Resolving, decomposing. -2 Lustful, dissolute. -m. 1 A sensualist, libertine. -2 An aphrodisiac.
śayita शयित p. p. [शी कर्तरि क्त] 1 Sleeping, reposed, asleep. -2 Lying down. -तम् 1 Sleep, sleeping. -2 The place where one has slept.
śalyita शल्यित a. Pierced (as with a dart); निष्कारणपरित्याग- शल्यित U.3.
śāyi शायिका 1 Repose, sleep. -2 The state of lying or reposing; कुर्यात्तृणमयं चापं शयीत मृगशायिकाम् Mb.1.14.13; also शायिता.
śāyin शायिन् a. Reclining, sleeping, resting &c.
śikyita शिक्यित a. Suspended or carried in a loop.
śiśayiṣā शिशयिषा Desid. from शी) Desire to sleep, sleepiness.
śoṣayitnuḥ शोषयित्नुः [शुष्-इत्नुच् Uṇ.3.29] The sun.
saṃśayita संशयित a. Doubtful, uncertain. -2 Doubted, questioned. -3 Risked, hazarded, endangered, exposed to peril or danger; संशयितजीविता ते शरीरावस्था Māl.2. -तम् Doubt, uncertainty.
saṃcaṣkārayiṣu संचष्कारयिषु a. Wishing anyone to perform a purificatory rite; धर्मराजश्च तत्रैव संचस्कारयिषुस्तदा Mb. 15.26.31.
saṃcayin संचयिन् a. 1 Collecting, gathering, hoarding &. -2 Possessed of riches.
samavāyin समवायिन् a. 1 Closely or intimately connected. -2 Multitudinous. -m. (with पुरुष) the individual soul; अनादिरात्मा संभूतिर्विद्यते नान्तरात्मनः । समवायी तु पुरुषो मोहेच्छाद्वेष- कर्मजः ॥ Y.3.125. -Comp. -कारणम् inseparable cause, the material cause (one of the three kinds of कारण mentioned in Vaiśeṣika phil.).
samāpyāyita समाप्यायित p. p. Nourished, refreshed.
sāṃvijñāyika सांविज्ञायिक a. Conventional (as opposed to यौगिक); किं सांविज्ञायिकः स्विष्टकृच्छब्दः उत स्विष्टं करोतीति एतेन गुणेन प्रवृत्त इति गौणो न रूढः ŚB. on MS.1.4.34.
sāṃśayika सांशयिक a. (-की f.) 1 Doubtful. -2 Uncertain, irresolute. -कम् A doubtful or dangerous deed; न हि सांशयिकं कुर्यादित्युवाच बृहस्पतिः Pt.3.12.
sāmayika सामयिक a. (-की f.) [समय-ठञ्] 1 Customary, conventional. -2 Agreed upon, stipulated. -3 Conforming to agreement, keeping an appointment or engagement; देवि सामयिका भवामः M.1. -4 Punctual, exact. -5 Reasonable, timely; किमसामयिकं वितन्वता मनसः क्षोभमुपात्त- रंहसः Ki.2.4. -6 Periodical. -7 Temporary. -कः Time, period. -Comp. -अभावः temporary non-existence.
sāmavāyika सामवायिक a. (-की f.) [समवाये प्रसृतः ठञ्] 1 Belonging to an assembly or collection; P.IV.4.43. -2 Belonging to inseparable connection. -3 (An अङ्ग), that subserves the purpose of the principal act directly; आरादुपकारकेभ्यः सामवायिकानि गरीयांसि Ś.B. on MS.1.4.38; (see संनिपत्योपकारक), also 1.1.23. -कः 1 A minister, counsellor. -2 The chief of a company or corporation.
sāmāyikam सामायिकम् 1 Equanimity. -2 A deed (of property accrued from common business); मेलयित्वा स्वधनांशान् व्यवहाराय साधकः । कुर्वन्ति लेखपत्रं यत्तच्च सामायिकं स्मृतम् ॥ Śukra.2.33.
sāmudāyika सामुदायिक a. Collective, belonging to a multitude.
sāṃparāyika सांपरायिक a. (-की f.) 1 Warlike; relating to or prepared for battle; पित्रा संवर्धितो नित्यं कृतास्त्रः सांपरायिकः R.7.62. -2 Military, strategic; सांपरायिकः (दुर्गः) Kau. A.2.2. -3 Calamitous. -4 Relating to the other world; द्वे चान्ते सांपरायिके Mb.3.314.9. -5 Obsequial; भ्रातुर्ज्यैष्ठस्य पुत्रेण यदुक्तं सांपरायिकम् (कुरु) A. Rām.4.3.4. -कम् War, battle, conflict; कुर्वाणानां सांपरायान्तरायम् Śi. 18.8. -कः A war-chariot. -Comp. -कल्पः a strategic array (of troops).
sāṃpradāyika सांप्रदायिक a. (-की f.) Relating to he traditional doctrine, handed down by successive tradition; traditional.
yi सायिका f. 1 Position in due order (= क्रमस्थितिः). -2 A dagger.
yin सायिन् m. A horseman.
siṣādhayiṣā सिषाधयिषा 1 Wish to effect or accomplish. -2 Desire to establish, prove, or demonstrate.
saudāyika सौदायिक a. (-की f.) Whatever is given to a woman at her marriage by her parents, or a relative in general, which becomes her own property; मातृपित्रा- दिभिर्दत्तं धनं सौदायिकं स्मृतम् Śukra.4.814. -कम् A nuptial present so made.
sauvādhyāyika सौवाध्यायिक a. (-की f.) Belonging to sacred study (or स्वाध्याय q. v.).
stanayitnuḥ स्तनयित्नुः [स्तन्-इत्नु] 1 Thundering, thunder, the muttering of clouds; मौर्वीघोषस्तनयित्नुः पृषत्कपृषतो महान् Mb.6.14.27; Bhāg.1.14.15. -2 A cloud; स्तनयित्नो- र्मयूरीव चकितोत्कण्ठितं स्थिता U.3.7;5.8. -3 Lightning. -4 Sickness. -5 Death. -6 A kind of grass.
steyin स्तेयिन् m. 1 A thief, robber. -2 A goldsmith.
sthāpayitṛ स्थापयितृ a. Establisher, founder.
sthāyi स्थायिता 1 Constancy, stability. -2 Durableness, invariableness.
sthāyin स्थायिन् a. [स्था-णिनि] 1 Standing, staying, being situated (at the end of comp.). -2 Enduring, continuing, lasting, abiding; शरीरं क्षणविध्वंसि कल्पान्तस्थायिनो गुणाः Subhāṣ.; कतिपयदिवसस्थायिनी यौवनश्रीः Bh.3.82; Mv.7. 15. -3 Living, dwelling, remaining; संपत्स्यन्ते कतिपय- दिनस्थायिहंसा दशार्णाः Me.23. -4 Permanent, firm, steady, invariable, unchangeable. -m. 1 A lasting or permanent feeling; (see स्थायिभाव below); स्थायिनो$र्थे प्रवर्तन्ते भावाः संचारिणो यथा Śi.2.87. -n. Anything lasting, a permanent state or condition. -Comp. -भावः a fixed or permanent condition of mind, a lasting or permanent feeling; (these feelings being said to give rise to the different rasas or sentiments in poetry, each rasa having its own Sthāyibhāva); they are eight or nine; रतिर्हासश्च शोकश्च क्रोधोत्साहौ भयं तथा । जुगुप्सा विस्मयश्चेत्थमष्टौ प्रोक्ताः शमो$ति च S. D.26; cf. व्यभिचारिभाव, भाव, विभाव also.
hayi हयिः m., f. Wish, desire.
harṣayitnu हर्षयित्नु a. [हृर्ष्-णिच् इत्नु] Gladdening, pleasing, delighting. -n. Gold. -m. A son.
hiraṇyi हिरण्यिनी A gold-mine.
Macdonell Vedic Search
19 results
akṣa akṣ-á, m. die for playing, pl. dice, x. 34, 2. 4. 6. 7. 13 [perhaps eye = spot]. [222]
anudeyī anu-déyī, f. equipment (?), x. 135, 5. 6 [f. gdv. of anu-dā to be handed over].
upahatnu upa-hatnú, a. slaying, ii. 33, 11 [ha-tnu from han slay].
juṣāṇa juṣ-āṇá, pr. pt. Ā. enjoying, viii. 48, 2.
triṣadhastha tri-ṣadhasthá, a. (Bv.) occupying three seats, iv. 50, 1; n. threefold abode, v. 11, 2 [sadhá-stha, n.gathering-place]. [235]
dīyant dí̄y-ant, pr. pt. flying, vii. 63, 5 [dī fly].
dha 1. dhá put, III. dádhāti, v. 83, 1; supply with (inst.), ii. 35, 12; bestow, ipv. dhehí, x. 14, 11; dhattá, i. 85, 12; ii. 12, 5; x. 15, 7; dadhāta, x. 15, 4. [237] 7; dadhātana, x. 15, 11; dhattá̄m, iv. 51, 11; dadhantu, vii. 63, 6; perform, ipf. dhatta, i. 85, 9; bestow, s ao. sb. dhāsathas, i. 160, 5; establish,pf. dadhé, x. 129, 7; ds. desire to bestow, didhiṣanti, ii. 35, 5; support, dídhiṣāmi, ii. 35, 12 [Gk. τἰθημι]. ádhi- put on (acc.): pf. dadhire, i. 85, 2; ao. ádhita, x. 127, 1. á̄- deposit, root ao. sb. dhās, v. 83, 7. ní- deposit, root ao. dhātam, vii. 71, 5; ps. ao. ádhāyi, viii. 48, 10. pári- put around, vi. 54, 10. prá- put from (ab.) into (lc.), vii. 61, 3. ví- impose: pf. dadhur, iv. 51, 6; divide, ipf. ádadhur, x. 90, 11. purás- place at the head, appoint Purohita: pf. dadhire, iv. 50, 1.
dhenu dhe-nú, f. cow, i. 160, 3; ii. 35, 7 [yielding milk: dhe = dhā suck].
pareyivāṃs pareyi-vá̄ṃs, red. pf. pt. having passed away, x. 14, 1 [párā away + īy-i-vá̄ṃs: from i go].
pavitravant pavítra-vant, a. purifying, i. 160, 3 [pavítra, n. means of purification; root pū purify].
pāvaka pāv-aká, a. purifying, iv. 51, 2; vii. 49, 2. 3 [pū purify].
pinv pinv yield abundance, I. pínva, iv. 50, 8; overflow, v. 83, 4 [sec. root = pi-nu from pī swell]. prá- pour forth, v. 83, 6.
punāna punāná, pr. pt. purifying, vii. 49, 1 [pū purify].
raghupatvan raghu-pátvan, a. (Tp.) flying swiftly, i. 85, 6 [raghú swift: Gk. ἐλαχύ-ς].
vahant váh-ant, pr. pt. carrying, i. 35, 5; bearing, ii. 35, 9; bringing, vii. 71, 2.
śayāna śáy-āna, pr. pt. Ā. lying, ii. 12, 11; vii. 103, 2 [śī lie].
śaśayāna śaśay-āná, pf. pt. Ā. lying, vii. 103, 1 [śī lie].
sudugha su-dúgha, a. (Bv.) yielding good milk, ii. 35, 7 [dúgha milking: dugh = duh].
stanayitnu stanayi-tnú, m. thunder, v. 83, 6.
Macdonell Search
131 results
yiyakṣa des. a. (√ yag) being about to sacrifice.
yiyāsā f. desire to go; -su, des. a. about or wishing to go, start, fly away, march, or attack (ac. ± prati or d.).
atiśāyin a. surpassing.
atiśayin a. excellent.
atiśayita pp. surpassed; -tva, n. extraordinariness.
adhaḥśāyin a. sleeping on the ground; (yi)-tâ, f. id.
adhyavasāyin a. resolved on (--°ree;).
adhyavasāyita pp. firmly re solved.
ananudhyāyin a. missing nothing.
anadhyāyin a. not studying.
anapāyin a. not going away; lasting.
anabhyutthāyin a. not rising to greet.
anyāyin a. ill-conducted.
anvayin a. belonging to or con nected with the same family; resulting from anything.
apanthadāyin a. not making way for another.
apāyin a. wanting, lacking.
apratyākhyāyin a. not re fusing; -½âkhyeya, fp. not to be refused.
abhiṣiṣeṇayiṣu des. a. about to approach with his army.
abhūyiṣṭha a. not numerous.
avyavasāyin a. unenterprising, remiss.
aśodhayitvā gd. without settling.
ākalpasthāyin a. lasting to the end of the world; -½antam, ad. to the end of the world.
ātatāyin a. having one's bow strung; m. armed aggressor, assassin; danger ous character, felon.
ātiśayika a. superabundant.
ātyayika a. admitting of no delay, urgent.
ābhyudayika a. causing pros perity; n. kind of sacrifice to the Manes.
ārirādhayiṣu des. a. wish ing to conciliate.
āśrayin a. attaching to, seated on, dwelling in, relating to (--°ree;).
āhvāyayitavya fp. to be summoned.
āhūtādhyāyin a. waiting with one's studies till summoned.
āhūtaprapalāyin m. evader of a judicial summons.
āsisādayiṣu des. a. desirous of attacking (ac.).
īyivas pf. pt. act. (√ i) went.
ujjayi f. (Victoria), Oujein, N. of a city, capital of Avanti.
udayin a. coming forth; flourishing; victorious.
upayāyin a. approaching.
upaślokayitavya fp. to be sung of in slokas.
upaśāyin a. sleeping; going to rest.
upeyivas pt. pf. √ i, having gone to.
upāvasāyin a. submitting to (g.).
ūṣarāyita pp. become like a salt desert.
aitareyin m. pl. school of Aitareya.
aupayika a. (î) suitable, proper.
kathayitavya fp. to be told.
karāyi f. kind of crane.
yi a. f. (sc. vriddhi) kind of interest.
yika a. (î) bodily.
kārayitavya cs. fp. that should be caused to be done; to be managed; to be effected or procured; -tri, m. causer of action; barber.
kāryika a. id.; m. litigant; -in, a. id.; m. official.
kuvalayita pp. adorned with water-lilies.
gumagumāyita (pp.) n. buzz ing.
gopayitavya fp. to be con cealed.
grāhayitavya (cs.) fp. to be caused to undertake (ac.).
ghaṭayitavya fp. to be joined or closed.
cukṣobhayiṣu cs. des. a. wishing to cause to waver.
yin a. conquering (--°ree;); -ú, a. victorious.
jyāyiṣṭha spv. a. most excellent or distinguished; first; best.
tāpayiṣṇu a. burning; torment ing.
ānāyin m. fisherman.
tṛtīyin a. being of the third rank; entitled to a third part.
dayita pp. (√ day) beloved, dear; m. lover, husband; â, f. mistress, wife: -maya, a. devoted to his beloved.
darśayitavya fp. to be shown; -ayitu-kâma, a. wishing to show; -ayi-tri, m. shower of (g.); guide.
yin a. (--°ree;) giving, bestowing; causing.
drāvayitnu a. melting.
dvipāyin m. elephant (drink ing twice, i. e. with trunk and mouth).
dhātreyi f. foster-sister; -î, f. id.
dhārayiṣṇutā f. posses sion of a good memory.
dhārayitavya fp. to be borne or held fast; to be regarded as (in. of abst. n.).
dhyāyin a. lost in thought.
nāṭayitavya fp. to be acted (play).
yi f. high-born lady; mis tress; heroine.
naiyāyika a. relating to the Nyâya philosophy; m. logician.
yin a. drinking, sucking (--°ree;).
parāvasathaśāyin a. sleeping in another's house.
pārayiṣṇu a. successful; vic torious: -tama, spv. best in accomplishing.
prajāyi a. f. about to bring forth; --°ree;, bearing, mother of.
pratyayita den. pp. proved, trust worthy; -i-tavya, fp. credible; -in, a. trust worthy.
prātyayika a. confidential; going bail for the trustworthiness of a debtor (surety); possessing the confidence of (in.).
prāyika a. common, usual; con taining the greater part (but not everything): -tva, n. abst. n.
bibhedayiṣu (des. cs.) a. wishing to set at variance.
bodhayitavya fp. to be in formed of (ac.); -ay-i-trí, m. awakener, teacher; -ayishnu, a. intending to waken (tr.).
bibhakṣayiṣā (des. cs.) f. desire to eat; -shu, des. a. wishing to eat, hungry.
bubodhayiṣu des. cs. a. wish ing to inform or bring to one's senses (ac.).
bhūyiṣṭha spv. most, most abun dant or numerous; most important, chief, principal; very great, large, much, or nume rous; --°ree;, mostly composed or consisting of; highly characterized by, filled with; --°ree; after a pp. mostly, almost (a N. belonging to the pp. comes between it and bhûyishtha): -m, ad. most; mostly, chiefly; exceedingly, very much, in a very high degree; almost com pletely; -tâ, f. great number.
bhūṣayitavya fp. to be adorned.
bhojayitavya cs. fp. to be fed; -ayi-tri, m. one who causes any one to enjoy anything.
mayivasu a. good in me.
yika a. illusory; -ín, a. skilled in art or enchantment; full of guile, wily, cunning; possessed by delusion; m. magi cian, sorcerer, juggler; n. magical art: (-i) tâ, f. deceitfulness.
mitaśāyin a. sleeping little.
mimārayiṣu des. cs. a. wish ing to slay.
mimardayiṣu des. cs. a. about to crush; -ishu, des. a. id.
mumokṣayiṣu des. cs. a. wishing or intending to deliver; -mokay ishu, des. cs. a. id.
mokṣayitavya cs. fp. to be emancipated; -ay-i-tri, (cs.) m. deliverer, from (ab.).
yayi a. [√ yâ] racing, swift (RV.).
yin a. going, moving, riding, running, flying, journeying, marching (to etc. --°ree;).
yojayitavya fp. to be used; -supplied with (in.); -ayitri, m. setter (of a jewel); -ya, fp. to be directed towards (lc.); (deserving) to be appointed to (lc. or --°ree;); to be urged to (--°ree;); -employed; -pronounced (blessing); -added, to (lc.); -provided or endowed with (in.); -connected or construed.
ratnāyita den. pp. resembling jewels.
rayimat a. (V.) combined with wealth; wealthy.
rayintama spv. extremely wealthy (RV.1).
rayi m., (rarely) f., sg. & pl. [√ ri, be stow], property, wealth (V.); treasure, valu able (V.).
lajjāyita den. pp. ashamed; embarrassed; n. embarrassment (pl.).
varṇayitavya fp. to be de scribed; -itri, m. describer.
valayita den. pp. surrounded or encircled by (in., --°ree;); put round the arm (bracelet); forming a circle; -in, a. provided with a bracelet; encircled with (--°ree;); -î-kri, turn into or use as a bracelet; -î-bhû, become a circle: pp. encircling.
viṣayin a. indulging in sensual pleasures; m. sensualist; materialist; lover; subject (opp. king); subject, the ego; object of comparison (e. g. in &open;lotus-eye,&close; &open;lotus&close; is thevishayin, &open;eye&close; the vishaya).
vaijayika a. (î) conferring or fore telling victory (vigaya).
vainayika a. (î) relating to moral conduct, disciplinary.
vyaṃsayitavya fp. to be de ceived or cheated.
vaiṣayika a. (î) relating to the kingdom (vishaya); relating to a particular sphere, concerning (--°ree;); pertaining to ob jects of sense.
śayita pp. √ sî; n.* place where any one has lain or slept; -itavya, fp. n. one should lie, rest, or sleep: mayâ hutavahe --, I must throw myself into the fire.
śāyin a. lying, resting, sleeping, dwelling (in, on, lc., --°ree;; at the time of, like, or ad. sense, --°ree;).
śāyi f. (--°ree;) sleeping; being contained in.
śāyayitavya fp. cs. to be caused to rest on (lc.); to be caused to sleep: dîrgham --, to be caused to take one's long rest (i. e. death).
śiśayiṣu des. a. wishing to sleep, sleepy.
śrāvayitavya cs. fp. to be brought to the ears of (g.); to be caused to hear something (ac.); -tri, a. causing to hear.
saṃśayita pp. √ sî; n. doubt, un certainty; -sayitavya, fp. dubious; -saya½u pamâ, f. comparison expressed in the form of a doubt; -sarana, n. taking refuge with any one; -sânti, f. extinction;-sita, pp. √ sâ: -vâk, a. speaking sharply, -½âtman, a. firmly resolved; -siti, f. sharpening (Br.); -sîta, a. cold; -sîti, f. doubt; -sîlana, n. practice; frequent intercourse with (in.); -suddhi, f. purity; -sushka, a. dried up, dry, withered, sere, emaciated; -soka-ga, a. produced from moist heat; m. vermin pro duced from damp heat; -sodhana, a. (î) purifying; n. purification; -sraya, m. con nexion, association with (g., --°ree;); league for mutual protection; refuge, shelter, protec tion, asylum; residence, habitation; reference, relation; resorting to (lc., --°ree;; rare); recourse, addiction or devotion to: ab. in consequence of (--°ree;); with the help of, by means of (--°ree;): --°ree; a. dwelling, living in, staying with (a teacher), standing in (a boat), being in or on, growing (tree) near; relating or referring to; devoted to, practising; -srayanîya, fp. to be resorted to, -taken refuge with: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -srayitavya, fp. to be sought refuge in (fortress); -srayin, a. having sought the protection or entered the service of any one; dwelling, resting or standing in, being in or on (--°ree;); m.dependent, servant; -srava, m. hearing; ear-shot (lc. within hearing of, g.); promise; -sravana, n. hearing, -about (--°ree;); ear-shot: lc. within hearing, aloud; (sám)- srita, pp. √ sri; m. dependent, servant: -vat, pp. act. clinging to, having wedded (in.); -sri tavya, fp. incorr. for -srayitavya; -slish- ta-karman, a. in whose actions good and evil are not kept apart, indifferent as to the morality of his actions; -slesha, m. con nexion, union, contact, with (in., --°ree;); em brace: -m labh, attain; -sleshana, n. con necting; means of binding together, bond; -sleshin, a. connecting.
sanadrayi a. bestowing [pr. pt. √ san] wealth (RV.1); -vâga, a. acquiring or bestowing gain (RV.2).
samantaparyāyin a. all-embracing (Br.).
sahādhyāyin a. studying to gether; m. fellow-student.
sāmayika a. [samaya] based on agreement, conventional; keeping an engagement; like-minded; timely (in a-).
sāṃpradāyika a. based on or following tradition (sampradâya), traditional.
siṣādhayiṣā (des. cs.) f. √ sâdh] desire to prove; -shu, des. a. intend ing to bring about or accomplish; -prove.
sāmavāyika a. [samavâya] concomitant, inherent; m. minister; member of an assembly, spectator (v. r. sâmâgika).
sūcayitavya fp. to be found out or ascertained.
sūtrayitavya fp. to be composed in the form of a Sûtra.
stanayitnu m. [fr. cs. of √ stan] thunder (sg. pl.; V., C.); thunder-cloud (C.).
steyin m. thief, robber.
sthāyin a. [√ sthâ] standing still, staying, tarrying, lingering, being in or on (--°ree;); present; resident (opp. stranger); being in a condition (--°ree;); lasting, enduring (ord. mg.); steadfast (prince).
sthāyi f. duration; -tva, n. id.
snāyin a. [√ snâ] bathing: (-i) tâ, f. ablution.
sthalīśāyin a. lying or sleeping on the bare ground.
hitādhāyin a. doing good: (-i)-tâ, f. beneficence; -½anubandhin, a. involving good consequences.
Bloomfield Vedic
Concordance
131 results0 results174 results
yiyapsyata (Aś. yī-) iva te manaḥ (Aś. mukham) Aś.10.8.11c; śś.16.4.6a.
ajñāyi tiras tamasaś cid aktūn # RV.6.65.1d.
adhāyi dhītir asasṛgram aṃśāḥ # RV.10.31.3a.
adhāyi śasman sam ayanta ā diśaḥ # RV.1.119.2b.
anābhayin rarimā te # RV.8.2.1c; SV.1.124c; 2.84c.
anāmayitnubhyāṃ tvā (AVś. hastābhyām; AVP. śaṃbhubhyām) # RV.10.137.7c; AVś.4.13.7c; AVP.5.18.8c.
abhāyi dāyivaṃ o yā hiṃ kṣate bhūḥ # JB.1.101. Variation of abhi devāṃ iyakṣate, q.v.
arāyi kāṇe vikaṭe # RV.10.155.1a; N.6.30a. Cf. BṛhD.8.60; Rvidh.4.15.2.
arcayiṣyāmo bhavantam # PG.1.3.4.
aśrāyi yajñaḥ sūrye na cakṣuḥ # RV.6.11.5d; TB.2.4.3.2d.
āpalāyitāya svāhā # TS.7.1.13.1; KSA.1.4.
īyivāṃsam ati sridhaḥ # RV.3.9.4a.
ṛtāyi māyinī saṃ dadhāte # RV.10.5.3a.
kaṇḍūyitāya svāhā # TS.7.1.19.3; KSA.1.10.
kaṇḍūyiṣyate svāhā # TS.7.1.19.3; KSA.1.10.
kīrtayiṣyanti ye dvijāḥ # RVKh.10.127.8b.
kulāyinaṃ ghṛtavantaṃ savitre # RV.6.15.16c; TS.3.5.11.2c; MS.4.10.4c: 152.5; KS.15.12c; AB.1.28.28.
kulāyi ghṛtavatī puraṃdhiḥ # VS.14.2a; MS.2.8.1a: 106.9; KS.17.1a; śB.8.2.1.5,15. See next.
kulāyi vasumatī vayodhāḥ # TS.4.3.4.1a. See prec.
kvayi kuṭarur dātyauhas te vājinām (TS. sinīvālyai) # VS.24.39; TS.5.5.17.1. See kuvayaḥ.
codayitrī maghonaḥ sūnṛtāvatī # RV.7.81.6c.
codayitrī sūnṛtānām # RV.1.3.11a; VS.20.85a; TS.4.1.11.2a.
janayituḥ putram abruvan # ApDh.2.6.13.6d.
janayituḥ putro bhavati sāṃparāye # ApDh.2.6.13.6c.
tantrāyiṇe namo dyāvāpṛthivībhyām # VS.38.12c; śB.14.2.2.22c; śś.8.15.12c; Lś.5.7.4c (corrupt).
tvayi gāvo adhi śritāḥ # AVP.10.2.7d.
tvayi tad dadhātu svāhā # SMB.1.1.4d.
tvayi puṣṭaṃ puṣṭapatir jajāna # AVś.19.31.11b; AVP.10.5.11b.
tvayi mahimānaṃ sādayāmi # Kauś.54.3.
tvayi mā santaṃ tvayi santaḥ sarpā mā hiṃṣiṣuḥ # AG.2.1.10. See tvayi santaṃ.
tvayi medhāṃ tvayi prajām # HG.1.4.9; ApMB.2.12.3--5 (ApG.6.15.4). Cf. mayi etc.
tvayi me marma bṛhaspatau prāṇaḥ sa mā mṛtyoḥ pāhi # KS.37.15.
tvayi yajño adhi śritaḥ # AVP.10.2.8b.
tvayi rātri vasāmasi # AVś.19.47.9c; AVP.6.20.10a.
tvayi vratam # MS.1.5.3: 70.6; 1.5.10: 79.7.
tvayi santaṃ mayi santaṃ mākṣiṣur mā rīriṣur mā hiṃsiṣur mā dāṅkṣuḥ sarpāḥ # MG.2.16.3. See tvayi mā.
tvayi sarvaṃ pratiṣṭhitam # TA.10.1.8b; MahānU.4.7b.
tvayi sūryo bhrājo dadhātu # ApMB.2.12.5.
dūṣayiṣyāmi (AVP. dūṣayitvā) kābavam # AVś.3.9.5b; AVP.3.7.6b.
dhanadāyi mahādhane # RVKh.5.87.16b.
dhārayi bhūyāsam # TA.10.7.1; MahānU.7.6.
nayiṣṭhā u no neṣaṇi # RV.10.126.3c. See next.
nayiṣṭhā no neṣiṇa stha # AVP.5.39.3c. See prec.
nāśayitrī balāsasya # VS.12.97a.
nṛmṇāyi nṛmṇam (TA. three times) # TA.4.40.1; KA.3.229C.
pareyivāṃsaṃ (TA.Apś. pareyu-) pravato mahīr anu (AVś. iti) # RV.10.14.1a; AVś.18.1.49a; MS.4.14.16a: 243.6; TA.6.1.1a; Aś.2.19.22; N.10.20a. Ps: pareyivāṃsaṃ pravato mahīḥ Kauś.81.34; pareyivāṃsam (Apś. pareyu-) śś.15.9.5; 16.13.2; Apś.9.11.20 (comm.); Rvidh.3.7.2. Cf. BṛhD.6.155. Designated as yamasūkta PG.3.10.9; YDh.3.2.
paryāyikebhyaḥ svāhā # AVś.19.22.7.
palāyitāya svāhā # TS.7.1.13.1; 19.1; KSA.1.4,10.
palāyiṣṭhāḥ samajñāsthāḥ # TB.3.7.8.2b.
palāyiṣyamāṇāya (KSA. palāyiṣyate) svāhā # TS.7.1.19.1; KSA.1.10.
prathayi prajayā paśubhiḥ suvarge loke # TB.3.7.6.10b; Apś.4.7.2b.
bṛhadrayi viśvavāraṃ rathaprām # RV.6.49.4b; VS.33.55b; MS.4.10.6b: 158.2; TB.2.8.1.2b.
bhūyiṣṭhadāvne sumatim āvṛṇānaḥ # MS.4.12.3b: 182.13; KS.8.16b. See under ā sutrāvṇe.
bhūyiṣṭhabhājo adha te syāma # TB.3.7.11.5d; TA.4.5.6d; 42.5d; Apś.3.12.1d. See atra bhūyiṣṭhabhāja.
bhūyiṣṭhānu virohatu # TA.6.9.1d.
bhūyiṣṭhāṃ te nama"uktiṃ vidhema (with, or without svāhā) # RV.1.189.1d; VS.5.36d; 7.43d; 40.16d; VSK.9.2.3d (omitting svāhā, whereas VS.7.43d has it); TS.1.1.14.3d; 4.43.1d; MS.1.2.13d: 22.7; KS.3.1d; 6.10d; śB.3.6.3.11d; 4.3.4.12d; TB.2.8.2.3d; TA.1.8.8d.
mayi kīrtiḥ # ā.5.1.5.8.
mayi kṣatraṃ varca ā dhatta devīḥ # AVś.16.1.13b; AVP.1.33.4d. See mayi varco balam.
mayi kṣatraṃ viśvato dhārayedam # AVP.15.1.3d. See mahi kṣatraṃ etc.
mayi kṣatraṃ ca viśaś ca dhārayāṇi # Kauś.90.10.
mayi kṣatraṃ parṇamaṇe # AVś.3.5.2a. See mayi rāṣṭraṃ etc.
mayi kṣatraṃ mayi rāyo dadhāmi # MS.1.6.1c: 86.6.
mayi gāvaś ca gopatau # AVP.2.12.4d. See dhruvā gāvo.
mayi gāvaḥ santu gopatau # Aś.3.11.6d. Cf. under mayā gāvo.
mayi gṛhṇāmi tvām aham # VS.20.32e. See mahyaṃ etc.
mayi gṛhṇāmy akṣitam # VS.38.26e.
mayi gṛhṇāmy (MS. -my aham) agre agnim # VS.13.1a; TS.5.7.9.1a,2; MS.1.6.1a: 86.5; KS.7.12a; śB.7.4.1.2; Apś.5.9.1; 16.21.6; 19.11.7; 24.11.1. P: mayi gṛhṇāmi Kś.17.3.27; Mś.1.5.3.13; 6.1.5.3; --8.25.10; HG.1.1.15.
mayi gotraṃ hariśriyam # RV.8.50 (Vāl.2).10d.
mayi goṣṭhe niviśadhvam # AG.2.10.6d.
mayi ghoṣaḥ # ā.5.1.5.8.
mayi cittaṃ mayi vratam # AVP.3.29.4b. Cf. ahaṃ cittam.
mayi cittāni santu te # HG.1.5.11b.
mayi ta (MS. tā) ūrk # VS.17.1; MS.2.10.1: 131.3; 3.3.5: 37.13; śB.9.1.2.5; Kś.18.2.2.
mayi tad indriyaṃ vīryam # MS.4.9.13: 134.5. P: mayi tyat Mś.4.5.9. See mayi tyad, and cf. mayīndriyaṃ.
mayi tad dhastivarcasam # AVś.3.22.5d; AVP.3.18.6d.
mayi tā ūrk # see mayi ta ūrk.
mayi tiṣṭhatu yo rayiḥ # Mś.9.4.1.22d.
mayi tiṣṭhantu gopatau # Mś.9.4.1.22b. Cf. under mayā gāvo.
mayi te kāmadharaṇaṃ bhūyāt # VS.12.46; TS.4.2.4.1; MS.2.7.11: 89.6; KS.16.11; śB.7.1.1.8; TB.1.2.1.17. Cf. mayi vaḥ etc.
mayi teja indriyam # śB.14.9.4.6; BṛhU.6.4.6; HG.1.13.1. P: mayi tejaḥ YDh.3.279.
mayi te mana āhitam # AVP.3.29.4a.
mayi te ramatāṃ manaḥ # AVP.2.77.2c. Cf. next but one.
mayi te rāyaḥ śrayantām # TS.1.2.7.1. Cf. mayi vo etc.
mayi te veṣṭatāṃ manaḥ # AVś.6.102.2d. Cf. prec. but one.
mayi tyad indriyaṃ bṛhat (KSṭBṭA. mahat) # VS.38.27a; KS.5.2a; 32.12; TB.3.7.9.4a; śB.14.3.1.31; TA.4.21.1a; Aś.5.13.6a; śś.7.16.8a. P: mayi tyat Kś.26.7.55. See mayi tad indriyaṃ.
mayi tvayīdam astu tvayi mayīdam # SMB.2.5.11.
mayi tvā doṣaṇiśliṣam # AVP.2.90.3a. See mama tvā doṣaṇiśriṣam.
mayi dakṣakratū # TS.2.5.2.4; Apś.4.3.12; AG.3.6.7; HG.1.16.2. Cf. next.
mayi dakṣo mayi kratuḥ # VS.38.27b; MS.4.9.13: 134.5; TB.3.7.9.4b; śB.14.3.1.31; TA.4.21.1b; śś.7.16.8b. Cf. prec., and see mayi dyumna.
mayi devā ubhaye sādhyāś ca # AVś.7.79.2c; AVP.1.103.4c.
mayi devā dadhatu śriyam uttamām # VS.32.16c.
mayi devā draviṇam ā yajantām # RV.10.128.3a; AVś.5.3.5a; TS.4.7.14.1a; KS.40.10a. See mahyaṃ etc.
mayi devā rāṣṭrabhṛtas tad akran # AVP.5.29.1d--7d (as a refrain, this pāda is abbreviated in 2d (mayi) and completely understood in 3d--6d).
mayi devāso 'vṛjann api kratum # RV.10.48.3b.
mayi devebhyaḥ kalpata # AB.8.9.12.
mayi dohaḥ padyāyai virājaḥ (MG. virājaḥ kalpatām) # AG.1.24.22; HG.1.13.1; MG.1.9.7; VārG.11.5. See under mama padyāya.
mayi dyumna uta kratuḥ # KS.5.2b; Aś.5.13.6b. See mayi dakṣo.
mayi dyumnaṃ mayi tviṣiḥ # AVP.5.29.8b.
mayi dhāyi suvīryam # TB.3.7.9.4c; TA.4.21.1c. See mayi dhehi etc.
mayi dhārayatād rayim # AVś.3.5.2b. Cf. next.
mayi dhārayā śriyam # AVP.3.13.2b. Cf. prec.
mayi dhṛtiḥ (JG. adds svāhā) # Lś.3.8.12; SMB.1.3.14; JG.1.22.
mayi dhehi # TS.7.4.16.1; KSA.4.5; TB.3.9.16.2; TA.4.2.5.
mayi dhehi rucā rucam # RVKh.10.128.11d; VS.18.48d; TS.5.7.6.4d; MS.3.4.8d: 56.4; KS.40.13d.
mayi dhehi suvīryam # MS.4.9.13: 134.6. See mayi dhāyi.
mayi padyāyai virājo dohaḥ # śś.4.21.3; śG.3.7.5; PG.1.3.12. See under mama padyāya.
mayi padyā virāṭ # JG.1.19. See under mama padyāya.
mayi parvatapūruṣam # ApMB.2.9.1 (ApG.5.12.11); HG.1.11.5e.
mayi parvatabheṣajam # ApMB.2.9.1.
mayi parvatavarcasam # ApMB.2.9.1.
mayi parvatāyuṣam # ApMB.2.9.1.
mayi puṣṭiṃ puṣṭipatir (AVś.AVP. puṣṭaṃ puṣṭa-) dadhātu (AG. dadātu) # AVś.7.19.1d; 19.31.6b; AVP.10.5.6b; MS.2.13.23d: 169.5; KS.13.15d,16d; 40.1d; Tā.10.67.2d; MahānU.20.1d; Apś.14.28.4d; AG.1.2.5d (crit. notes); SMB.2.4.7c. Cf. next.
mayi puṣṭiṃ puṣṭipatnī dadhātu # KS.8.17d. Cf. prec.
mayi puṣyata yad vasu # AVś.3.14.2d. See iha puṣyata.
mayi prajām # TS.3.3.1.2 (ter); TA.4.42.2 (ter); Tā.10.44 (ter); AG.1.21.4 (ter); HG.1.8.6.
mayi prajāṃ prajāpatiḥ svāhā # SMB.2.4.7d.
mayi prajāṃ mayy āyur (KS. mayi puṣṭiṃ; TS. mayi varco) dadhāmi # AVś.7.82.2c; TS.5.7.9.1c; KS.7.12c.
mayi prāṇāṃs tvayi manasā juhomi svāhā # śB.14.9.4.23; BṛhU.6.4.23.
mayi prāṇāpānau # VS.36.1; AB.3.8.9; GB.2.3.6; Aś.1.5.17; Vait.19.9; Apś.24.12.8.
mayi badhnāmi vo (AVP. te) manaḥ # AVP.6.6.9d; SMB.2.2.8d. Cf. mayi vo ramatāṃ.
mayi brahma ca tapaś ca dhārayāṇi # Kauś.90.9.
mayi bhagaḥ # ā.5.1.5.8.
mayi bhadram # śś.5.1.10.
mayi bhargaḥ # GB.1.5.15,16; śB.12.3.4.6; ā.5.1.5.8; śś.5.1.10; Vait.21.9; Kś.13.1.12.
mayi bhuktiḥ # ā.5.1.5.8.
mayi bhujaḥ # ā.5.1.5.8.
mayi bhūtiḥ # śś.5.1.10.
mayi mahaḥ # GB.1.5.15,17; śB.12.3.4.6; Vait.21.9; Kś.13.1.12; ApMB.2.9.11 (ApG.5.13.6).
mayi mahān # ā.5.1.5.8.
mayi medhām # TS.3.3.1.2 (ter); TA.4.42.2 (ter); Tā.10.44 (ter); Apś.13.8.10; AG.1.21.4 (ter); HG.1.8.6. Cf. tvayi etc.
mayi yaśaḥ # GB.1.5.15,18; śB.12.3.4.6; ā.5.1.5.8; śś.5.1.10; Vait.21.9; Kś.13.1.12; ApMB.2.9.11.
mayi ramaḥ (JG. adds svāhā) # Lś.3.8.12; SMB.1.3.14; JG.1.22.
mayi ramadhvam # Lś.3.8.12. See mayi ramasva.
mayi ramantāṃ brahmacāriṇaḥ # Kauś.56.14.
mayi ramasva (JG. adds svāhā) # SMB.1.3.14; 7.11; GG.3.4.25; JG.1.22. See mayi ramadhvam.
mayi ramo devānāṃ tejase brahmavarcasāya # Kś.13.2.19d.
mayi rāyo mayi rakṣaḥ (originally dakṣaḥ ?) # MS.4.9.13: 134.5.
mayi rāṣṭraṃ jinvatv aprayuchan # AVP.3.13.1d.
mayi rāṣṭraṃ parṇamaṇe # AVP.3.13.2a. See mayi kṣatraṃ etc.
mayi ruk # TA.4.6.2; 5.5.3.
mayi rucaṃ dhāḥ (KS. dhehi) # MS.1.5.2: 68.7; 1.5.9: 77.11; KS.6.9; 7.6. See rucaṃ mayi dhehi.
mayi vaḥ kāmadharaṇaṃ bhūyāt (śś. omits bhūyāt) # VS.3.27; śB.2.3.4.34; śś.2.12.4. Cf. mayi te etc.
mayi varco atho yaśaḥ # AVś.6.69.3a; ArS.3.7a; Kauś.68.7. P: mayi varcaḥ JG.1.19; Svidh.3.7.8; 9.5.
mayi varco balam ojo ni dhatta # TS.5.6.1.2d; MS.2.13.1d: 152.6; AB.8.6.10d. See mayi kṣatraṃ varca.
mayi varco mayi śravaḥ # AVP.5.29.8a.
mayi vasuḥ purūvasuḥ # TS.3.2.10.2; AB.2.27.3; Aś.5.6.1. P: mayi vasuḥ Apś.12.21.5. See under ayaṃ vasuḥ etc.
mayi vasur vidadvasuḥ # TS.3.2.10.2; AB.2.27.6; Aś.5.6.7. See under ayaṃ vasur etc.
mayi vasuḥ saṃyadvasuḥ # TS.3.2.10.2; AB.2.27.7; Aś.5.6.11. See under ayaṃ vasuḥ etc.
mayi vāg astu dharṇasiḥ # TB.2.7.16.4b.
mayi vo ramatāṃ manaḥ # AVś.7.12.4d. Cf. mayi badhnāmi.
mayi vo rāyaḥ śrayantām # TS.1.5.6.2,4; MS.1.5.2: 69.1; KS.7.1 (bis),7,8; Lś.3.6.3. Cf. mayi te etc.
mayi vrate hṛdayaṃ te astu # JG.1.12a. P: mayi vrate JG.1.12. See under mama vaśeṣu.
mayi śraddhā # Apś.6.5.3.
mayi śrayasva # Apś.6.3.8.
mayi śrīḥ # ā.5.1.5.8; śś.5.1.10; Svidh.3.1.3.
mayi śrīyamāṇa upa saṃ namantu # AVP.1.92.3d.
mayi śrīḥ śrayatāṃ yaśaḥ # RVKh.5.87.10d. See yaśaḥ śrīḥ.
mayi śrīḥ śrayatām # JG.1.19. See satyaṃ yaśaḥ śrīr etc.
mayi ślokaḥ # ā.5.1.5.8.
mayi sajātā ramatir vo astu # AVś.6.73.2d,3d.
mayi saṃjñānam astu vaḥ # AVś.3.14.4d; AVP.2.13.2d.
mayi satyaṃ goṣu me vratam # Kś.4.15.5.
mayi saṃ bhrama kardama # RVKh.5.87.11b.
mayi sarvam # GB.1.5.15,19; śB.12.3.4.6; Vait.21.9; Kś.13.1.12.
mayi sāmīcyam astu te # HG.1.5.11c.
mayi sūryo bhrājo dadhātu # TS.3.3.1.2; TA.4.42.2; Tā.10.44; AG.1.21.4.
mayi stobhaḥ # ā.5.1.5.8.
mayi stomaḥ # ā.5.1.5.8.
mayi svadhṛtiḥ (JG. adds svāhā) # Lś.3.8.12; SMB.1.3.14; JG.1.22.
mayi svāhā # TA.1.31.6.
meghāyitāya svāhā # KSA.5.2.
meghāyiṣyate svāhā # TS.7.5.11.1; KSA.5.2.
mohayitvā nipadyate (RVKh. prapadyante) # RV.10.162.6b; RVKh.10.127.10c; AVś.20.96.16b; AVP.7.11.6b; MG.2.18.2b.
mohayiṣyan yajamānasya lokān # Kauś.125.2b.
Dictionary of Sanskrit Search
"yi" has 193 results
ākṣarasamāmnāyikadirectly or expressly mentioned in the fourteen Pratyāhāra Sūtras of Pāṇini; a letter actually mentioned by Pāṇini in his alphabet 'अइउण्', 'ऋलृक्' et cetera, and others
ātiśāyikaa tad-affix in the sense of excellence; a term applied to the affixes तम and इष्ठ as also तर and ईयस् prescribed by Pāṇini by the rules अतिशायने तमबिष्ठनौ and द्विवचनविभज्योपपदे तरबीयसुनौ confer, compare P.V.3.55, 57. This superlative affix is seen doubly applied sometimes in Vedic Lit. eg.श्रेष्ठतमाय कर्मणे Yaj. Saṁ. I.1; confer, compare also तदन्ताच्च स्वार्थे छन्दसि दर्शनं श्रेष्ठतमायेति P.V.3.55 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).3.
ātiśāyikāntaa word ending with an atisāyika affix; confer, compare अातिदायिकान्तात्स्वार्थे छन्दसि आतिशायिको दृश्यते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on V. 3.55.
kāryinthe word or wording that undergoes the operation; confer, compare सतो हि कार्यिणः कार्येण भवितव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1. 1. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 7, also कार्यमनुभवन् हि कार्यो निमित्ततया नाश्रीयते Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 10.
cekīyitathe sign य ( यङ् of Panini ) of the frequentative or intensive. The word is mostly used in the Katantra Grammar works confer, compare धातोर्यशब्दश्चेक्रीयितं क्रियासमभिहारे, Kat. III. 2. 14. The word चेक्रीयित is used in the Mahabhasya in the sense of यङन्त where Kaiyata remarks थडः पूर्वाचार्यसंज्ञा चेकीयितमिति confer, compare प्रदीप on M.Bh. on P. IV.1.78 Vartika. The word चेकीयितान्त means यङन्त in Panini’s terminology meaning a secondary root derived from the primary root in the sense of intensity. The word चर्करीतान्त is used for the frequentative bases in which य, the sign of the frequentative, is omittedition See चर्करीत।
prāyikaoptional, to be done at pleasure, common, usual; confer, compare प्रायिकं चैतत् ।
yiaugment य् prefixed to the taddhita affix. affix इष्ठ when it is applied to the word बहु,in which case बहु is changed intoभू: exempli gratia, for example भूयिष्ठ: cf बहोर्लोपो भू च बहोः; इष्ठस्य यिट् व; P. VI. 4.168,159.
viṣayaviṣayibhāvarelation between the object and thc subject; confer, compare प्रतिलक्ष्यं लक्षणभेदादस्ति विषयविषयिभावः Kaiyaṭa on P. VI. 4. 101 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).2.
veṣāyika(1)pertaining to the word विषय in the sutra विषयो देशे P. IV.2. 52; the term refers to the taddhita affix. affixes prescribed in the sense of ’country' or ’district' (विषय) in P. IV. 2.52-54 as contrasted with नैवासिक affixes prescribed in the sense of 'inhabited district' by P. IV. 2.69-80 (2) one of the three senses of the locative case, viz. the sense 'substratum' of the locative case, which is not physical but which is a topical one, forming an object or aim of an , action as specified by the word 'about'; confer, compare अधिकरणं नाम त्रिप्रकारं व्यापकमौपश्लेषिकं वैषयिकमिति |
akṣarasamāmnāyaalphabet: traditional enumeration of phonetically independent letters generally beginning with the vowel a (अ). Although the number of letters and the order in which they are stated differ in different treatises, still, qualitatively they are much the same. The Śivasūtras, on which Pāṇini's grammar is based, enumerate 9 vowels, 4 semi-vowels, twenty five class-consonants and 4 | sibilants. The nine vowels are five simple vowels or monothongs (समानाक्षर) as they are called in ancient treatises, and the four diphthongs, (सन्ध्यक्षर ). The four semi-vowels y, v, r, l, ( य् व् र् ल् ) or antasthāvarṇa, the twenty five class-consonants or mutes called sparśa, and the four ūṣman letters ś, ṣ, s and h ( श् ष् स् ह् ) are the same in all the Prātiśākhya and grammar works although in the Prātiśākhya works the semi-vowels are mentioned after the class consonants.The difference in numbers, as noticed, for example in the maximum number which reaches 65 in the VājasaneyiPrātiśākhya, is due to the separate mention of the long and protracted vowels as also to the inclusion of the Ayogavāha letters, and their number. The Ayogavāha letters are anusvāra, visarjanīya,jihvāmulīya, upadhmānīya, nāsikya, four yamas and svarabhaktī. The Ṛk Prātiśākhya does not mention l (लृ), but adding long ā (अा) i (ई) ,ū (ऊ) and ṛ (ऋ) to the short vowels, mentions 12 vowels, and mentioning 3 Ayogavāhas (< क्, = प् and अं) lays down 48 letters. The Ṛk Tantra Prātiśākhya adds the vowel l (लृ) (short as also long) and mentions 14 vowels, 4 semivowels, 25 mutes, 4 sibilants and by adding 10 ayogavāhas viz. 4 yamas, nāsikya, visarjanīya, jihvāmulīya, upadhmānīya and two kinds of anusvāra, and thus brings the total number to 57. The Ṛk Tantra makes a separate enumeration by putting diphthongs first, long vowles afterwards and short vowels still afterwards, and puts semi-vowels first before mutes, for purposes of framing brief terms or pratyāhāras. This enumeration is called varṇopadeśa in contrast with the other one which is called varṇoddeśa. The Taittirīya prātiśākhya adds protracted vowels and lays down 60 letters : The Ṣikṣā of Pāṇini lays down 63 or 64 letters, while the Vājasaneyi-prātiśākhya gives 65 letters. confer, compare Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 1-25. The alphabet of the modern Indian Languages is based on the Varṇasamāmnāya given in the Vājasaneyi-prātiśākhya. The Prātiśākhyas call this enumeration by the name Varṇa-samāmnāya. The Ṛk tantra uses the terms Akṣara samāmnāya and Brahmarāśi which are picked up later on by Patañjali.confer, compare सोयमक्षरसमाम्नायो वाक्समाम्नायः पुष्पितः फलितश्चन्द्रतारकवत् प्रतिमण्डितो वेदितव्यो ब्रह्मराशिः । सर्ववेदपुण्यफलावाप्तिश्चास्य ज्ञाने भवति । मातापितरौ चास्य स्वर्गे लोके महीयेते । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika.2-end.
agnaukaravāṇinyāyaanalogy conveyed by the expression अग्नौ करवाणि implying permission to the agent to do certain other things in a sacrificial session when, as a matter of fact, he is only permitted to work as an agent at the sacrificial action ( अग्नौकरण ), by virtue of the reply ' कुरु ' to his request made in the sentence अग्नौ करवाणि. confer, compare अग्नौकरवाणिन्यायेन भविष्यति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on. II.2.24.
aghoṣaunvoiced, merely breathed; a term applied to the surd consonants, ś, ṣ s, and visarga which are uttered by mere breathing and which do not produce any sonant effect. confer, compare T. Pr.I.12; R.Pr.I.11. The term jit ( जित् ) is used for these letters as also for the first two consonants of a class in the Vājasaneyi-prātiśākhya confer, compare द्वौ द्वौ प्रथमौ जित्; ऊष्माणश्च हवर्जम् Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I.50.51.
aṅitnot marked with the mute letter ṅ ( ङ्) signifying the absence of the prohibition of the guṇa or the vṛddhi substitute. cf अङिति गुणप्रतिषेधः ( वक्तव्यः ) M.Bh. III.3.83 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2. In the case of the preposition ā ( अा ) unmarked with ṅ (ड् ), it signifies a sentence or remembrance of something confer, compare वाक्यस्मरणयोरङित् exempli gratia, for example आ एवं नु मन्यसे, आ एवं किल तत् confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.l.14.
atantraimplying no specific purpose: not intended to teach anything, अविवक्षित; exempli gratia, for example ह्रस्वग्रहणमतन्त्रम् Kāś and Si. Kau. on तस्यादित उदात्तमर्धह्रस्वम् P.1.2.32: confer, compare also अतन्त्रं तरनिर्देशः ( the use of तरप् does not necessarily convey the sense of the comparative degree in Pāṇini's rules) Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.2.33. This statement has been given as a distinct Paribhāṣa by Vyāḍiparibhāṣāsūcana.and Sākaṭāyana. The author of the Mahābhāṣya appears to have quoted it from the writings of Vyāḍiparibhāṣāsūcana.and the earlier grammarians See also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on अल्पाच्तरम् P. II.2.34.
atādrūpyātideśaconveyance of only the properties of one to another without conveying the actual form, described as the significance of antādivadbhāva. confer, compare न वा अताद्रूप्यातिदेशात् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI.1.85 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 26. See ताद्रूप्यातिदेश below.
adyatanītech. term of ancient grammarians signifying in general the present time of the day in question, the occurrence of the immediate past or future events in which is generally expressed by the aorist (लुड्) or the simple future ( लृट् ); the other two corresponding tenses imperfect and first future (viz. लड् and लुट्) being used in connection with past and future events respectively, provided the events do not pertain to that day which is in question; confer, compare 'वा चाद्यतन्याम्' M.Bh. P.III.2.102 Vār.6, वादृतन्याम् P, VI.4.114. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3; (2) term for the tense showing immediate past time called लुङ् in Pāṇini's grammar e. g. मायोगे अद्यतनी । मा कार्षीत् Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.III. 1.22, Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. III. 3.11.
adhyāhārasupplying the necessary element. confer, compare गम्यमानार्थस्य वाक्यस्य स्वरूपेणोपादानं वाक्यस्याध्याहारः Kāś on P.VI.1. 139., cf also Nirukta of Yāska.I.1.13 and Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Māheśvarasūtras. 1 Vārt 14.
anaḍ(1)substitute अन् as Samāsānta at the end of a Bahuvrīhi compound in the feminine for the last letter of the word ऊधस् and for that of धनुस् in all genders exempli gratia, for example कुण्डोघ्नी (by applying ई to कुण्डोधन्), शार्ङ्गधन्वा, अधिज्यधन्वा; confer, compare P V.4.131, 132; (2) substitute अन् for the last letter of the words अस्थि, दधि et cetera, and others before the affixes of the instrumental and the following cases beginning with a vowel e. g. अस्थ्ना, दध्ना, अक्ष्णा et cetera, and others confer, compare P. VII. 1.75; (3) substitute अन् for the last letter of the word सखि, of words ending in ऋ,as also of उशनस् and others before the nominative singular. affix सु. e. g. सखा, कर्ता, उशना confer, compare P. VII.1.93, 94.
anarthāntaramsynonym, synonymous, conveying no different sense, exempli gratia, for example सङ्घः समूहः समुदाय इत्यनर्थान्तरम् । M.Bh. on P. V.1.59; अपि च बुद्धिः संप्रत्यय इत्यनर्थान्तरम् M.Bh. on P.I.1.56.
anarthāntaravācinaḥnot conveying any different sense, अनर्थान्तरवाचिनौ अनर्थकौ M.Bh. on I.4.93.
anavayavaliterally having no parts; impartite; without any concern with the individual component parts; application in totality; confer, compare सिद्धं तु धर्मोपदेशने अनवयवविज्ञानाद्यथा लौकिकवैदिकेषु P. VI. 1.84 Vārt 5 and the Bhāṣya thereon; अस्मिञ् शास्त्रे अनवयवेन शास्त्रार्थसंप्रत्ययः स्यात् । a rule in grammar applies to all cases where its application is possible; it cannot be said to have its purpose served by applying to a few cases only.
aniṭ(1)not admitting the augment इट् to be prefixed to it; the term is strictly to be applied to ārdhadhātuka affixes placed after such roots as have their vowel characterized by a grave accent ( अनुदात्तस्वर ); the term अनिट् being explained as अनिडादि qualifying the अार्धधातुक affix; (2) in a secondary way, it has become customary to call such roots अनिट् as do not allow the augment इट् to be prefixed to an ārdhadhātuka affix placed after them. Such roots are termed अनुदात्त verily because they are possessed of an anudātta vowel. e. g. कृ, भृ, जि, गम् , हन् et cetera, and others as against भु, धू, तॄ, श्वि, वृ, वद्, फल्, चल्, et cetera, and others which have their vowel characterized by an acute (उदात्त ) accent. For a complete list of such roots see the well-known stanzas given in the Siddhāntakaumudī incidentally on अात्मनेपदेष्वनतः P. VII.1.5. ऊदॄदन्तैर्यौतिरुक्ष्णुशीङ्स्नु....निहताः स्मृताः ॥ १ ॥ शक्लृपच्मुचिरिचवच्विच् .........धातवो द्व्यधिकं शतम् ॥ as also some lists by ancient grammarians given in the Mahābhāṣya on एकाच उपदेशेनुदात्तात्. P. VII. 2.10 or in the Kāśikā on the same rule P. VII.2.10.
apavādanyāyathe convention that a rule laying down an exception supersedes the general rule; confer, compare सिद्धं त्वपवादन्यायेन P. I.3.9 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 7
ardhamātrāhalf of a mātra or 'mora'., confer, compare अर्धमात्रालाघवेन पुत्रोत्सवं मन्यन्ते वैयाकरणाः Par. Śekh. Pari. 122, signifying that not a single element of utterance in Pāṇini's grammar is superfluous. In other words, the wording of the Sūtras of Pāṇini is the briefest possible, not being capable of reduction by even half a mora.
ala प्रत्याहार or a short term signifying any letter in the alphabet of Pāṇini which consists of 9 vowels, 4 semivowels, 25 class-consonants, and 4 sibilants.
avayavaṣaṣṭhīthe genitive case signifying or showing a part: confer, compare वक्ष्यत्यादेशप्रत्यययोरित्यवयवषष्ठी M.Bh. on I. 1.21.
asamāsa(1)absence of a compound. उपसर्गादसमासेपि णोपदेशस्य P. VIII.4.14; (2) an expression conveying the sense of a compound word although standing in the form of separate words: चार्थे द्वन्द्ववचने असमासेपि वार्थसंप्रत्ययादनिष्टं प्राप्नोति । अहरहर्नयमानो गामश्वं पुरुषं पशुम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.2.29.
asiddhainvalid; of suspended validity for the time being: not functioning for the time being. The term is frequently used in Pāṇini's system of grammar in connection with rules or operations which are prevented, or held in suspense, in connection with their application in the process of the formation of a word. The term (असिद्ध) is also used in connection with rules that have applied or operations that have taken place, which are, in certain cases, made invalid or invisible as far as their effect is concerned and other rules are applied or other operations are allowed to take place, which ordinarily have been prevented by those rules which are made invalid had they not been invalidatedition Pāṇini has laid down this invalidity on three different occasions (1) invalidity by the rule पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् VIII.2.1. which makes a rule or operation in the second, third and fourth quarters of the eighth chapter of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. invalid when any preceding rule is to be applied, (2) invalidity by the rule असिद्धवदत्राभात् which enjoins mutual invalidity in the case of operations prescribed in the Ābhīya section beginning with the rule असिद्धवत्राभात् (VI. 4.22.) and going on upto the end of the Pāda (VI.4.175), (3) invalidity of the single substitute for two letters, that has already taken place, when ष् is to be substituted for स्, or the letter त् is to be prefixed, confer, compare षत्वतुकोरसिद्धः (VI. 1.86). Although Pāṇini laid down the general rule that a subsequent rule or operation, in case of conflict, supersedes the preceding rule, in many cases it became necessary for him to set, that rule aside, which he did by means of the stratagem of invalidity given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. Subsequent grammarians found out a number of additional cases where it became necessary to supersede the subseguent rule which they did by laying down a dictum of invalidity similar to that of Pāṇini. The author of the Vārttikas, hence, laid down the doctrine that rules which are nitya or antaraṅga or apavāda, are stronger than, and hence supersede, the anitya, bahiraṅga and utsarga rules respectively. Later gram marians have laid down in general, the invalidity of the bahiraṅga rule when the antaraṅga rule occurs along with it or subsequent to it. For details see Vol. 7 of Vvyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya(D. E. Society's edition) pages 217-220. See also Pari. Śek. Pari. 50.
aākhyātavivekaa work dealing with verbs and their activity by KṛṣṇaShāstrī Āraḍe a great Naiyāyika of the 18th century.
ācāra(1)customary usage of putting or employing words in rules; confer, compare आचार्याचारात्संज्ञासिद्धिः, P.I,1.1, Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 4. (2) behaviour;confer, compare उपमानादाचारे P.III. 1.10; cf also निवासत आचारतश्च M.Bh. on VI.3.109.
āditpossessed of the mute indicatory letter अा signifying the nonapplication of the augment इ (इट् ) to the past-passive voice. participle. term क्त. e. g. क्ष्विण्ण from the root ञिक्ष्विदाः similarly खिन्न, भिन्न et cetera, and others confer, compare आदितश्र P.VII. 2.16.
āraḍeKRISHNASHASTRI a reputed Naiyāyika of Banaras of the nineteenth century, who wrote, besides many treatises on Nyāya, a short gloss on the Sutras of Pāṇini, called Pāṇini-sūtra-vṛtti.
āśvalāyanaprātiśākhyaan authoritative Prātiśākhya work attributed to Śaunaka the teacher of Āśvalāyana, belonging prominently to the Sakala and the Bāṣkala Śakhās of the Ṛgveda. it is widely known by the name Ṛk-Prātiśākhya. It is a metrical composition divided into . 18 chapters called Paṭalas, giving special directions for the proper pronunciation, recitation and preservation of the Ṛksaṁhita by laying down general rules on accents and euphonic combinations and mentioning phonetic and metrical peculiarities. It has got a masterly commentary written by Uvvaṭa.
irmute indicatory ending of roots, signifying the application of the aorist sign अ(अङ्) optionally;e g. अभिदत् or अभैत्सीत् from the root भिद् (भिदिर् in Dhātupāṭha); confer, compare also अच्छिदत्,अच्छैत्सीत् from छिद्(छिदिर्); confer, compare P.III.1.57.
ṛditpossessed of the mute indicatory letter ऋ, signifying in the Grammar of Pāṇini the prevention of the shortening of the long vowel in the reduplicated syllable of the Causal Aorist form of roots which are marked with it; e. g. अशशासत् अबबाधत्, अययाचत् et cetera, and others confer, compare नाग्लोपिशास्वृदिताम् P.VII.4.2.
ekaśeṣaa kind of composite formation in which only one of the two or more words compounded together subsists, the others being elided; confer, compare एकः शिष्यते इतरे निवर्तन्ते वृक्षश्च वृक्षश्च वृक्षौ । Kāśikā on सरूपाणामेकशेष एक-विभक्तौ P.I.2.64; confer, compare also सुरूपसमुदायाद्धि विभक्तिर्या विधीयते । एकस्तत्रार्थवान् सिद्धः समुदायस्य वाचकः ।। Bhāṣāvṛtti on P. I. 2.64. There is a dictum of grammarians that every individual object requires a separate expression to convey its presence. Hence, when there is a dual sense, the word has to be repeated, as also the word has to be multiplied when there is a plural sense. In current spoken language, however, in such cases the word is used only once. To justify this single utterance for conveying the sense of plurality, Pāṇini has laid down a general rule सरूपाणामेकशेष एकविभक्तौ and many other similar rules to cover cases of plurality not of one and the same object, but plurality cased by many objects, such as plurality caused by ideas going in pairs or relations such as parents, brothers and sisters, grand-father and grand-son, male and female. For example, see the words वृक्षश्च वृक्षश्च वृक्षौ; Similarly वृक्षाः for many trees, पितरौ for माता च पिता च; देवौ for देवी च देवश्च; confer, compare also the words श्वशुरौ, भ्रातरौ, गार्ग्यौ (for गार्ग्य and गार्ग्यायण),आवाम् (for त्वं च अहं च), यौ (for स च यश्च) and गावः feminine. अजा feminine. अश्वाः masculine gender. irrespective of the individuals being some males and some females. Pāṇini has devoted 10 Sūtras to this topic of Ekaśeṣa. The Daiva grammar has completely ignored this topic. Patanjali has very critically and exhaustively discussed this topic. Some critics hold that the topic of एकशेघ did not exist in the original Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini but it was interpolated later on, and adduce the long discussion in the Mahābhāṣya especially the Pūrvapakṣa therein, in support of their argument. Whatever the case be, the Vārttikakāra has commented upon it at length; hence, the addition must have been made immediately after Pāṇini, if at all there was any. For details see Mahābhāṣya on I.1.64 to 73 as also,Introduction p. 166-167, Vol.7 of the Mahābhāṣya published by the D. E. Society, Poona.
ekaśeṣanirdeśastatement by subsistence of one word out of many. The phrase is very often used in the Mahābhāṣya where the omission of an individual thing is explained by saying that the expression used is a composite one including the omitted thing along with the thing already expressed; confer, compare एकशेषनिर्देशोयम् । सर्वादीनि च सर्वादीनि च सर्वादीनि । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.I.27, on I.1.59, I.2.39, as also on I.3.1 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5,I.4. 101 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3, II.1.1. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 19 et cetera, and others
{{c|-( anusvāra ) ṃanusvāraor nasal (l) looked upon as a phonetic element, independent, no doubt, but incapable of being pronounced without a vowel Preceding it. Hence, it is shown in writing with अ although its form in writing is only a dot a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. the line cf अं इत्यनुस्वारः । अकार इह उच्चारणर्थ इति बिन्दुमात्रो वर्णोनुस्वारसंज्ञो भवति Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.Vyāk I.1.19; (2) anusvāra,showing or signifying Vikāra id est, that is अागम and used as a technical term for the second विभक्ति or the accusative case. See the word अं a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. on page 1.
m̐ nāsikyaa nasal letter or utterance included among the अयोगवाह letters analogous to anusvāra and yama letters. It is mentioned in the Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya as हुँ इति नासिक्यः on which Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.makes the remark अयमृक्शाखायां प्रसिद्धः. The Ṛk-Prātiśākhya mentions नासिक्य, यम and अनुस्वार as नासिक्य or nasal letters, while Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.defines नासिक्य as a letter produced only by the nose; confer, compare केवलनासिकया उच्चार्यमाणे वर्णॊ नासिक्यः Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 20. The Taittirīya Prātiśākhya calls the letter ह् as nāsikya when it is followed by the consonant न् or ण् or म् and gives अह्नाम् , अपराह्णे and ब्रह्म as instances. The Pāṇinīya Śikṣā does not mention नासिक्य as a letter. The Mahābhāṣya mentions नासिक्य as one of the six ayogavāha letters; confer, compare के पुनरयोगवाहाः । विसर्जनीयजिह्वामूलीयोपध्मानीयानुस्वारानुनासिक्ययमाः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Śivasūtra 5 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5, where some manuscripts read नासिक्य for अानुनासिक्य while in some other manuscripts there is neither the word आनुनासिक्य nor नासिक्य. It is likely that the anunāsika-colouring given to the vowel preceding the consonant सू substituted for the consonants म, न् and others by P. VIII. 3.2. to 12, was looked upon as a separate phonetic unit and called नासिक्य as for instance in सँस्कर्ता, मा हिँसीः, सँशिशाधि et cetera, and others
karaṇa(1)lit instrument; the term signifies the most efficient means for accomplishing an act; confer, compare क्रियासिद्धी यत् प्रकृष्टोपकारकं विवक्षितं तत्साधकतमं कारकं करणसंज्ञं भवति, Kāś. on साधकतमं करणम् P.I.4.42, e. g. दात्रेण in दात्रेण लुनाति; (2) effort inside the mouth (अाभ्यन्तर-प्रयत्न ) to produce sound; e. g. touching of the particular place ( स्थान ) inside the mouth for uttering consonants; confer, compare स्पृष्टं स्पर्शानां करणम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P, I.1.10 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3; (3) disposition of the organ which produces the sound; confer, compare श्वासनादोभयानां विशेषः करणमित्युच्यते । एतच्च पाणिनिसंमताभ्यन्तरप्रयत्न इति भाति । Com. on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIII.3;confer, compare also स्थानकरणानुप्रदानानि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.2.32: confer, compare also अनुप्रदानात्संसर्गात् स्थानात् करणविन्ययात् । जायते वर्णवैशेष्यं परीमाणाच्च पञ्चमात् Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXIII. 2. where karaṇa is described to be of five kinds अनुप्रदान (id est, that is नाद or resonance), संसर्ग (contact), स्थान, करणविन्यय and परिमाण; confer, compareअकारस्य तावत् अनुप्रदानं नादः, संसर्गः कण्ठे, स्थानं हनू, करणविन्ययः ओष्ठौ, परिमाणं मात्राकालः । अनुप्रदानादिभिः पञ्चभिः करणैर्वर्णानां वैशेष्यं जायते Com. on Tai. Pr. XXIII.2. The Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya mentions two karaṇas संवृत and विवृत; confer, compare द्वे करणे संवृतविवृताख्ये वायोर्भवतः Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 11; (4) use of a word exempli gratia, for example इतिकरणं, वत्करणम्; confer, compare किमुपस्थितं नाम । अनार्षं इतिकरणः M.Bh.on. P.VI.1.129.
kātantrapariśiṣṭapradyotaa gloss on the Kātantrapariśiṣṭa by Goyicandra in the twelfth century.
kātantrasūtravṛttian old Vṛtti on the Kātantra Sūtras ascribed to Vararuci who is, of course, different from Vararuci Kātyāyana. The Vṛtti appears to have been occupying a position similar to that of Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti..
kātyāyanathe well-known author of the Vārttikas on the sūtras of Pāṇini. He is also believed to be the author of the Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya and many sūtra works named after him. He is believed to be a resident of South India on the strength of the remark प्रियतद्धिता दाक्षिणात्याः made by Patañjali in connection with the statement 'यथा लौकिकवैदिकेषु' which is looked upon as Kātyāyana's Vārttika. Some scholars say that Vararuci was also another name given to him, in which case the Vārttikakāra Vararuci Kātyāyana has to be looked upon as different from the subsequent writer named Vararuci to whom some works on Prakrit and Kātantra grammar are ascribedition For details see The Volume of the introduction in Marathi to the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya, written by K. V. Abhyankar and published by the O. E. Society, Poona.. pages I93-223 published by the D. E.Society, Poona.See also वार्तिकपाठ below.
kāmacāraoption; permission to do as desired liberty of applying any of the rules of grammar that present themselves; confer, compare तत्र कामचारो गृह्यमाणेन वा विभक्तिं विशेषयितुं अङ्गेन वा Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.27 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 6.
kārakanirṇayaa work discussing the various Kārakas from the Naiyāyika view-point written by the well-known Naiyāyika, Gadādhara Chakravartin of Bengal, who was a pupil of Jagadīśa and who fourished in the 16th century A. D. He is looked upon as one of the greatest scholars of Nyāyaśāstra. His main literarywork was in the field of Nyāyaśāstra on which he has written several treatises.
kārakavāda(1)a treatise discussing the several Kārakas, written by Kṛṣṇaśāstri Ārade a famous Naiyāyika of Benares who lived in the eighteenth century A. D; (2) a treatise on syntax written by Jayarāmabhaṭṭācārya which is called कारकविवेक also, which see below. a treatise on syntax written by Jayarāmabhaṭṭācārya which is called कारकविवेक also, which see below.
kāryakālaalong with the operation; confer, compare कार्यकालं संज्ञापरिभाषम् , rules laying down technical terms and regulating rules are to be interpreted along with the rules that prescribe or enjoin operations ( provided the technical terms occur in those rules, or, the regulating rules concern those rules). See Pari. Śek. Pari 3.
kālanidarśakasignifying time; confer, compare कालनिदर्शकाः प्रत्यया एते लुट् लिट् लट् इत्यादयः.
keśavadattawriter of the commentary named दुर्धटोद्धाट on the grammar संक्षिप्तसार written by Goyicandra,
gaṅgeśaśarmāwriter of Kātantra-kaumudī possibly different from the reputed Gaṅgeśa Upādhyāa who is looked upon as the founder of the Navyanyāya school of modern Naiyāyikas, and who lived in the twelfth century A. D.
gadādharacakravartinthe reputed Naiyāyika who wrote numerous works on the Navyanyaya; he has written a few works like व्युत्पत्तिवाद, उपसर्गविचार, कारकनिर्णय, सर्वनामविचार, प्रत्ययविचार on Vyākaraṇa themes although the treatment, as also the style, is logical.
gamakacapable of conveying the sense; intelligible; the word is often used in grammatical works; confer, compare सापेक्षत्वेपि गमकत्वात्समास:; confer, compare also अवश्यं कस्याचिन्नञ्समासस्य असमर्थसमासस्य गमकस्य साधुत्वं वक्तव्यम् । असूर्यपश्यानि मुखानि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 1. 1.
gārgyaan ancient reputed grammarian and possibly a writer of a Nirukta work, whose views, especially in.connection with accents are given in the Pratisakhya works, the Nirukta and Panini's Astadhyayi. Although belonging to the Nirukta school, he upheld the view of the Vaiyakaranas that all words cannot be derived, but only some of them: cf Nirukta of Yāska.I. 12.3. cf, also Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.IV. 167, Nirukta of Yāska.I. 3.5, III. 14.22: Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 13; XIII. 12: P. VII. 3.99, VIII. 3.20, VIII. 4.69.
ṅit(l)affixes with the mute letter ङ् attached to them either before or after, with a view to preventing the guna and vrddhi substitutes for the preceding इ, उ, ऋ, or लृ, as for example, the affixes चङ्, अङ् and others (2) affixes conventionally called ङित् after certain bases under certain conditions; confer, compare गाङ्कुटादिम्यो ञ्णिन्ङित् P. I. 2. 1-4; (3) roots marked with the mute letter ङ् signifying the application of the Atmanepada terminations to them: (4) substitutes marked with mute ङ् which are put in the place of the last letter of the word for which they are prescribed as substitutes; (5) case affixes marked with mute letter ङ् which cause the substitution of guna to the last vowel इ or उ of words termed घि.
ṅyāppāda popular name given by grammarians to the first pada of the fourth adhyaya of Panini's Astadyayi as the pada begins with the rule ङ्याप्प्रातिपदिकात् IV. I.I.
candragominnamed also चन्द्र, a Buddhist scholar who has written an easy Sanskrit Grammar based on the Astadhyayi of Panini. He is believed to have lived in North India in the fifth century A.D. See चन्द्र.
citaffixes or substitutes or bases marked with the mute letter च् signifying the acute accent for the last vowel; e. g. अथुच्, धुरच्, कुण्डिनच् et cetera, and others cf P. VI. 1. 163, 164.
citkaraṇamarking with the mute letter च्, signifying the acute accent of the last vowel; confer, compare चापि चित्करणसामर्थ्यादन्तोदात्तत्वं भविष्यति: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III. 1.3 Vart, 16.
chpādaa popular name given by grammarians to the first pada of the fifth Adhyaya of Painis Astadhyayi as the pada begins with the rule प्राक् क्रीताच्छः P. V. 1.1.
jaśa short term ( प्रत्याहार ) signifying the soft inaspirate class consonants ज्,ब्,ग्,ड् and द्.
jāmitautologous, unnecessarily repeated; the word is defined and illustrated by Yaska as;-तद्यत्समान्यामृचि समानाभिव्याहारं भवति तज्जामि भवतीत्येकं । मधुमन्तं मधुश्चुतमिति यथा Nir.x.16.2. For other definitions of the word जामि conveying practically the same idea, confer, compare Nir.X. 16. 3 and 4.
jit(l)literally affix marked with the mute letter ज्; e. g. जस्, जसि, जुस्. the word जित् is not however found used in this sense; (2) a word supposed to be marked with the mute indicatory letter ज्.The word is used in this sense by the Varttikakara saying that such a word does not denote itself but its synonyms; confer, compare जित् पर्यायवचनस्यैव राजांद्यर्थम् P.I.1.68 Vart. 7. In the Sutra सभा राजामनुष्यपूर्वा P.II. 4. 23, the word राजन् is supposed to be जित् and hence it denotes इन्, ईश्वर et cetera, and others; but not the word राजन् itself; (3) In the Pratisakhya works जित् means the first two consonants of each class (वर्ग); exempli gratia, for example क्, ख्,च्, छ्. et cetera, and others which are the same as खय् letters in Panini's terminology; confer, compare द्वौ द्वौ प्रथमौ जित्, V. Pr.I.50;III.13.
jaumārapariśiṣṭaa supplement to the Jaumara Vyakarana written by Goyicandra. See गीयीचन्द्र.
jyotsnā(Ι)name of a commentary by Rāmacandra possibly belonging to the 18th century on the Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya; (2) name of a commentary on Nāgeśa's 'Laghuśabdenduśekhara by Udayaṃakara Pāṭhaka of Vārāṇasi in the 18th century.
ñia mute syllable prefixed to a root in the Dhatuptha of Panini' signifying the addition of the affix त (क्त) to the root, in the sense of the present time; exempli gratia, for example क्ष्विण्णः, धृष्ट: et cetera, and others; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 2.187.
ñīta root marked with the mute syllable ञि prefixed to it, signifying the addition of the affix क्त in the present tense. See ञि.
ñyataddhita affix य signifying the substitution of vrddhi as also the acute accent for the first vowel of the word to which it is addedition It is added (1) to words headed by प्रगदिन् in the four senses termed वंतुरर्थ exempli gratia, for exampleप्रागृद्यम्, शारद्यम् et cetera, and others;confer, compareP.IV. 2.80; (2).to the word गम्भीर and अव्ययीभाव compounds in the sense of present there', exempli gratia, for example गाम्भीर्यम् , पारिमुख्यम् et cetera, and others confer, compare P.IV.3.58, 59 (3) to the word विदूर exempli gratia, for example वैदुर्य; confer, compare P. IV.3.84;.(4) to the words headed by शण्डिक in the sense of 'domicile of', exempli gratia, for example शाण्डिक्यः ; confer, compare P. IV.3.92; (5) to the words छन्दोग, औक्थिक, नट et cetera, and others in the sense of duty (धर्म) or scripture (अाम्नाय) e. g. छान्दोग्यम् , औविथक्यम् नाट्यम् et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. IV. 3.129; (6) to the word गृहपति in the sense of ’associated with'; exempli gratia, for example गार्हपत्यः (अग्निः);confer, compareP.IV.4.90;(7) to the words ऋषभ and उपानह् ; confer, compare P. V.1.14; .(8) to the words अनन्त, आवसथ et cetera, and others,confer, compare P. V.4.23; (9) to the word अतिथि; confer, compare P.V.4.26; and (10) to the words in the sense of पूग(wandering tribes for earning money), as also to the words meaning व्रात (kinds of tribes) as also to words ending with the affix च्फञ् under certain conditions; confer, compare P.V.3. 112, 113.
ṭhakpādaa popular name given to the fourth pada of the fourth adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi.The pada begins with the rule प्राग्वहतेष्ठक् P.IV.4.1 prescribing the taddhita affix ठक् in the senses prescribed in rules be. ginning with the next rule ' तेन दीव्यति खनति जयति जितम् ' and ending with the rule 'निकटे वसति' P.IV.4.73.
ṇatvapādaa popular name given by grammarians to the fourth pada confer, compare Panini's Astadhyayi, as the pada begins with the rule रषाभ्यां नो णः समानपदे and mainly gives rules about णत्व i. e. the substitution of the consonant ण् for न्.
ṇicommon term for णिङ् ( signifying Atmanepada ) and णिच्: cf; णेरणौ यस्कर्मं P. I. 3.67, णेरनिटि VI. 4.51 ; cf also P. I. 3.86, I. 4.52, II.4.46, 51: III. 2.137: VI. 1.31, 48, 54, VI. 4.90; VII. 2.26, VII. 3.36; VII.4.1, VIII. 4.80.
ṇinikrt affix इन् signifying vrddhi (1) applied to the roots headed by ग्रह् ( i. e. the roots ग्रह्, उद्वस्, स्था et cetera, and others ) in the sense of an agent;e. g. ग्राही, उद्वासी, स्थायी. confer, compare P. III.1.134; (2) applied to the root हन् preceded by the word कुमार or शीर्ष as उपपद: e. g. कुमारघाती, शीर्षघाती, confer, compare P. III.2.51: (3) applied to any root preceded by a substantive as upapada in the sense of habit, or when compari son or vow or frequency of action is conveyed, or to the root मन्, with a substantive as उपपद e. gउष्णभोजी, शीतभोजी, उष्ट्रकोशी, ध्वाङ्क्षरावीः स्थण्डिलशायी, अश्राद्धभोजीः क्षीरपायिण उशीनराः; सौवीरपायिणो वाह्रीकाः: दर्शनीयमानी, शोभनीयमानी, confer, compare P. III.2.78-82; (4) applied to the root यज् preceded by a word referring to the करण of यागफल as also to the root हन् preceded by a word forming the object ( कर्मन् ) of the root हन् , the words so formed referring to the past tense: e. g. अग्निष्टो याजी, पितृव्याघाती, confer, compare P. III 2.85, 86; (5) applied to a root when the word so formed refers to a kind of necessary activity or to a debtor; confer, compare अवश्यंकारी, शतंदायी, सहस्रदायी confer, compare P. III.4. 169-170: (6) tad-affix इन् , causing vrddhi for the first vowel, applied to the words काश्यप and कौशिक referring to ancient sages named so, as also to words which are the names of the pupils of कलापि or of वैशम्पायन, as also to the words शुनक, वाजसनेय et cetera, and others in the sense of 'students learning what has been traditionally spoken by those sages' e. g. काश्यपिनः, ताण्डिनः, हरिद्रविणः शौनकिनः, वाजसनेयिनः et cetera, and others; cf P. IV.3, 103 104, 106; (7) applied to words forming the names of ancient sages who are the speakers of ancient Brahmana works in the sense of 'pupils studying those works' as also to words forming the names of sages who composed old Kalpa works in the sense of those कल्प works; e. g. भाल्लविनः, एतरेयिणः । पैङ्गी कल्पः अरुणपराजी कल्पः; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV. 3.105: (8) applied to the words पाराशर्य and शिलालिन् in the sense of 'students reading the Bhiksusutras (of पाराशार्य) and the Nata sutras ( of शिलालिन् ) respectively; e. g. पाराशरिणो भिक्षव:, शैलालिनो नटाः: cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV.3.110.
ṇaupādaa popular name given to the fourth pada of the seventh Adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi, which begins with the rule णौ चङ्युपघाया ह्रस्त्रः P. VII. 4.1.
tatpuruṣaname of an important kind of compound words similar to the compound word तत्पुरुष id est, that is ( तस्य पुरुषः ), and hence chosen as the name of such compounds by ancient grammarians before Panini. Panini has not defined the term with a view to including such compounds as would be covered by the definition. He has mentioned the term तत्पुरुष in II.1.22 as Adhikara and on its strength directed that all compounds mentioned or prescribed thereafter upto Sutra II.2.22 be called तत्पुरुष. No definite number of the sub-divisions of तत्पुरुष is given;but from the nature of compounds included in the तत्पुरुष-अधिकार, the sub-divisions विभक्तितत्पुरुष confer, compare P.II.1.24 to 48, समानाधिकरणतत्पुरुष confer, compare P. II.1.49 to 72 (called by the name कर्मधारय; acc.to P.I. 2. 42), संख्यातत्पुरुष (called द्विगु by P.II.1.52), अवयत्रतत्पुरुष or एकदेशितत्पुरुषं confer, compare P.II.2.1-3, ब्यधिकरणतत्पुरुष confer, compare P. II 2.5, नञ्तत्पुरुष confer, compare P.II.2.6, उपपदतत्पुरुष confer, compare P. II.2.19, प्रादितत्पुरुष confer, compare P.II.2 18 and णमुल्तत्पुरुष confer, compareP.II.2.20 are found mentioned in the commentary literature on standard classical works. Besides these, a peculiar tatpurusa compound mentioned by'Panini in II.1.72, is popularly called मयूरव्यंसकादिसमास. Panini has defined only two out of these varieties viz. द्विगु as संख्यापूर्वो द्विगुः P.II. 1.23, and कर्मधारय as तत्पुरुषः समानाधिकरणः कर्मधारयः P. I.2.42. The Mahabhasyakara has described तत्पुरुष as उत्तरपदार्थप्रधानस्तत्पुरुषः: confer, compare M.Bh. on II.1.6, II.1.20, II.1.49, et cetera, and others, and as a consequence it follows that the gender of the tatpurusa compound word is that of the last member of the compound; confer, compare परवल्लिङ द्वन्द्वतत्पुरुषयोः P. II.4. 26; cf also तत्पुरुषश्चापि कः परवल्लिङं प्रयोजयति । यः पूर्वपदार्थप्रधानः एकदेशिसमासः अर्धपिप्पलीति । यो ह्युत्तरपदार्थप्रधानो दैवकृतं तस्य परवल्लिङ्गम्, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.4.26. Sometimes, the compound gets a gender different from that of the last word; confer, compare P.II.4.19-31, The tatpurusa compound is optional as generally all compounds are, depending as they do upon the desire of the speaker. Some tatpurusa compounds such as the प्रादितत्पुरुष or उपपदतत्पुरुष are called नित्य and hence their constitutent words, with the case affixes applied to them, are not noticed separately; confer, compare P.II.2.18,19, In some cases अ as a compound-ending ( समासान्त ) is added: exempli gratia, for example राजघुरा, नान्दीपुरम् ; confer, compare P. V.4.74; in some cases अच् ( अ ) is added: confer, compare P.V-4 75 o 87: while in some other cases टच् ( अ ) is added, the mute letter ट् signifying the addition of ङीप् ( ई) in the feminine gender; confer, compareP.V.4. 91-1 12. For details See p.p. 270-273 Mahabhasya Vol.VII published by the D. E. Society, Poona.
tadantavidhia peculiar feature in the interpretation of the rules of Panini, laid down by the author of the Sutras himself by virtue of which an adjectival word, qualifying its principal word, does not denote itself, but something ending with it also; confer, compare येन विधिस्तदन्तस्य P.I.1.72.This feature is principally noticed in the case of general words or adhikaras which are put in a particular rule, but which Occur in a large number of subsequent rules; for instance, the word प्रातिपदिकात्, put in P.IV.1.1, is valid in every rule upto the end of chapter V and the words अतः, उतः, यञः et cetera, and others mean अदन्ताद् , उदन्तात् , यञन्तात् et cetera, and others Similarly the words धातोः (P.III.1.91) and अङ्गस्य (P.VI. 4.1 ) occurring in a number of subsequent rules have the adjectival words to them, which are mentioned in subsequent rules, denoting not only those words,but words ending with them. In a large number of cases this feature of तदन्तविधि is not desirable, as it, goes against arriving at the desired forms, and exceptions deduced from Panini's rules are laid down by the Varttikakara and later grammarians; confer, compare Par. Sek. Pari. 16,23, 31 : also Mahabhasya on P.I.1.72.
tadādividhia convention similar to the तदन्तविधि of Panini,laid down by the Varttikakara laying down that in case an operation is prescribed for something followed by a single letter, that single letter should be taken to mean a word beginning with that single letter: confer, compare यस्मिन्विधिस्तदादावल्ग्रहणे P.I.1.72 Vart. 29: Par. Sek. Pari. 33.
taddhitaa term of the ancient prePaninian grammarians used by Panini just like सर्वनामन् or अव्यय without giving any specific definition of it. The term occurs in the Nirukta of Yaska and the Vajasaneyi-Pratisakhya ; confer, compare अथ तद्वितसमासेषु एकपर्वसु चानेकपर्वसु पूर्वे पूर्वमपरमपरं प्रविभज्य निर्ब्रूयात् । द्ण्डय्ः पुरुषः । दण्डमर्हतीति वा, दण्डेन संपद्यते इति वा Nirukta of Yāska.II.2; also confer, compare तिङ्कृत्तद्धितचतुथ्यसमासाः इाब्दमयम् Vaj Prati.I. 27. It is to be noted that the word तद्वित is used by the ancient grammarians in the sense of a word derived from a substantive ( प्रातिपादक ) by the application of suffixes like अ, यत् et cetera, and others, and not in the sense of words derived from roots by affixes like अन, ति et cetera, and others which were termed नामकरण, as possibly contrasted with the word ताद्धित used by Yaska in II. 5. Panini has used the word तद्धित not for words, but for the suffixes which are added to form such words at all places (e. g. in I. 1.38, IV.1.17, 76, VI.1.61 et cetera, and others). in fact, he has begun the enumeration of taddhita affixes with the rule तद्धिता: (P.IV.1. 76) by putting the term तद्धित for affixes such as ति, ष्यङ्, अण् et cetera, and others which are mentioned thereafter. In his rule कृत्तद्धितसमासाश्च and in the Varttika समासकृत्तद्धिताव्यय(I.4.1Vart. 41) which are similar to V.Pr.1. 27 quoted a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. the word तद्धित appears to be actually used for words derived from nouns by secondary affixes, along with the word कृत् which also means words derived from roots, although commentators have explained there the terms कृत् and तद्धित for कृदन्त and तद्धितान्त. The term तद्वित is evidently echoed in the Sutra तस्मै हितम् which, although it is not the first Sutra there were possibly long lists of secondary nouns with the senses of secondary suffixes, and तद्धित was perhaps,the first sense given there. The number of taddhita suffixes mentioned by Panini is quite a large one; there are in fact 1110 rules given in the taddhita section covering almost two Adhyayas viz. from P. IV. 1.76 to the end of the fifth Adhyaya. The main sub-divisions of taddhita affixes mentioned by commentators are, Apatyadyarthaka (IV. 1.92 to 178), Raktadyarthaka (IV.2.1 to 91), Saisika {IV.2. 92 to IV.3.133), Pragdivyatiya (IV. 3 134 to 168), Pragvahatiya (IV.4.1 to IV.4.74), Pragghitiya (IV.4.75 to IV.4.109), Arhiya (V.1.1 to 71),Thanadhikarastha (V. 1.72 to V. 1.1.114), Bhavakarmarthaka (V. 1.115 to V.1.136), Pancamika (V. 2.1 to V. 2.93), Matvarthiya (V. 2.94 to V. 2. 140), Vibhaktisamjaaka (V. 3.1 to V. 3.26) and Svarthika (V. 3.27 to V. 4.160). The samasanta affixes (V.4.68 to V.4.160) can be included in the Svarthika affixes.
titan affix to which the mute indicatory letter त् is added signifying the circumflex accent of that affix; e. g. the affixes यत्, ण्यत् et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. VI. 1.185.
tiṣṭhadguprabhṛticompound words headed by the word तिष्ठद्गु which are termed as avyayibhava compounds and treated as indeclinables; exempli gratia, for example तिष्ठद्गु, वहद्गु असंप्रति, प्राह्णम् et cetera, and others; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.II. 1.17.
tri(1)krt affix क्त्रि, always having the taddhita affix. affix मप् ( म ) added to it, applied to the roots marked with the mute syllable डु prefixed to them in the Dhatupatha; e. g. कृत्रिमम्, पक्त्रिमम्; (2) a term signifying the plural number; confer, compare ना नौ मे मदर्थे त्रिद्व्येकेषु V.Pr.II.3.
tripādīterm usually used in connection with the last three Padas (ch. VIII. 2, VIII. 3 and VIII. 4) of Panini’s Ashtadhyayi, the rules in which are not valid by convention to rules in the first seven chapters and a quarter, as also a later rule in which (the Tripadi) is not valid to an earlier one; confer, compare पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् P. VIII.2.1; (2) name of a critical treatise on Panini's grammar ("The Tripadi") written by Dr. H. E. Buiskool recently.
traipādikaa rule or an operation prescribed by Panini in the last three quarters of his Astadhyayi. See त्रिपादी a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
devikāpādaa popular name given to the third pada of the seventh adhyaya of Parinis Asadhyāyi as the pada begins with the Sutra दविकाशिंशपादित्यवाट्दीर्घसत्त्रश्रेयसामात् P.VII 3. 1.
devīdīnamodern grammarian of the 19th century who has written a gloss on the Asādhyāyi of Panini.
dvigupādaa Popular name given by grammarians to the fourth quarter of the second Adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi which begins with the sutra द्विगुरेकवचनम् II. 4.1.
dvyaca word possessed of two vowels in it; dissyllabic words; the word is frequently used in Panini's Astadhyayi and Patanjali's Mahabhasya, Kasika Vrtti and other works on Panini's grammar.
dhātua root; the basic word of a verbal form,defined by the Bhasyakara as क्रियावचनो धातुः or even as भाववचने धातु:, a word denoting a verbal activity. Panini has not defined the term as such, but he has given a long list of roots under ten groups, named dasagani, which includes about 2200 roots which can be called primary roots as contrasted with secondary roots. The secondary roots can be divided into two main groups ( l ) roots derived from roots ( धातुजधातवः ) and (2) roots derived from nouns ( नामधातवः ). The roots derived from roots can further be classified into three main subdivisions : (a) causative roots or णिजन्त, (b) desiderative roots or सन्नन्त, (c) intensive roots or यङन्त and यङ्लुगन्त: while roots derived from nouns or denominative roots can further be divided into क्यजन्त, काम्यजन्त, क्यङन्त, क्यषन्त, णिङन्त, क्विबन्त and the miscellaneous ones ( प्रकीर्ण ) as derived from nouns like कण्डू( कण्ड्वादि ) by the application of the affix यक् or from nouns like सत्य,वेद, पाश, मुण्ड,मिश्र, et cetera, and others by the application of the affix णिच्. Besides these, there are a few roots formed by the application of the affix अाय and ईय (ईयङ्). All these roots can further be classified into Parasmaipadin or Parasmaibhasa, Atmanepadin or Atmanebhasa and Ubhayapadin. Roots possessed of a mute grave ( अनुदात्त ) vowel or of the mute consonant ङ् added to the root in the Dhatupatha or ending in the affixes यड्, क्यङ् et cetera, and others as also roots in the passive voice are termed Atmanepadin: while roots ending with the affix णिच् as also roots possessed of a mute circumflex vowel or a mute consonant ञ़़् applied to them are termed Ubhayapadin. All the rest are termed Parasmaipadin. There are some other mute letters or syllables applied by Panini to the roots in his Dhatupatha for specific purposes; exempli gratia, for example ए at the end to signify prohibition of vrddhi to the penultimate अ in the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अकखीत् confer, compare P. VII.2.5; इर् to signify the optional substitution of अ or अङ् for the affix च्लि of the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अभिदत्, अभैत्सीत् ; confer, compare P.III. 1.57; उ to signify the optional application of the augment इ ( इट् ) before क्त्वा exempli gratia, for example शमित्वा, शान्त्वा; confer, compare P.VII. 2. 56; ऊ to signify the optional application of the augment इ ( इट् ) exempli gratia, for example गोप्ता, गेीपिता, confer, compare P.VII.2.44; अा to signify the prohibition of the augment इट् in the case of the past passive voice. participle. exempli gratia, for example क्ष्विण्णः, स्विन्नः, confer, compare P. VII.2.16; इ to signify the addition of a nasal after the last vowel e. g. निन्दति from निदि, confer, compare P. VII.1.58: ऋ to signify the prohibition of ह्रस्व to the penultimate long vowel before णिच्, e. g. अशशासत्, confer, compare P.VII. 4.2;लृ to signify the substitution of अङ् for च्लि in the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अगमत् confer, compare P. III.1.55: ओ to signify the substitution of न् for त् of the past passive voice.participle. exempli gratia, for example लग्नः, अापीनः, सूनः, दून: et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. VIII. 2.45. Besides these,the mute syllables ञि, टु and डु are prefixed for specific purposes; confer, compare P. III.2.187, III.3.89 and III. 3.88. The term धातु is a sufficiently old one which is taken by Panini from ancient grammarians and which is found used in the Nirukta and the Pratisakhya works, signifying the 'elemental (radical)base' for nouns which are all derivable from roots according to the writers of the Nirukta works and the grammarian Siktaayana; confer, compare नाम च धातुजमाह निरुक्ते व्याकरणे शकटस्य च तोकम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III.3.1. Some scholars have divided roots into six categories; confer, compare तत्र धातवः षोढा (a) परिपठिताः भूवादयः, (b) अपरिपठता अान्दोलयत्यादयः, (c) परिपठितापरिपठिताः ( सूत्रपठिताः ) स्कुस्कम्भस्तम्भेत्यादयः, (d) प्रत्ययधातवः सनाद्यन्ताः, (e) नामघातवः कण्ड्वादयः, (f) प्रत्ययनामधातवः होडगल्भक्ली. बप्रभृतयः; cf Sringara Prak. I. For details see M.Bh. on P.I.3.I as also pp 255, 256 Vol. VII Vyakarana-Mahabhasya published by the D.E. Society, Poona.
ghātusabandhapādaconventional name given to the fourth pada of Panini's Astadhyayi which begins with the Sutra धातुसंबन्धे प्रत्ययाः P. III.4.1
dhānyapādaa popular name given to the second pada of the fifth adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi possibly because the pada begins with the Sutra धान्यानां भवने क्षेत्रे खञ्, P. V.2.1
navāhnikīname given to the first nine Ahnikas or lessons of the Mahabhasya which are written in explanation of only the first pada of the first Adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi and which contain almost all the important theories, statements and problems newly introduced by Patanjali.
nāmin(vowels)which cause cerebralization; the ten vowels ऋ, ॠ, इ, ई, उ, ऊ, ए, ओ, ऐ, औ; confer, compare ऋकारादयो दश नामिनः स्वराः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 27, confer, compare also R.T. 94. See the word नति. The word भाविन् is used for नामिन् in the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya; confer, compare अकण्ठ्यो भावी Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 46; confer, compare also नामिपरो रम् Kat. I.5.12.
nitya(1)eternal, as applied to word or Sabda in contrast with sound or dhvani which is evanescent (कार्य ). The sound with meaning or without meaning,made by men and animals is impermanent; but the sense or idea awakened in the mind by the evanescent audible words on reaching the mind is of a permanent or eternal nature; confer, compare स्फोटः शब्दो ध्वनिस्तस्य व्यायामादुपजायते; confer, compare also व्याप्तिमत्त्वा्त्तु शब्दस्य Nir.I.1 ; (2) constant; not liable to be set aside by another; confer, compare उपबन्धस्तु देशाय नित्यम्, न रुन्धे नित्यम्। नित्यशब्दः प्राप्त्यन्तरानिषेधार्थः T.Pr.I.59, IV.14; (3) original as constrasted with one introduced anew such as an augment; confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.VI.14; (4) permanently functioning, as opposed to tentatively doing so; confer, compare नित्यविरते द्विमात्रम् Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya.37; (5) unchangeable, permanent, imperishable; confer, compare अयं नित्यशब्दोस्त्येव कूटस्थेष्वविचालिषु भावेषु वर्तते M.Bh. on P. VIII. 1.4; (6) always or invariably applying, as opposed to optional; the word in this sense is used in connection with rules or operations that do not optionally apply; confer, compare उपपदसमासो नित्यसमासः, षष्ठीसमासः पुनार्वेभाषा; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.II.2.19; (7) constant,as applied to a rule which applies if another simultaneously applying rule were to have taken effect, as well as when that other rule does not take effect; confer, compare क्वचित्कृताकृतप्रसङ्गमात्रेणापि नित्यता Par. Sek. Pari 46. The operations which are nitya according to this Paribhasa take effect in preference to others which are not 'nitya', although they may even be 'para'; confer, compare परान्नित्यं बलवत् Par. Sek. Pari. 42.
nipātanaa word given, as it appears, without trying for its derivation,in authoritative works of ancient grammarians especially Panini;confer, compareदाण्डिनायनहास्तिनयनo P. VI.4.174, as also अचतुरविचतुरo V.4.77 et cetera, and others et cetera, and others The phrase निपातनात्सिद्धम् is very frequently used by Patanjali to show that some technical difficulties in the formation of a word are not sometimes to be taken into consideration, the word given by Panini being the correct one; confer, compare M.Bh.on I.1.4, III.1.22 et cetera, and others et cetera, and others; cf also the usual expression बाधकान्येव निपातनानि. The derivation of the word from पत् with नि causal, is suggested in the Rk Pratisakhya where it is stated that Nipatas are laid down or presented as such in manifold senses; cf Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)XII.9; cf also घातुसाधनकालानां प्राप्त्यर्थं नियमस्य च । अनुबन्घविकाराणां रूढ्यर्थ च निपातनम् M. Bh Pradipa on P. V.1.114: confer, comparealso Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.1.27.
niṣṭhitaalso निःष्ठित completed, accomplished; used in connection with a grammatically formed word by applying affixes to the bases; confer, compare अङ्गवृत्ते पुनर्वृत्तावविधिर्निष्ठितस्य Siradeva Pari. 94, where Siradeva has explained the word निष्ठित as प्रयोगार्ह-अङ्ग.
nyāyamaxim, a familiar or patent instance quoted to explain similar cases; confer, compare the words अग्नौकरवाणिन्याय Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II 2.24, अपवादन्याय Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 3.9, अविरविकन्याय Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. IV. 1. 88, 89, IV. 2.60, IV.3.131, V. 1.7, 28, VI 2. 11 ; कुम्भीधान्यन्याय M.Bh. on P.I. 3.7, कूपखानकन्याय M.Bh. I. 1. Āhnika 1, दण्डिन्याय M.Bh. on P. VIII.2.83, नष्टाश्वदग्धरथन्याय Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.50 प्रधानाप्रधानन्याय M.Bh.on P.II.1.69,VI. 3. 82, प्रासादवासिन्याय Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I . 1.8, मांसकण्टकन्याय M.Bh. on P.I.2.39, लट्वानुकर्षणन्याय M.Bh. on Siva Sūtra 2 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5, शालिपलालन्याय M.Bh on P. 1.2.39,सूत्रशाटकन्याय M.Bh. on P. I.3. 12. The word came to be used in the general sense of Paribhāsās or rules of interpretation many of which were based upon popular maxims as stated in the word लोकन्यायसिद्ध by Nāgesa. Hemacandra has used the word न्याय for Paribhāsa-vacana. The word is also used in the sense of a general rule which has got some exceptions, confer, compare न्यायैर्मिश्रानपवादान् प्रतीयात् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) which lays down the direction that 'one should interpret the rule laying down an exception along with the general rule'.
padaa word; a unit forming a part of a sentence; a unit made up of a letter or of letters, possessed of sense; confer, compare अक्षरसमुदायः पदम् । अक्षरं वा । V.Pr. VIII. 46, 47. The word originally was applied to the individual words which constituted the Vedic Samhitā; confer, compare पदप्रकृतिः संहिता Nir.I.17. Accordingly, it is defined in the Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya as ' अर्थः पदम् ' (Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III. 2) as contrasted with ' वर्णानामेकप्राणयोगः संहिता ' (V.Pr.I.158). The definition ' अर्थः पदम् ' is attributed to the ancient grammarian 'Indra', who is believed to have been the first Grammarian of India. Pāņini has defined the term पद as ' सुप्तिङन्तं पदम् ' P.I.4.14. His definition is applicable to complete noun-forms and verb-forms and also to prefixes and indeclinables where a case-affix is placed and elided according to him; confer, compare अव्ययादाप्सुपः P. II. 4. 82. The noun-bases before case affixes and taddhita affix. affixes, mentioned in rules upto the end of the fifth adhyāya, which begin with a consonant excepting य् are also termed पद by Pāņini to include parts of words before the case affixes भ्याम् , भिस्, सु et cetera, and others as also before the taddhita affix. affixes मत्, वत् et cetera, and others which are given as separate padas many times in the pada-pātha of the Vedas; confer, compare स्वादिष्वसर्वनामस्थाने P. I. 4. 17. See for details the word पदपाठ. There are given four kinds of padas or words viz. नाम, अाख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात in the Nirukta and Prātiśākhya works; confer, compare also पदमर्थे प्रयुज्यते, विभक्त्यन्तं च पदम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2. 64 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 19, वर्णसमुदायः पदम् M.Bh. on I.1.21 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5, पूर्वपरयोरर्थोपलब्धौ पदम् Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.I.1.20, पदशब्देनार्थ उच्यते Kaiyata on P.I.2.42 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2; confer, compare also पद्यते गम्यते अर्थः अनेनेति पदमित्यन्वर्थसंज्ञा Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on P.III. 1.92. The verb endings or affixs ति, तस् and others are also called पद. The word पद in this sense is never used alone, but with the word परस्मै or अात्मने preceding it. The term परस्मैपद stands for the nine affixes तिप्, तस्, ...मस्,while the term आत्मनेपद stands for the nine affixes त, आताम् ... महिङ्. confer, compare ल: परमैपदम्, तङानावात्मनेपदम्. It is possible to say that in the terms परस्मैपद and अात्मनेपद also, the term पद could be taken to mean a word, and it is very likely that the words परस्मैपद and अात्मनेपद were originally used in the sense of 'words referring to something meant for another' and 'referring to something meant for self' respectively. Such words, of course, referred to verbal forms, roughly corresponding to the verbs in the active voice and verbs in the passive voice. There are some modern scholars of grammar, especially linguists, who like to translate परस्मैपद as 'active voice' and आत्मनेपद as ' passive voice'. Pāņini appears, however, to have adapted the sense of the terms परस्मैपद and आत्मनेपद and taken them to mean mere affixes just as he has done in the case of the terms कृत् and तद्धित. Presumably in ancient times, words current in use were grouped into four classes by the authors of the Nirukta works, viz. (a) कृत् (words derived from roots)such as कर्ता, कारकः, भवनम् et cetera, and others, (b) तद्धित (words derived from nouns ) such as गार्ग्यः , काषायम् , et cetera, and others, (c) Parasmaipada words viz. verbs such as भवति, पचति, and (d) Ātmanepada words id est, that is verbs like एधते, वर्धते, et cetera, and othersVerbs करोति and कुरुते or हरति and हरते were looked upon as both परस्मैपद words and आत्मनेपद words. The question of simple words, as they are called by the followers of Pāņini, such as नर, तद् , गो, अश्व, and a number of similar underived words, did not occur to the authors of the Nirukta as they believed that every noun was derivable, and hence could be included in the kŗt words.
padakāraliterally one who has divided the Samhitā text of the Vedas into the Pada-text. The term is applied to ancient Vedic Scholars शाकल्य, आत्रेय, कात्यायन and others who wrote the Padapātha of the Vedic Samhitās. The term is applied possibly through misunderstanding by some scholars to the Mahābhāsyakāra who has not divided any Vedic Samhitā,but has, in fact, pointed out a few errors of the Padakāras and stated categorically that grammarians need not follow the Padapāțha, but, rather, the writers of the Padapāțha should have followed the rules of grammar. Patañjali, in fact, refers by the term पदकार to Kātyāyana, who wrote the Padapātha and the Prātiśākhya of the Vājasaneyi-Samhitā in the following statement--न लक्षणेन पदकारा अनुवर्त्याः। पदकारैर्नाम लक्षणमनुवर्त्यम्। यथालक्षणं पदं कर्तव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III.1. 109; VI. 1. 207; VIII. 2.16; confer, compare also अदीधयुरिति पदकारस्य प्रत्याख्यानपक्षे उदाहरणमुपपन्नं भवति ( परिभाषासूचन of व्याडि Pari. 42 ) where Vyādi clearly refers to the Vārtika of Kātyāyana ' दीधीवेव्योश्छन्दोविषयत्वात् ' P. I. 1.6 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). I. The misunderstanding is due to passages in the commentary of स्कन्दस्वामिन् on the Nirukta passage I. 3, उब्वटटीका on ऋक्प्रातिशाख्य XIII. 19 and others where the statements referred to as those of Patañjali are, in fact, quotations from the Prātiśākhya works and it is the writers of the Prātiśākhya works who are referred to as padakāras by Patañ jali in the Mahābhāsya.
pāñcamikaliterallypertaining to the fifth; name given to the affixes prescribed in the fifth Adhyaya of Paanini's Astadhyayi, especially in Sutras V.2.1 to W.2.93.
pāṇinithe illustrious ancient grammarian of India who is wellknown by his magnum opus, the Astaka or Astaadhyaayi which has maintained its position as a unique work on Sanskrit grammar unparalleled upto the present day by any other work on grammar, not only of the Sanskrit language, but ofany other language, classical as well as spoken. His mighty intelligence grasped, studied and digested not only the niceties of accentuation and formation of Vedic words, scattered in the vast Vedic Literature of his time, but those of classical words in the classical literature and the spoken Sanskrit language of his time in all its different aspects and shades, noticeable in the various provinces and districts of the vast country. The result of his careful study of the Vedic Literature and close observation ofeminine.the classical Sanskrit, which was a spoken language in his days, was the production of the wonderful and monumental work, the Astaadhyaayi,which gives an authoritative description of the Sanskrit language, to have a complete exposition of which,several life times have to be spent,in spite of several commentaries upon it, written from time to time by several distinguished scholars. The work is a linguist's and not a language teacher's. Some Western scholars have described it as a wonderful specimen of human intelligence,or as a notable manifestation of human intelligence. Very little is known unfortunately about his native place,parentage or personal history. The account given about these in the Kathaasaritsaagara and other books is only legendary and hence, it has very little historical value. The internal evidence, supplied by his work shows that he lived in the sixth or the seventh century B. C., if not earlier, in the north western province of India of those days. Jinendrabuddhi, the author of the Kaasikavivaranapanjikaa or Nyasa, has stated that the word शलातुर् mentioned by him in his sUtra ( IV. 3.94 ) refers to his native place and the word शालातुरीय derived by him from the word शलातुर by that sUtra was, in fact his own name, based upon the name of the town which formed his native placcusative case. Paanini has shown in his work his close knowledge of, and familiarity with, the names of towns, villages, districts, rivers and mountains in and near Vaahika, the north-western Punjab of the present day, and it is very likely that he was educated at the ancient University of Taksasilaa. Apart from the authors of the Pratisaakhya works, which in a way could be styled as grammar works, there were scholars of grammar as such, who preceded him and out of whom he has mentioned ten viz., Apisali, Saakataayana, Gaargya, Saakalya, Kaasyapa, Bharadwaja, Gaalava, Caakravarmana Senaka and Sphotaayana. The grammarian Indra has not been mentioned by Paanini, although tradition says that he was the first grammarian of the Sanskrit language. It is very likely that Paanini had no grammar work of Indra before him, but at the same time it can be said that the works of some grammarians , mentioned by Panini such as Saakaatyana, Apisali, Gaargya and others had been based on the work of Indra. The mention of several ganas as also the exhaustive enumeration of all the two thousand and two hundred roots in the Dhaatupaatha can very well testify to the existence of systematic grammatical works before Paarnini of which he has made a thorough study and a careful use in the composition of his Ganapaatha and Dhaatupatha. His exhaustive grammar of a rich language like Sanskrit has not only remained superb in spite of several other grammars of the language written subsequently, but its careful study is felt as a supreme necessity by scholars of philology and linguistics of the present day for doing any real work in the vast field of linguistic research. For details see pp.151154 Vol. VII of Paatanjala Mahaabhsya, D. E. Society's Edition.
pāṇinisūtracalled also by the name अष्टक or पाणिनीय-अष्टक; name given to the SUtras of Paanini comprising eight adhyaayaas or books. The total number of SUtras as commented upon by the writers of the Kasika and the Siddhaantakaumudi is 3983. As nine sUtras out of these are described as Vaarttikas and two as Ganasutras by Patanjali, it is evident that there were 3972 SUtras in the Astaka of Paanini according to Patanjali. A verse current among Vaiyakarana schools states the number to be 3996; confer, compare त्रीणि सूत्रसहस्राणि तथा नव शतानि च । षण्णवतिश्च सूत्राणां पाणिनिः कृतवान् स्वयम् । The traditional recital by Veda Scholars who look upon the Astadhyayi as a Vedaanga, consists of 3983 Sutras which are accepted and commented upon by all later grammarians and commentators. The SUtras of Paanini, which mainly aim at the correct formation of words, discuss declension, conjugation, euphonic changes, verbal derivatives, noun derivatives and accents. For details see Vol.VII, Vyaakarana Mahaabhaasya, D. E. Society's edition pp. 152-162.
pūjārthalit for the sake of paying respect. The word is used by commentators in connection with references to ancient grammarians by Panini in his sutras, where the commentators usually say that the sutras citing the views of ancient grammarians imply merely an option, the name being quoted merely to show respect to the grammarian; confer, compare अापिशलिग्रहणं पूजार्थम् S.K. on P.VI.1.92.
pūrva(l)ancient, old: (2) belonging to the Eastern districts. The word is frequently used as qualifying the word अाचार्य where it means ancient.
pūrvatrāsiddhavacanathe dictum of Panini about rules in his second, third and fourth quarters (Padas) of the eighth Adhyaya being invalid to (viz. not seen by) all the previous rules in the first seven chapters and the first quarter of the eighth as laid down by him in the rule पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् VIII.2.1. The rule पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् is taken also as a governing rule id est, that is अधिकार laying down that in the last three quarters also of his grammar, a subsequent rule is invalid to the preceding rule. The purpose of this dictum is to prohibit the application of the rules in the last three quarters as also that of a subsequent rule in the last three quarters, before all such preceding rules, as are applicable in the formation of a word, have been given effect to; confer, compare एवमिहापि पर्वेत्रासिद्धवचनं अादेशलक्षणप्रतिषेधार्थमुत्सर्गलक्षणभावार्थं च M.Bh. on P. VIII.2.1 Vart. 8.
pūrvapadārthaprādhānyaimportance in sense possessed by the first member of a compound as noticed generally in the case of the avyayibhava com pound, which hence is defined as पूर्वपदार्थप्रधानोव्ययीभावः M.Bh on P.I I. I.6, II.1.20, II. 1.49.
pūrvāparapādaname given to the second pada of the second adhyaya of Panini's Asadhyayi which begins with the Sutra पूर्वापराधरोत्तरमेकदेशिनैकाधिकरणे P. II. 2.1.
pratiṣedhabalīyastvathe priority of consideration given to rules laying down a prohibition, for instance, the prohibition of guna or vrddhi by the rule ङ्किति च P. I. 1.5 after giving due consideration to which, the injunctions i. e the guna and vidhi rules are to be applied; confer, compare निषेधाश्च बलीयांसः Par. Sek. Pari. 112; confer, compare also. एवमप्युभयोः सावकाशयोः प्रतिषेधबलीयस्त्वात्प्रतिषेधः प्राप्नोति, M.Bh. P. on III. 1.30.
pratyayapādaa conventional name given to the first pada of the third adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi which begins with the rule प्रत्ययः III. 1.1.
pratyārambhaḥ(1)statement after prohibition literally commencing again; inducing a person to do something after he has refused to do it by repeating the order or request for generally by beginning the appeal with the word नह; exempli gratia, for example नह भोक्ष्यसे ? नह अध्येप्यसे; confer, compare नह प्रत्यारम्भे P. VIII. 1.31 and Kasika and Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. thereon. (2) commencement or laying down again in spite of previous mention; confer, compare शेषवचनात्तु योसौ प्रत्यारम्भात्कृतो बहुव्रीहिः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI-3.46.
pradeśaśāstraa rule, laying down a positive original injunction as opposed to the अपवादशास्त्र;confer, compare यैः अर्थाः प्रदिश्यन्ते तानि प्रदेशशास्त्राणि commentary on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XI.35.
prayatna(1)effort; the word is used in connection with the effort made for producing sound; confer, compare तुल्यास्यप्रयत्नं सवर्णम् P.1.1.9 these efforts are described to be of two kinds बाह्य and आभ्यन्तर of which the latter are considered in determining the cognate nature of letters ( सावर्ण्य ); confer, compareअाभ्यन्तरप्रयत्नाः सवर्णसंज्ञायामाश्रीयन्ते;Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I. 1.9; (2) specific measure taken for a particular purpose such as marking a letter with a particular tone or accent or dividing a rule, or laying down a modificatory rule or the like; confer, compare सैवाननुवृत्तिः शब्देनाख्यायते प्रयत्नाधिक्येन पूर्वसूत्रेपि संबन्धार्थम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV. 3.22.
prayoga(1)employment or use of a word in language and literature about which, laying down rules is looked upon as the purpose of grammar; confer, compare प्रयोगमूलत्वाद् व्याकरणस्मृतेः Kaiy.on P. V. 1.16, लोकतोर्थप्रयुक्ते शब्दप्रयोगे शास्त्रेण धर्मनियमो यथा लौकिकवैदिकेषु Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika I. Vart. 1; (2) use of speech; utterance; confer, compare मध्यमेन स वाक्प्रयोगः प्रणवात्मकः कर्तव्यः, Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XVIII. 4.
prayogaratnamālāname of a recognised treatise on grammar written by पुरुषोत्तमविद्यावागीश of Bengal in the fourteenth century. The treatise explains many words which, although current in language and literature, cannot be easily formed by rules of grammar. The author has tried to form them by applying rules of grammar given in the grammatical systems of Panini and Katantra. The alphabet given in this treatise is according to the system of the Tantra Sastra which shows a scholarship of the author in that branch The grammar was studied much in Bengal and Assam.
prātiśākhyaa work on Vedic grammar of a specific nature, which is concerned mainly with the changes, euphonic and others, in the Pada text of the Samhita as compared with the running text, the Samhita itselfeminine. The Pratisakhya works are neither concerned with the sense of words, nor with their division into bases and affixes, nor with their etymology. They contain, more or less,Vedic passages arranged from the point of view of Samdhi. In the Rk Pratisakhya, available to-day, topics of metre, recital, phonetics and the like are introduced, but it appears that originally the Rk Pratisakhya, just like the Atharva Pratisakhya, was concerned with euphonic changes, the other subjects being introduced later on. The word प्रातिशाख्य shows that there were such treatises for everyone of the several Sakhas or branches of each Veda many of which later on disappeared as the number of the followers of those branches dwindledition Out of the remaining ones also, many were combined with others of the same Veda. At present, only five or six Pratisakhyas are available which are the surviving representatives of the ancient ones - the Rk Pratisakhya by Saunaka, the Taittiriya Pratisakhya, the Vajasaneyi PratiSakhya by Katyayana, the Atharva Pratisakhya and the Rk Tantra by Sakatayana, which is practically a Pratisakhya of the Sama Veda. The word पार्षद or पारिषद was also used for the Pratisakhyas as they were the outcome of the discussions of learned scholars in Vedic assemblies; cf परिषदि भवं पार्षदम्. Although the Pratisakhya works in nature, are preliminary to works on grammar, it appears that the existing Pratisakhyas, which are the revised and enlarged editions of the old ones, are written after Panini's grammar, each one of the present Prtisakhyas representing, of course, several ancient Pratisakhyas, which were written before Panini. Uvvata, a learned scholar of the twelfth century has written a brief commentary on the Rk Pratisakhya and another one on the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya. The Taittiriya PratiSakhya has got two commentaries -one by Somayarya, called Tribhasyaratna and the other called Vaidikabharana written by Gopalayajvan. There is a commentary by Ananta bhatta on the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya. These commentaries are called Bhasyas also.
prāpakaapplying in the usual way; literally Ieading to the injunction or विधिशास्त्र; confer, compare किं पुनरिदं नियमार्थे आहोस्वित् प्रापकम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.70; confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III. 4. 110.
prāpyaliterally which is arrived at; an object which is to be reached; confer, compare प्राप्यं कर्म; the word प्राप्य is used as a word qualifying the word कर्म, in which case it is called प्राप्यकर्म, as for example ग्रामं in ग्रामं गच्छति देवदत्तः or वेदमधीते माणवकः. The term प्राप्य is defined as क्रियाकृतविशेषानवगतौ कर्तुः क्रियया अनास्थितं अास्थितं वा यदवाप्यते तत् प्राप्यं कर्म । confer, compare कर्तुरीप्सितमं कर्म । ततु त्रिविधं निर्वर्त्ये विकार्यं प्राप्यमिति । यस्य क्रियाकृतानां विशेषाणां सर्वथानुपलब्धिः तत् प्राप्यम्. Srngara Prakasa IV.
bahulapādaname given by grammarians to the third pada of the third adhyaya of the Astdhyayi.
bahuvrīhipādaconventional term used for the second pada of the sixth adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi.
buiskūla[ BUISKOOL H. E. )A European grammarian who has written an essay on the last three Padas of Panini's Astadhyayi (त्रिपादी) under the title 'The Tripadi'.
bothaliṃgka[BOHTLINGK, OTTO]a German Sanskrit scholar and Grammarian of St.Petersberg, who has written a short gloss in German on Panini's Astadhyayi under the title "Panini's Grammatik" with an introduction and various indexes at the end. He has also critically edited Mugdhabodha of Bopadeva.
bhastrādia class of words headed by the word भस्त्रा to which the taddhita affix. affix इक ( ष्ठन् ) is added in the sense of 'carrying by' ; e. g. भस्त्रिक, भस्त्रिकी confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.IV.4.16.
bhūpādaname popularly given by Śiradeva and other grammarians to the third pāda of the first adhyāya of Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyi as it begins with the Sūtra भूवादयो धातव: P.I.3.1.
bhojathe well-known king of Dhārā who was very famous for his charities and love of learning. He flourished in the eleventh century A.D. He is said to have got written or himself written several treatises on various śāstras. The work Sarasvatīkaṇṭhābharaṇa which is based on the Astādhyāyi of Pāṇini, but which has included in it the Vārttikas and Paribhāṣās also, has become in a way a Vyākaraṇa or a general work in grammar and can be styled as Bhoja-Vyākaraṇa.
madhyama(1)the middle person ( मध्यमपुरुष ), confer, compare युष्मद्युपपदे...मध्यम: P. I. 4.105; confer, compare also Nirukta of Yāska.VII. 7; (2) middling tone or effort confer, compare मध्यमेन स वाक्ययोग: Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XVIII. 4, where the commentator explains the word as उच्चनीचसमाहारविलक्षण: वाक्प्रयोगः | the word मध्यमा is used in this sense as qualifying a mode of utterance. वृत्ति; confer, compare अभ्यासार्थे द्रुतां वृत्तिं प्रयोगार्थे तु मध्यमाम् ! Ṟ. Pr. XIII. 19; cf also चतुष्कला मध्यमायार्म् Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 32; (3) one of the seven modes of speech or tones. cf सप्त वाचः स्थानानि भवन्ति | उपांशुध्वाननिमदेापव्दिमन्मन्द्रमध्यमताराणि Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXIII.4 and 5 and also कण्ठे मध्यमम् XVIII.11 where the commentatator explains मध्यम as यत्र कण्ठे स्थाने प्रयोग उपलभ्यते तन्मध्यमं नाम षष्ठं वाचस्स्थानम् | (4) one of the seven musical notes originating or proceeding from the Svarita accent confer, compare, स्वारतप्रभवा ह्येते षड्जमध्यमपञ्चमाः Pāṇ Śikṣā.
madhyepavādaa rule forming an exception to other general rules being placed between them, one or many of which are placed before and the others afterwards. Such a rule sets aside the previous rules and not the succeeding ones. The statement laying down this dictum is मध्येपवादाः पूर्वान् विधीन् बाधन्ते नोत्तरान् Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa.Pari. 60, also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.VI.4.148 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5.
mahābhāṣyavyākhyāname given to each of the explanatory glosses on the Mahabhasya written by grammarians prominent of whom were Purusottamadeva, Narayana Sesa, Visnu, Nilakantha and others whose fragmentary works exist in a manuscript form. महामिश्र name of a grammarian who wrote a commentary on Jinendrabuddhi's Nyasa. The commentary is known by the name Vyakaranaprakasa. महाविभाषा a rule laying down an option for several rules in a topic by being present in every rule: confer, compare महाविभाषया वाक्यमपि. विभाषा (P.II.1.11) and समर्थानां प्रथमाद्वा (P. IV.1.82) are some of the rules of this kindeclinable
mukhyamain, , principal, primary substantive as contrasted with a gualifying substantive;confer, compareगौणमुख्ययोमुख्ये कार्यसंप्रत्यय: Par. Sek. Pari. 15.
mukhyaviśeṣyathe principal word in a sentence which comes last in the technical expression of the import or शाब्दबोध. It is described as primary and not subordinated to any other thing ( अन्याविशेषणीभूत). This मुख्यविशेष्य is, in a way,the crucial point in the various theories of import; exempli gratia, for example according to the grammarians the verbal activity is the principal word while,according to the Mimaamsakas the bhaavanaa is the principal word.and according to the Naiyayikas it is the subject that is the principal word.
mugdhabodhaliterally instructions to the ignorant: a treatise on grammar similar to the Astadhyayi of Panini but much shorter, written by Bopadeva or Vopadeva an inhabitant of the greater Maharastra in the Vardha district, in the thirteenth century. After the fall of the Hindu rulers in Bengal, treatises like भाषावृत्ति and others written by eastern grammarians fell into the back-ground and their place was taken up by easier treatises written by Bopadeva and others.Many commentaries were written upon the Mugdhabodha, of which the Vidyanivsa is much known to grammarians
muda technical term for the sibilants श् , ष् and स् given in the Vajasaneyi-Pratisakhya: confer, compare मुच्च Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I.52, cf also Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III.9,III.13,IV.122.
mṛdu(1)soft in utterance ; the term is used in the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya for the क्षैप्र, प्रश्लिष्ट, तैरोव्यञ्जन, and पादवृत्त varieties of the circumflex accent (स्वरित) out of which the पादवृत्त is the softest ( मृदुतम ) and consequently always called मृदु, while the others are called मृदु only with respect to the preceding one in the order given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; viz.अभिनिहत, क्षैप्र et cetera, and othersconfer, compareसर्वतीक्ष्णोभिनिहत:प्राश्लिष्टस्तदनन्तरम् । ततो मृदुतरौ स्वरौ जात्यक्षेप्रावुभौ स्मृतौ | ततो मृदुतर: स्वारस्तैरोव्यञ्जन उच्यते | पादवृत्तो मृदुतमस्त्वेतत्स्वारबलाबलम् Uvvata on V.Pr. I. !25; (2) soft, as opposed to hard; the term is used in connection with the first,third and fifth consonants of the five classes.
yugapadadhikaraṇavacanatādenotation of two or more things by one single member by virtue of their being put together in a dvandva compound of two or more words; the grammarians advocate this doctrine stating that in a dvandva compound such as घटपटौ or घटपटम् , the word घट has the capacity of expressing the sense of both घट and पट, which in a sentence घटः पटश्च, it does not possess. Similarly पट also has the capacity of conveying the sense of both पट and घट. Possibly this theory is advocated by grarnmarians, on the analogy of words like पितरौ or मातरौ for मातापितरौ, द्यावा for द्यावापृथिवी and so on; confer, compare सिद्धं तु युगपदधिकरणवचने द्वन्द्ववचनात् P. II 2.29 Vart. 2. For details see Vyakaranamahabhasya on चार्थे द्वन्द्वः P. II. 2.29.
yuṣmatpādconventional name given to the third pada of the fourth adhyaya of Paini's Astadhyayi which begins with the sutra युष्मदस्मदोरन्यतरस्यां खञ् च P. IV. 3.1.
yogārambhalaying down or citing a rule as done by the writers of sutras; confer, compare नैकं प्रयोजनं योगारम्भं प्रयोजयति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III.1.67 Vart. 5; P. VII. 1.96 Vart. 2.
r(1)second letter of the यण् class ( semi-vowels ) which has got the properties नादभागित्व, घोषवत्त्व,' संवृतत्व and अल्पप्राणता i. e. it is a sonant, inaspirate consonant. Regarding its स्थान or place of production, there is a difference of opinion : generally the consonant र् is looked upon as a cerebral or lingual letter (मूर्धन्य); cf ऋटुरषाणां मूर्धा, S.K.also Pāṇini. Siksa; but it is called by some as दन्त्य or दन्तमूलीय: cf रेफस्तु दस्त्ये दन्तमूले वा RT. 8, by others as दन्तमूलीय and and by still others as वर्स्त्य gingival. In the Vajasaneyi-Pratisakhya it is described as दन्तमूलीय: cf रो दन्तमूल I. 68, while in the Taittiriya Pratisakhya it is said to be produced by the touch of the middle part of the tip of the tongue just a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. the root of the teeth;confer, compare रेफे जिह्वाग्रमध्येन प्रत्यग्दन्तमूलेभ्यः Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.II. 41; (2) substitute र् (रेफ ) for the final letter of the word अहन्, as also for the final of अम्रस्, ऊधस्, अवस् and भुवस् optionally with रु, which ( रु) is dropped before vowels, and changed to ओ before अ and soft consonants, while it is changed into visarga before hard consonants and surds.exempli gratia, for example अम्नरेव, अम्र एवः ऊधरेव, ऊधएव: confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VIII, 2-70: (3) the consonants र् (technically) called र् in Panini's grammar ) which is substituted for the consonant स् and for the consonant न् of the word अहन् when the consonant स् or न् stands at the end of a word. This substitute रु, unlike the substitute र् is liable to be changed into visarga, or the consonant य्, or the vowel उ by P. VIII.3.15, 17, VI.1.113, 114.
raktapādaconventional name given to the second pada of the fourth Adhyaya of Paini's Astadhyayi as the Pada begins with the Sutra तेन रक्तं रागात् P. IV. 2.1.
ratnārṇavaname of a commentary on the Siddhantakaumudi written by Krsnamitra, a famous grammarian and Naiyayika who lived in the eighteenth century and wrote many commentary works on books in the Vyakarana and Nyāya Sastras.
rāmacandra(1)रामन्वन्द्राचार्य (son of कृष्णाचार्य) the well-known author of the Prakriyakaumudi. He belonged to the Sesa family and the latter half of the fifteenth century is assigned as his date. He is believed to have been a resident of Andhra. His work, the Prakriyakaumudi, was a popular grammar treatise for some time before Bhattoji's SiddhantaKaumudi got its hold, and it had a number of commentaries written upon it especially by his descendants and members of his family which became well-known as the Sesa family of grammarians. The Prakriyakaumudi is named कृष्णर्किकरप्राक्रिया also. (2) There was a grammarian named Ramacandra who wrote a small treatise on grammar named विदग्धबोध. (3) There was another grammarian of the same name who was a pupil of Nagesabhatta of the eighteenth century and who wrote a small commentary called वृतिसंग्रह on Panini's Astadhyayi. (4) There was also another Ramacandra who was a scholar of Vedic grammar and who wrote the commentary named ज्योत्स्ना on the Vjasaneyi-Pratisakhya.
rāmacandrabhaṭṭa tāreone of the senior pupils of Nagesabhatta who was a teacher of Vaidyanatha Payagunde. He wrote a small gloss on the Astadhyayi which is named पाणिनिसूत्रवृत्ति He lived in the first half of the eighteenth century and taught several pupils at Varnasi.
rit(1)characterized by the mute consonant र् signifying the acute accent for the penultimate vowel;confer, compare उपोत्तमं रिति P. VI. I. 217; ( 2 ) the same as रिफित or रेफि, a visarga which is changeable into र् when euphonically combined; confer, compare विसर्जनीयो रिफितः V.Pr.I.160; confer, compare also भाव्युपधं च रिद्विसर्जनीयान्तानि रेफेण ; V.Pr. VII.9. The terms रिफित, रेफि and रित् are given in the Padapatha to a पद or word which ends in a Visarga which has originated from र् in the Samhitapatha; e. g. the Visarga in कः, प्रात: et cetera, and others; confer, compare R.Pr.I.30 to 32.
lakṣaṇapratipadoktaa short term used for the well-known Paribhāşā लक्षणप्रतिपदोक्तयोः प्रतिपदोक्तस्यैव ग्रहणम् Par. Sek. Pari. I05, laying down that when a question arises as to which of the two words लक्षणोक्त (arrived at by certain changes or modifications) and प्रतिपदोक्त, (directly expressed) be accepted, the latter should be preferredition
laghu(1)a term used in the sense of light or short as contrasted with गुरु meaning heavy or long, which is applied to vowels like अ, इ et cetera, and others confer, compare ह्रस्वं लघु P.I. 4. 10; (2) brevity; brief expression;confer, compare लघ्वर्थे हि संज्ञाकरणम् M.Bh. on P.I.2,27 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 6 also संज्ञा हि नाम यतो न लघीय:; (3) small, as qualifying an effort in writing or explaining something as also in utterance; confer, compare व्यॊर्लघुप्रयत्नतरः शाकटायनस्य P.VIII.3.18.
lādeśasubstitutes तिप्, तस् झि (अन्ति) सिप् .....महिङ् for ल्, signifying the ten ल् affixes or lakaras लट्, लिट्, लुट् et cetera, and others, applied to roots in the senses of the different tenses and moods; confer, compare P.III.4.78.
lokaa term used in the Mahābhāșya in contrast with the term वेद, signifying common people speaking the language correctly; the term लोक is also used in contrast with the term शास्त्र or its technique; confer, compare यथा लोके or लोकतः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.VII. 1. 9, I.1.44 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3; also confer, compare न यथा लोके तथा व्याकरणे Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.1 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 7.
vararuci(1)a reputed ancient grammarian who is identified with Katyayana, the prominent author of the Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini. Both the names वररुचि and कात्यायन are mentioned in commentary works in connection with the Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini, and it is very likely that Vararuci was the individual name of the scholar, and Katyayana his family name. The words कात्य and कात्यायन are found used in Slokavarttikas in the Mahabhasya on P.III.2.3 and III.2.118 where references made are actually found in the prose Varttikas (see कविधेो सर्वत्र प्रसारणिभ्यो ड: P.III. 2. 3 Vart and स्मपुरा भूतमात्रे न स्मपुराद्यतने P.III.2.118 Vart. 1)indicating that the Slokavarttikakara believed that the Varttikas were composed by Katyayana. There is no reference at all in the Mahabhasya to Vararuci as a writer of the Varttikas; there is only one reference which shows that there was a scholar by name Vararuci known to Patanjali, but he was a poet; confer, compare वाररुचं काव्यं in the sense of 'composed' ( कृत and not प्रोक्त ) by वररुचि M.Bh. on P. IV. 2.4. ( 2 ) वररुचि is also mentioned as the author of the Prakrta Grammar known by the name प्राकृतप्रकाश or प्राकृतमञ्जरी, This वररुचि, who also was कात्यायन by Gotra name, was a grammarian later than Patanjali, who has been associated with Sarvvarman, (the author of the first three Adhyayas of the Katantra Sutras), as the author of the fourth Adhyaya. Patanjali does not associate वररुचि with Kityayana at alI. His mention of वररुचि as a writer of a Kavya is a sufficient testimony for that. Hence, it appears probable that Katyayana, to whom the authorship of the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya and many other works allied with Veda has been attributed, was not associated with Vararuci by Patanjali, and it is only the later writers who identified the grammarian Vararuci,who composed the fourth Adhyaya of the Katantra Grammar and wrote a Prakrit Grammar and some other grammar' works, with the ancient revered Katyayana, the author of Varttikas, the Vijasaneyi Pratisakhya and the Puspasutra; (3) There was a comparatively modern grammariannamed वररुचि who wrote a small treatise on genders of words consisting of about 125 stanzas with a commentary named Lingavrtti, possibly written by the author himselfeminine. (4) There was also another modern grammarian by name वररुचि who wrote a work on syntax named प्रयोगमुखमण्डन discuss^ ing the four topics कारक, समास, तद्धित and कृदन्त.
varṇasamāmnāyaa collection of letters or alphabet given traditionally. Although the Sanskrit alphabet has got everywhere the same cardinal letters id est, that is vowels अ, इ et cetera, and others, consonants क्, ख् etc : semivowels य्, र्, ल्, व, sibilants श् ष् स् ह् and a few additional phonetic units such as अनुस्वार, विसर्ग and others, still their number and order differ in the different traditional enumerations. Panini has not mentioned them actually but the fourteen Siva Sutras, on which he has based his work, mention only 9 vowels and 34 consonants, the long vowels being looked upon as varieties of the short ones. The Siksa of Panini mentions 63 or 64 letters, adding the letter ळ ( दुःस्पृष्ट ); confer, compare त्रिषष्टि: चतुःषष्टिर्वा वर्णाः शम्भुमते मताः Panini Siksa. St.3. The Rk Pratisakhya adds four (Visarga, Jihvamuliya, Upadhmaniya and Anusvara ) to the forty three given in the Siva Sutras and mentions 47. The Taittiriya Pratisakhya mentions 52 letters viz. 16 vowels, 25class consonants, 4 semivowels,six sibilants (श्, ष् , स्, ह् , क्, प् , ) and anusvara. The Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya mentions 65 letters 3 varieties of अ, इ, उ, ऋ and लृ, two varieties of ए, ऐ, ओ, औ, 25 class-consonants, four semivowels, four sibilants, and जिह्वामूलीय, उपध्मानीय, अनुस्वार, विसर्जनीय, नासिक्य and four यम letters; confer, compare एते पञ्चषष्टिवर्णा ब्रह्मराशिरात्मवाचः Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 25. The Rk Tantra gives 57 letters viz. 14 vowels, 25 class consonants, 4 semivowels, 4 sibilants, Visarga,.Jihvamuliya, Upadhmaniya, Anunasika, 4_yamas and two Anusvaras. The Rk Tantra gives two different serial orders, the Uddesa (common) and the Upadesa (traditional). The common order or Uddesa gives the 14 vowels beginning with अ, then the 25 class consonants, then the four semivowels, the four sibilants and lastly the eight ayogavahas, viz. the visarjanya and others. The traditional order gives the diphthongs first, then long vowels ( अा, ऋ, लॄ, ई and ऊ ) then short vowels (ऋ, लृ, इ, उ, and lastly अ ), then semivowels, then the five fifth consonants, the five fourths, the five thirds, the five seconds, the five firsts, then the four sibilants and then the eight ayogavaha letters and two Ausvaras instead of one anuswara. Panini appears to have followed the traditional order with a few changes that are necessary for the technigue of his work.
vākyasaṃskārapakṣathe grammarian's theory that as the individual words have practically no existence as far as the interpretation or the expression of sense is concerned, the sentence alone being capable of conveying the sense, the formation of individual words in a sentence' is explained by putting them in a sentence and knowing their mutual relationship. The word गाम् cannot be explained singly by showing the base गो and the case ending अम् unless it is seen in the sentence गाम् अानय; confer, compare यथा वाक्यसंस्कारपक्षे कृष्णादिसंबुद्धयन्त उपपदे ऋधेः क्तिनि कृते कृष्ण ऋध् ति इति स्थिते असिद्धत्वात्पूर्वमाद्गुणे कृते अचो रहाभ्यामिति द्वित्वं .. Pari. Bhaskara Pari. 99The view is put in alternation with the other view, viz. the पदसंस्कारपक्ष which has to be accepted in connection with the गौणमुख्यन्याय; cf पदस्यैव गौणार्थकत्वस्य ग्रहेण अस्य ( गौणमुख्यन्यायस्य) पदकार्यविषयत्वमेवोचितम् | अन्यथा वाक्यसंस्कारपक्षे तेषु तदनापत्तिः Par. Sek. on Pari. 15, The grammarians usually follow the वाक्यसंकारपक्ष.
vājasaneyeiprātiśākhyathe Pratisakhya work belonging to the Vajasaneyi branch of the White Yajurveda, which is the only Pratisakhya existing to-day representing all the branches of the Sukla Yajurveda. Its authorship is attributed to Katyayana, and on account of its striking resemblance with Panini's sutras at various places, its author Katyayana is likely to be the same as the Varttikakara Katyayana. It is quite reasonable to expect that the subject matter in this Pratisakhya is based on that in the ancient Prtisakhya works of the same White school of the Yajurveda.The work has a lucid commentary called Bhasya written by Uvvata.
vāvidhiवाविधान also, laying down an option regarding a grammatical operation; confer, compare स्वस्तियोगे चतुर्थी कुशालार्थेराशिषि वाविधानात् P.II.3.16 Vart.1 ; confer, compare also अविशेषेण अयादनिां वाविधिमुक्त्वा सार्वधातुके नित्यमिति वक्ष्यामि M.Bh.on P.III. 1.31 Vart, 2; confer, compare also M.Bh. on P. III.1.94.
vāsarūpanyāyathe dictum of applying optionally any two or more krt affixes to a root if they become applicable at one and the same time, only provided that those affixes are not in the topic of स्त्रियाम् (P.III.3.94 et cetera, and others) and are not the same in appearance such as ण, अ, क etc , which are the same viz. अ; confer, compare वासरूपेSस्त्रियाम् P.III.1.94; confer, compare also वासरूपन्यायेन ण्वुलपि भावेष्यति M.Bh. on P.III.2.146 Vart.1;confer, comparealso M.Bh. on P.III.2.150 Vart. 1, The word वासरूप and वासरूपविधि are also used in the same sense: confer, compare ताच्छीलिका वासरूपेण न भवन्तीति M.Bh. on P.III. 2.150 Vart. 2, as also ताच्छीलिकेषु वासरूपविधिर्नास्ति Par. Sek. Pari. 67.
viśeṣyaubstantive, as opposed to विशेषण adjective or qualifying; confer, compare भेदकं विशेषणम्,भेद्यं विशेष्यम् Kāś. on P. II.1.57: confer, compare also विशेषणविशेष्यभावो विवक्षानिबन्धन: Kāś. on P.II.1.36.
vṛta word signifying the end of a particular group of words; the word frequently occurs in the Dhātupāṭha of Pāṇini but not necessarily at the end of each class or group therein; exempli gratia, for example टुओश्चि गतिवृद्धयोः । वृत् | अयं वदतिश्च उदात्तौ परस्मैभाषौ | Dhātupāṭha at the end of the First Conjugation. Similarly वृत् is used at the end of the fourth, fifth, and sixth conjugations.
vṛtisaṃgrahaname of a gloss on Panini's Astadhyayi written by Ramacandra.
vṛddhipādaname given to the first pada of Panini's Astadhyayi by grammarians, as the beginning of the pada is made by the Sutra वृद्धिरादैच्.
vaiyākaraṇasiddhāntakaimudīan extremely popular work on the subject of Sanskrit grammar written for the use of students, which, although difficult at a few places, enables the students by its careful study to get a command over the subject. and enable him to read other higher works on grammar. The work is based on the Astadhyayi of Panini without omitting a single Sutra. The arrangement of the Sutras is, entirely different, as the author, for the sake of facility in understanding, has divided the work into different topics and explained the Sutras required for the topic by bringing them together in the topic. The main topics or Prakaranas are twelve in number, viz. (1) संज्ञापरिभाषा, (2) पञ्चसंधि, (3) सुबन्त or षड्लिङ्ग, (4) स्त्रीप्रत्यय, (5) कारक, (6) समास, (7) तद्धित, (8) तिङन्त, (9) प्रक्रिया, (10) कृदन्त, (11) वैदिकी and (12) स्वर which are sometimes styled as व्याकरणद्वादशी. The work is generally known by the term सिद्धान्तकौमुदी, or even कौमुदी, and it has got a large number of scholarly and ordinary commentaries as also commentaries on commentaries, all numbering a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. twelve, and two abridgments the Madhyakaumudi and the Laghukaumudi. The work was written by the reputed scholar Bhattoji Diksita of Varanasi in the seventeenth century. See Bhattoji Diksita.
vyabhicārindeviating, being irregular in application, not applying necessarily: cf अभ्रशब्दस्यांपूर्वनिपातस्य लक्षणस्य व्यभिचारित्वात्.
vyāpakacovering or applying to the whole in entirety, and not in parts; .confer, compare अधिकरणं नाम त्रिप्रकारं व्यापकमौपक्षेपिकं वैषयिकमिति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.VI.1.72;confer, compare इतरो व्यापकत्वाच्छास्त्रासिद्धत्वं प्रदशान्तर एव स्थापितं मन्यमान आह । Kaiyata on P. VI.4.22.
vyāvṛtipushing aside; removal; the word is frequently used in connection with the setting aside or removal of the application of such rules, as also of the contingency of such rules as are not desired in the formation of a correct word, by means of applying another rule necessary for the correct formation; cf तद्वि इदं तिष्यपुनर्वसु इत्यत्र तद्वथावृत्त्यर्थम् Par. Sek. on Pari. 34; as also तद्धि असवर्णग्रहणं ईषतुरित्यादौ इयङादिव्यावृत्त्यर्थम् Par.Sek. on Pari.55: cf also the usual statement ब्यावृत्तिः क्रियते ।
vyāśrayaresting on, or applying to, different words or elements of words or parts of words; the word is used in connection with a grammatical operation which affects one part of the word, as distinguished from another operation which affects another part ;confer, compare आभीयं कार्यं समानाश्रयमासिद्धम्। व्याश्रयं सिद्धं भवति । M.Bh. on P.III.1. 44, VI. 4.22 Vart.12, VI.4.42 et cetera, and others
śatapādaconventional name given to the fourth pada of the fifth adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi which begins with the sutra पादशतस्य संख्यांदेवींप्सायां वुन् लेपश्च P. V. 4.1.
śabdaliterally "sound" in general; confer, compare शब्दं कुरु शब्दं मा कार्षीः | ध्वनिं कुर्वनेवमुच्यते | M.Bh. in Ahnika I; confer, compare also शब्दः प्रकृतिः सर्ववर्णानाम् | वर्णपृक्तः: शब्दो वाच उत्पत्तिः Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXIII.1, XXIII.3.In grammar the word शब्द is applied to such words only as possess sense; confer, compare प्रतीतपदार्थको लोके ध्वनि: शब्द: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). in Ahnika 1: confer, comparealso येनोच्चरितेन अर्थः प्रतीयते स शब्दः Sringara Prakasa I; confer, compare also अथ शब्दानुशासनम् M.Bh. Ahnika 1. In the Vajasaneyi-Pratisakhya, शब्द् is said to be constituted of air as far as its nature is concerned, but it is taken to mean in the Pratisakhya and grammar works in a restricted sense as letters possessed of sense, The vajasaneyiPratisakhya gives four kinds of words तिडू, कृत्, तद्धित and समास while नाम, आख्यात, निपात and उपसर्ग are described to be the four kinds in the Nirukta. As शब्द in grammar, is restricted to a phonetic unit possessed of sense, it can be applied to crude bases, affixes, as also to words that are completely formed with case-endings or personal affixes. In fact, taking it to be applicable to all such kinds, some grammarians have given tweive subdivisions of शब्द, vizप्रक्रुति, प्रत्यय,उपत्कार, उपपद, प्रातिपदिक, विभक्ति, उपसर्जन, समास, पद, वाक्य, प्रकरण and प्रबन्ध; confer, compare Sringara Prakasa I.
śabdanityatvathe doctrine of the Vaiyakaranas as also of the Mimamsakas that word is permanent, as contrasted with that of tha Naiyayikas who advocate the impermanence of words,
śabdparavipratiṣedhacl,. comparatively superior strength possessed by a word, which in the text of a particular sutra is later than another word, which is put in earlier in the Sutra. This शब्दपरविप्रतिषेधे is contrasted with the standard शास्त्रपरविप्रतिषेध which is laid down by Panini in his rule विप्रतिषेधे परं कार्यम् and which lays down the superior strength of that rule which is put by Panini later on in his Astadhyayi: e. g. in the rule विभाषा गमहनविदविशाम्,it is not the word हन् although occuring earlier, but the word विश् occuring later in the rule, which helps us to decide which विद् should be taken confer, compareज्ञानार्तस्य सत्यपि विदरूपत्वे अर्थस्य भेदकत्वेन रूपवदाश्रयणात्प्रतिषेधाभावः | यद्यपि हन्तिना साहचर्ये विदेरस्ति तथापि शब्दपरविप्रतिषेधाद् विशिर्व्यवस्थाहेतुर्न हान्तिः ! Kaiyata on P. VII.2.18:confer, compare also, P.VI.1.158 V.12.
śaratprabhṛtithe words of the type of शरद् such as विपाश्, अनस्, मनस् , उपानह् et cetera, and others which have the compound-ending अ (टच् ) added to them when they are at the end of the Avyayibhava compound;e.g प्रतिशरदम्, प्रतिविपाशम्.cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.V. 4.107.
śābdabodhavādatheory of verbal import or congnition; the theories to be noted in this respect are those of the Grammarians, the Naiyayikas and the Mimamsakas, according to whom verb-activity, agent, and injunction stand respectively as the principal factors in a sentence.
śuklayajuḥprātiśākhyaname of the Pratisakhya treatise pertaining to the White Yajurveda which is also called the Vajasaneyi-Pratisakhya. This work appears to be a later one as compared with the other PratiSakhya works and bears much similarity with some of the Sutras of Panini. It is divided into eight chapters by the author and it deals with letters, their origin and their classification, the euphonic and other changes when the Samhita text is rendered into the Pada text, and accents. The work appears to be a common work for all the different branches of the White Yajurveda, being probably based on the individually different Pratisakhya works of the different branches of the Shukla Yajurveda composed in ancient times. Katyayana is traditionally believed to be the author of the work and very likely he was the same Katyayana who wrote the Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini.
śeṣa(l)any other senses than what are given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; confer, compare शेषे P.IV.2.92: (2) surname of a reputed family of grammarians belonging to Southern India which produced many grammarians, from the fifteenth century to the eighteenth century. Ramacandra Sesa was the first grammarian in the family who wrote the Prakriyakaumudi in the fifteenth century. His descendants developed the system of studying grammar by the study of topics as given in the Prakriya Kaumudi and wrote several works of the nature of glosses and comments.
ślokavārtikaVarttika or supplementary rule to Panini's rules laid down by scholars of grammar immediately after Panini, composed in verse form. These Slokavarttikas are quoted in the Mahabhasya at various places and supposed to have been current in the explanations of Panini's Astadhyayi in the days of Patanjali. The word is often used by later commentators.
ṣākana krt affix applied to the roots जल्प्, भिक्ष् कुट्ट्, लुण्ट् and वृ in the sense of an agent, the mute letter ष् signifying the addition of the feminine. affix ङीष् exempli gratia, for example जल्पाकः, भिक्षाकः et cetera, and others; feminine. base जल्पाकी, वराकी. et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. III. 2.155.
ṣṭran(1)krt.affix त्र, signifying the acute accent of the initial vowel and the addition of ई to the base in the feminine,added to the root धा in the sense of object (कर्मन्) and to the roots दाप्, नी, शास् and others in the sense of instrument (करण); exempli gratia, for example धात्री, दात्रम्, नेत्रम्, स्तोत्रम्, पोत्रम् etc; confer, compare P. III. 2. 18l-183; (2) Unadi affix त्र as seen in the word गात्र from the root इ; cf अन्नवधकगात्रविचक्षणाजिराद्यर्थम् P. II. 4.54 Vart 12.
saṃkhyā(1)a numeral such as एक,द्वि et cetera, and others In Panini Astadhyayi, although the term is defined as applicable to the word बहु, गण and words ending with the taddhita affix. affixes वतु and डति, such as तावत् , कति and the like, still the term is applied to all numerals to which it is seen applied by the people: cf Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.23 also Pari. Sek. Pari. 9: (2) numerical order; confer, compare स्पर्शेष्वेव संख्या Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 49.
saṃjñāvidhia rule laying down the definition of a संज्ञा or a technical term as contrasted with कार्यविधि or a rule laying down a grammatical operation: confer, compare संज्ञाविधौ वृद्धिरादैच् अदेङ्गुणः इति M.Bh. on Siva Sutra 3, 4.
saṃbandhapādaname given by convention by grammarians to the fourth pada of the third adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi , which begins with the sutra धातुसंबन्धे प्रत्ययाः P. III. 4.1.
sakārakaaccompanied by the qualifying words such as the different Karakas or causal agents for the Verbal activity; confer, compare अाख्यातं साव्ययं सकारकं सकारकविशेषणं वाक्यम् । सकारकम् । ओदनं पचति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II.1.1. Vart. 9.
sakriyāviśeṣaṇaaccompanied by a word qualifying the verbal activity; sometimes a verb with such a word makes a sentence; confer, compare सक्रियाविशेषणं चेति वक्तव्यम् । सुष्टु पचति । M.Bh. on P. II.1.1 Vart, 9
sakārakaaccompanied by the qualifying words such as the different Karakas or causal agents for the Verbal activity; confer, compare अाख्यातं साव्ययं सकारकं सकारकविशेषणं वाक्यम् । सकारकम् । ओदनं पचति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II.1.1. Vart. 9.
sakriyāviśeṣaṇaaccompanied by a word qualifying the verbal activity; sometimes a verb with such a word makes a sentence; confer, compare सक्रियाविशेषणं चेति वक्तव्यम् । सुष्टु पचति । M.Bh. on P. II.1.1 Vart, 9
sapādasaptādhyāyīa term used in connection with Panini's first seven books and a quarter of the eighth, as contrasted with the term Tripadi, which is used for the last three quarters of the eighth book. The rules or operations given in the Tripadi, are stated to be asiddha or invalid for purposes of the application of the rules in the previous portion, viz. the Sapadasaptadhyayi, and hence in the formation of' words all the rules given in the first seven chapters and a quarter, are applied first and then a way is prepared for the rules of the last three quarters. It is a striking thing that the rules in the Tripadi mostly concern the padas or formed words, the province, in fact, of the Pratisakhya treatises, and hence they should, as a matter of fact, be applicable to words after their formation and evidently to accomplish this object, Panini has laid down the convention of the invalidity in question by the rule पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् P. VIII. 2,1.
saptasvaralit, the seven accents; the term refers to the seven accents formed of the subdivisions of the three main Vedic accents उदात्त, अनुदात्त and स्वरित viz उदात्त, उदात्ततर, अनुदात्त, अनुदात्ततर, स्वरित, स्वरितोदात्त,and एकश्रुति: cf त एते तन्त्रे तरनिर्देशे सप्त स्वरा भवन्ति ( उदात: । उदात्ततरः । अनुदात्तः ! अनुदात्ततरः । स्वरित: । स्वरिते य उदात्तः सोन्येन विशिष्टः । एकश्रुतिः सप्तम: ॥ M. Bh on P. I. 2. 33. It is possible that these seven accents which were turned into the seven notes of the chantings of the samans developed into the seven musical notes which have traditionally come down to the present day known as सा रे ग म प ध नी; confer, compare उदात्ते निषादगान्धारौ अनुदात्ते ऋषभधैवतौ । स्वरितप्रभवा ह्येते षड्जमध्यमपञ्चमाः। Pāṇini. Siksa. The Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya mentions the seven accents differently; confer, compare उदात्तादयः परे सप्त । यथा-अभिनिहितक्षैप्र-प्राशश्लिष्ट-तैरोव्यञ्जन-तैरोविराम-पादवृत्तताथाभाव्याः Uvvata on V.Pr.I.l l4.
samarthapādaname given by Siradeva and other grammarians to the first pada of the second adhyaya of Paninis Astadhyayi which begins with the sutra समर्थः पदविधिः P.II.1.1.
sarasvatīkaṇṭhābharaṇacalled also सरस्वतीसूत्र, name of a voluminous grammar work ascribed to king Bhoja in the eleventh century. The grammar is based very closely on Panini's Astadhyayi, consisting of eight chapters or books. Although the affixes, the augments and the substitutes are much the same, the order of the Sutras is considerably changedition By the anxiety of the author to bring together, the necessary portions of the Ganapatha, the Unadiptha and the Paribhasas, which the author' has included in his eight chapters, the book instead of being easy to understand, has lost the element of brevity and become tedious for reading. Hence it is that it is not studied widely. For details see pp. 392, 393 Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's edition.
sarvavibhaktyantaliterally ending with all cases; the term is used as an adjective of the word समास and refers to a compound which can be dissolved by putting the first member in any case: cf सर्वविभक्यन्तः समासो यथा विज्ञायेत | अल: परस्य विधिः; अलि विधिरित्यादि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.56. सर्वस्यद्वेपाद conventional name given to the first pada of the eighth adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi which begins with the Sutra सर्वस्य द्बे VIII.1.1.
sādhāraṇacommon, conveying a common notion; confer, compare साधारणान्युत्तराणि षट् दिवश्चादित्यस्य च Nir II. 13.
sāptamikaprescribed in the seventh chapter or Adhyaya of the Astadhyayi; confer, compareसाप्तमिक आर्धधातुकस्येडिति पुनरयं भवति । M.Bh. on P.VI.4.62, साप्तमिके पूर्वसर्वर्णे कृते पुनः षाष्ठिको भविष्यति । M.Bh. on P.VI.1.70.
sāmānyaviśeṣabhāvathe relationship between the general and the particular, which forms the basis of the type of apavada which is explained by the analogy of तक्रकौण्डिन्यन्याय; the word also refers to the method followed by the Sutras of Panini, or any treatise of grammar for the matter of that, where a general rule is prescribed and, for the sake of definiteness some specific rules laying down exceptions, are given afterwards: confer, compare किंचित्सामान्यविशेषवल्लक्षणं प्रवर्त्यं येनाल्पेन यत्नेन महतः शद्बौघान् प्रतिपद्येरन् l Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnik 1.
sicipādname given by convention to the second pada of the seventh adhyaya of Paninis Astadhyayi as the pada begins with the sutra सिचि वृद्धि; परस्मैपदेषु. P. VII. 2. 1.
sitan affix marked with the mute letter स् signifying the designation पद for the preceding base to which that affix has been added; for examples where such affixes are noticed, see the words भवदीय:, ऊर्णायु:, ऋत्वियः, पाश्र्वमू: cf सिति च P. I. 4. 16.
siddhakāṇḍathe chapter or portion of Panini's grammar which is valid to the rules inside that portion, as also to the rules enumerated after it. The word is used in connection with the first seven chapters and a quarter of the eighth chapter of Panini's Astadhyayi, as contrasted with the last three guarters called त्रिपादी, the rules in which are not valid to any rule in the preceding portion, called by the name सपासप्ताध्यायी or सपादी as also to any preceding rule in the Tripadi itSelf confer, compare पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् P, VIII.2.1. सिद्धनन्दिन् an ancient Jain sage who is believed to have written an original work on grammar.
siddhāntasārasvataan independent work on grammar believed to have been written by Devanandin. सिद्धान्तिन् a term used in connection with the writer himself of a treatise when he gives a reply to the objections raised by himself or quoted from others,the term पूर्वपाक्षिन् being used for the objector. सिद्धि formation of a word: establishment of the correct view after the removal of the objection; e. g. संज्ञासिद्वि, कार्यसिाद्व, स्वरसिद्धि. सिप् (1) the personal ending ( सि ) of the second person singular (मध्यमपुरुषैकवचन ) substituted for the affix ल्; of the ten tenses and moods लट्, लिट्, लृट् and others; confer, compare P.III.4.78: (2 Vikarana affix स् added to a root before the affixes of लेट् or Vedic Subjunctive. सिम् a technical term used in the Vajasaneyi-Pratisakhya for the first eight vowels of the alphabet, viz. अ, आ, इ, ई, उ, ऊ, ऋ and ऋ: confer, compare सिमादितोष्टौ स्वराणाम् V. Pr.. I.44.
sūtraa short pithy assertion laying down something in a scientific treatise; aphorism; the word is sometimes used in a collective sense in the singular, referring to the whole collection of Sutras or rules; confer, compare व्याकरणस्य सूत्रम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Ahnika I. The term is defined as अाल्पाक्षरमसंदिग्धं सारवद्विश्वतोमुखम् | अस्तोभमनवद्यं च सूत्रं सूत्रविदो विदुः. There are given generally six kinds of Sutras viz. संज्ञासूत्र, परिभाषासूत्र,विधिसूत्र, नियमसूत्र, प्रतिषेधसूत्र and अधिकारसूत्र; confer, compare also संज्ञा च परिभाषा च विधिर्नियम एव च प्रतिषेधोधिकारश्च षड्विधम् सूत्रलक्षणम् | Com. on Kat. I. 1.2.
sphoṭavādaa general name given to treatises discussing the nature of Sphota written by the Vaiyakaranas who defend and establish the theory of Sphota and by the Naiyayikas who criticise the theory. Famous among these works are (l) स्फोटवाद by a stalwart Grammarian Kondabhatta, the author of the Vaiyakaramabhusana and (2) स्फोटवाद by NageSa, the reputed grammarian of the eighteenth century.
svaritakaraṇamarking or characterizing by.a svarita accent, as is supposed to have been done by Panini when he wrote down his sutras of grammar as also the Dhatupatha, the Ganapatha and other subsidiary appendixes. Although the rules of the Astadhyayi are not recited at present with the proper accents possessed by the various vowels as given by the Sutrakara, still, by convention and traditional explanation, certain words are to be believed as possessed of certain accents. In the Dhatupatha, by oral tradition the accents of the several roots are known by the phrases अथ स्वरितेतः, अथाद्युदाताः, अथान्तेादात्ताः, अथानुदात्तेत: put therein at different places. In the sutras, a major purpose is served by the circumflex accent with which such words, as are to continue to the next or next few or next many rules, have been markedition As the oral tradition, according to which the Sutras are recited at present, has preserevd no accents, it is only the authoritative word, described as 'pratijna' of the ancient grammarians, which now is available for knowing the svarita. The same holds good in the case of nasalization ( अानुनासिक्य ) which is used as a factor for determining the indicatory nature of vowels as stated by the rule उपदेशेजनुनासिक इत्; confer, compare प्रतिज्ञानुनासिक्याः पाणिनीयाः S. K. on P. I.3.2.
svaritapratijñāthe conventional dictum that a particular rule or part of a rule, is marked with the accent स्वरित which enables the grammarians to decide that that rule or that part of a rule is to occur in each of the subsequent Sutras, the limit of continuation being ascertained from convention. It is possible that Panini in his original recital of the Astadhyayi recited the words in the rules with the necessary accents; probably he recited every word, which was not to proceed further, with one acute or with one circumflex vowel, while, the words which were to proceed to the next rule or rules, were marked with an actual circumflex accent ( स्वरित ), or with a neutralization of the acute and the grave accents (स्वरितत्व), that is, probably without accents or by एकश्रुति or by प्रचय; cf स्वरितेनाधिकार: P. I.3.II and the Mahabhasya thereon.
hi(1)personal-ending of the second person. singular. substituted for सि in the imperative mood; confer, compare सेर्ह्यपिच्च P. III. 4.87; (2) a sign-word used in the Vajasaneyi-pratisakhya to mark the termination of the words of the Adhikarasutra V. Pr.III.5, IV.11.
hemacandraa Jain sage and scholar of remarkable erudition in the religious works of the Jainas as also in several Shastras. He was a resident of Dhandhuka in Gujarat, who, like Sankarācārya took संन्यासदीक्षा at a very early age and wrote a very large number of original books and commentaries, the total number of which may well nigh exceed fifty, during his long life of eighty-four years ( 1088 to ll 2 ). He stayed at AnhilavalaPattana in the North Gujarat and was patronised with extreme reverence by King Kumarapala who in fact, became his devoted pupil. Besides the well-known works on the various Shastras like Kavyanusasana, Abhidhanacintamani, Desinamamla, Yogasastra, Dvyasrayakavya, Trisastisalakapurusacarita and others which are well-known, he wrote a big work on grammar called सिद्धहेमचन्द्र by him,but popularly known by the name हेमव्याकरण or हैमशब्दानुशासन The , work consists of eight books or Adhyayas, out of which the eighth book is devoted to prakrit Grammar, and can be styled as a Grammar of all the Prakrit dialects. The Sanskrit Grammar of seven chapters is based practically upon Panini's Astadhyayi, the rules or sutras referring to Vedic words or Vedic affixes or accents being entirely omittedThe wording of the Sutras is much similar to that of Panini; at some places it is even identical. The order of the treatment of the subjects in the सिद्धहैम. शब्दानुशासनमृत्र is not, however, similar to that obtaining in the Astadhyayi of Panini. It is somewhat topicwise as in the Katantra Vyakarana. The first Adhyaya and a quarter of the second are devoted to Samjna, Paribhasa and declension; the second pada of the second Adhyaya is devoted to karaka, while the third pada of it is devoted to cerebralization and the fourth to the Stripratyayas.The first two Padas of the third Adhyaya are devoted to Samasas or compound words, while the last two Padas of the third Adhyaya and the fourth Adhyaya are devoted to conjugation The fifth Adhyaya is devoted to verbal derivatives or krdanta, while the sixth and the seventh Adhyayas are devoted to formations of nouns from nouns, or taddhita words. On this Sabda nusasana, which is just like Panini's Astadhyayi, the eighth adhyaya of Hemacandra being devoted to the grammar of the Arsa language similar to Vedic grammar of Panini, Hemacandra has himself written two glosses which are named लधुवृति and वृहृदवृत्ति and the famous commentary known as the Brhannyasa. Besides these works viz the हैमशब्दानुशासन, the two Vrttis on it and the Brhannyasa, he has given an appendix viz the Lingnusasana. The Grammar of Hemacandra, in short, introduced a new system of grammar different from, yet similar to, that of Panini, which by his followers was made completely similar to the Paniniya system by writing works similar to the Siddhantakaumudi, the Dhatuvrtti, the Manorama and the Paribhasendusekhara. हेमहंसगणि a grammarian belonging to the school of Hemacandra, who lived in the fifteenth century and wrote a work on Paribhasas named न्यायसंग्रह, on which he himself wrote a commentary called न्यायार्थमञ्जूषा and another one called by the name न्यास.
Vedabase Search
2014 results
dohāḥ yieldingSB 3.17.13
dudūhuḥ yieldedSB 5.15.11
dughā yielding as milkSB 4.19.7
dugham yieldingSB 3.23.13
kāma-dugha yielding all desiresSB 3.21.15
kāma-dugha yielding all desiresSB 3.21.15
kāma-dughaiḥ yielding desireSB 3.15.16
kāma-dughaiḥ yielding desireSB 3.15.16
kāma-dughaiḥ yielding desiresSB 4.6.13
kāma-dughaiḥ yielding desiresSB 4.6.13
SB 4.6.28
kāma-dughaiḥ yielding desiresSB 4.6.28
a-tat-arhaḥ although not fit for carrying the palanquinSB 5.10.1
payaḥ-abdhi-śāyī Kṣīrodakaśāyī Viṣṇu, who lies in the ocean of milkCC Adi 1.7
dugdha-abdhi-śāyī Kṣīrodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Adi 1.11
kāraṇa-abdhi Kāraṇodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Adi 2.49
payaḥ-abdhi-śāyī Kṣīrodakaśāyī Viṣṇu, who lies in the ocean of milkCC Adi 5.7
dugdha-abdhi-śāyī Kṣīrodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Adi 5.109
kāraṇa-abdhi-śāyī Lord Viṣṇu lying on the Causal OceanCC Adi 6.91
kāraṇa-abdhi-śāyī KāraṇābdhiśāyīCC Madhya 20.268
kāraṇa-abdhi-śāyī Lord Mahā-Viṣṇu, lying on the Causal OceanCC Madhya 20.282
ābharaṇa-ādayaḥ carrying ornaments and so onSB 5.16.24
abhighāti destroyingSB 3.16.22
abhiharaṇam destroyingSB 5.6.16
abhimānaḥ who is falsely identifyingSB 11.28.16
abhiṣicya after purifyingSB 8.15.4
abhiṣṭuvatsu while they were glorifyingSB 10.83.5
abhivādya glorifyingSB 10.79.16-17
kalā-abhyāsa studying a portionCC Madhya 22.118
ācamanam purifying the hands with waterSB 11.17.34-35
ācamanam purifying the hands with waterSB 11.18.36
ācaran trying to enactSB 10.17.10
āche dūre is staying some distance offCC Antya 2.27
śuñā āche is lyingCC Antya 17.56
paḍi' āchena was lying downCC Antya 14.64
bhitare āchilā was staying insideCC Antya 3.154
deha-ādau identifying oneself with the material body and then with one's wife, children, family, community, nation and so onSB 7.7.19-20
ādāya carryingSB 4.13.36
ādāya carryingSB 10.47.28
ābharaṇa-ādayaḥ carrying ornaments and so onSB 5.16.24
adhaḥ-svapnam lying down on the floorSB 8.16.48
tat-adhikaraṇe in occupying that postSB 5.1.6
tri-adhīśaḥ the master of three places, namely Goloka Vṛndāvana, Vaikuṇṭhaloka and the material world, or the master of Mahā-Viṣṇu, Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu and Kṣīrodakaśāyī Viṣṇu, or the master of Brahmā, Viṣṇu and Maheśvara, or the master of the three worlds (the higher, lower and middle planetary systems)CC Madhya 21.33
adhiśayānaḥ lying onSB 3.8.10
adhītya after studyingSB 3.3.2
adhītya studying Vedic literatureSB 7.12.13-14
adhītya studyingSB 10.78.25-26
adhītya studyingSB 12.8.7-11
adhītya studyingSB 12.12.63
adhītya studyingSB 12.12.64
adhītya studyingSB 12.12.65
adhivahataḥ who were carrying the palanquinSB 5.10.2
adhīyānam api although fully studyingSB 5.9.5
adhyāpana studyingCC Adi 16.5
adhyayana studyingSB 5.9.1-2
adhyayana studyingCC Adi 15.3
adhyayana-līlā pastimes of studyingCC Adi 15.7
maithuna-ādi represented by talking of sex, reading sexual literature or enjoying sex life (at home or outside, as in a club)SB 7.9.45
jala-ādi supplying water, etc.CC Madhya 10.129
ādi by artificially practicing detachment, by the mechanical practice of yoga, by studying the Sāńkhya philosophy, and so onCC Madhya 19.167
jñāna-śakti-ādi-kalayā by portions of the potencies of knowledge, devotional service, creation, personal service, ruling over the material world, carrying the different planets, and killing the rogues and miscreantsCC Madhya 20.373
tapaḥ-ādibhiḥ by executing the principles of austerity, penance, brahmacarya and other purifying processesSB 6.1.16
kara-ādibhiḥ by levying revenue taxes, customs duties, fines for punishment, etcSB 7.11.14
adrim the flying mountainsSB 2.7.1
agata-tṛṣā without fully satisfying the thirstSB 5.8.4
agha-ogha-marṣaṇam destroying sinsSB 4.7.61
agra-bhuk enjoying in spite of your elder brother's being presentSB 9.22.11
saha-agrajam who was playing with His elder brother, BalarāmaSB 10.11.14
āhūtau They were called back from playingSB 10.11.13
airāvatam Airāvata, carrying IndraSB 8.10.41
ājāḍa kariyā emptyingCC Antya 10.56
āji-kāli kari' delaying today and tomorrowCC Madhya 16.10
ājñā-pālane by carrying out the orderCC Antya 10.8
ajñāna-sambhavaḥ which is to be accepted by foolish persons ignorantly trying to become happySB 10.6.34
ākrandanayā by crying very pitiablySB 7.2.32
ākranditam crying (because of being stolen)SB 9.14.28
ākranditam the crying outSB 10.34.7
akṣa in playing at diceSB 10.61.35
alakṣayantyaḥ not identifyingSB 10.50.21
alam vihāraiḥ after this there is no necessity of playingSB 10.11.15
dvija-ali-kula-sannāda-stavakāḥ the birds, especially the cuckoos, and swarms of bees began to chant in sweet voices, as if praying to the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB summary
ālokinībhiḥ by the gopīs, who were enjoying the pleasure of seeingSB 10.8.31
līlā-ambujena playing with a lotus flowerSB 3.15.21
āmoda (carrying) the fragranceSB 10.29.45-46
āmoda (carrying) the fragranceSB 10.60.3-6
amogha marena Amogha is dyingCC Madhya 15.267
amṛta-nindaka defying nectarCC Madhya 3.46
amṛtāni undyingSB 3.5.7
ānanda-krandana crying in pleasureCC Madhya 9.342
ańghriḥ steps occupying above and belowSB 8.20.34
añjantyaḥ applying kajjalaSB 10.29.6-7
anna-mayāya who maintains all living entities by supplying the necessities of lifeSB 5.18.18
anṛta lyingSB 12.2.12-16
anṛtam lyingSB 11.23.18-19
antaḥ-ārāmaḥ actively enjoying withinBG 5.24
antaḥ-sthitaḥ staying among themSB 9.21.12
tat-antara-gataḥ now became entangled with the affairs of Kṛṣṇa, who was enjoying luncheon pastimes with His cowherd boysSB 10.13.15
antevasāyinām known as antevasāyī or caṇḍālaSB 7.11.30
antike staying nearbySB 3.4.26
anūdya sayingCC Madhya 20.147-148
anugaḥ obeyingSB 10.53.7
anugatām dying after the husbandSB 4.23.23
anujuṣan gratifyingSB 11.26.6
tīrthapada-anukīrtanam glorifying the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is known as TīrthapadaSB 6.13.22-23
anukīrtanam constantly glorifyingSB 11.11.34-41
bhagavat-nāma-rūpa-anukīrtanāt by glorifying the transcendental form, name, attributes and paraphernalia of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 6.8.27-28
anukramiṣyan trying to enumerateSB 11.4.2
anunayan pacifyingSB 3.14.16
anurañjanam satisfyingCC Madhya 17.210
anuśayanam the lying down of the puruṣa incarnation Mahā-Viṣṇu in mystic slumberSB 2.10.6
anuśāyinam underlyingSB 10.85.11
anuśāyinam the underlying personalitySB 12.7.18
kāma-anusevayā by enjoying acquired desired objectsSB 10.20.21
anuśuṣyatīḥ drying upSB 10.20.10
guṇa-anuvādane in glorifyingSB 4.22.20
aśva-anveṣaṇe while trying to find their lost horseSB 5.19.29-30
apadeśataḥ playing the rolesSB 10.37.26
apaham destroyingSB 4.31.24
apahāya for nullifyingSB 1.9.37
apakurvantaḥ trying to do harmSB 12.8.29
āpana pāvana purifying myselfCC Antya 11.10
āpatantīm flying toward HimSB 10.55.20
āpatantīm flying towardSB 10.59.10
āpatantīm flying towardSB 10.77.13
āpatat flying toward himSB 6.12.3
āpatat flyingSB 10.59.9
āpatatīm flying towardSB 3.19.11
āpatatīm flying toward himSB 6.11.9
adhīyānam api although fully studyingSB 5.9.5
gṛheṣu api even though staying at homeSB 9.13.27
viṣṇoḥ ārādhana-arthāya for the purpose of satisfying Lord ViṣṇuSB 10.5.14
ārādhanāya for satisfyingSB 7.9.9
antaḥ-ārāmaḥ actively enjoying withinBG 5.24
arbha-rudita (taking care of) crying babiesSB 10.44.15
a-tat-arhaḥ although not fit for carrying the palanquinSB 5.10.1
arhaṇa-pāṇayaḥ carrying paraphernalia to worship the LordSB 9.11.29
tat-arthakāni signifying these appearances and activitiesSB 11.2.39
viśuddhi-artham for purifyingSB 3.6.34
viṣṇoḥ ārādhana-arthāya for the purpose of satisfying Lord ViṣṇuSB 10.5.14
ārudhya tying them to the trees, allowed them to eatSB 10.13.7
arundhataḥ trying to block himSB 10.86.10
ārurukṣantam trying to get onSB 4.8.9
ārurukṣantam trying to rise onto itSB 4.8.67
āsādya enjoyingSB 9.14.20
śayyā-āsana sitting or lying on the bedCC Madhya 19.199-200
asi-dharaḥ carrying a sword in the handSB 6.8.22
āśīḥ praying to the demigods and other deities with desire for material gainSB 11.25.2-5
aspṛśya with games such as tṛying to touch one anotherSB 10.18.14
āśritya identifying withSB 12.6.34
pulaka-aśru standing up of bodily hair and cryingCC Madhya 7.79
aṣṭa-māsa rahi' after staying for eight monthsCC Antya 13.119
yathā āste while staying hereSB 10.8.31
upāsanā-astraḥ applying the weapon of worshipingSB 5.11.17
asu-bhṛdbhiḥ satisfying bodily necessitiesSB 4.4.21
aśubha-nāśi destroying all inauspiciousnessCC Antya 20.154
asūyā envyingCC Madhya 14.174
aśva-anveṣaṇe while trying to find their lost horseSB 5.19.29-30
āsvādaḥ enjoying the tasteCC Madhya 22.131
āśvāsana pacifyingCC Madhya 8.285
āśvāsya after pacifyingSB 10.1.26
āśvāsya pacifyingSB 10.36.6
ātatāyibhiḥ who were carrying weaponsSB 10.62.31
ati-vāma-ceṣṭitām although she was trying to treat the child better than a motherSB 10.6.9
ati-stuti overly glorifyingCC Madhya 10.182
atiṣṭhat was stayingSB 8.18.6
sva-ātma-ratau enjoying in His internal potencySB 3.8.10
ātma-śaucam purifying the heartSB 4.29.84
ātma-vihāraiḥ ca enjoying Himself by Himself in different waysSB 10.13.20
trayi-ātmā personifying the knowledge of the three VedasSB 11.5.24
rasa-ātmakaḥ supplying the juiceBG 15.13
guṇa-ātmanaḥ playing the role of a human beingSB 1.10.19
martya-ātmānaḥ falsely identifying themselves with the material bodySB 10.23.10-11
ātmārāma enjoying self-satisfactionCC Madhya 24.218
ātmārāmera of persons enjoying with the Supreme SelfCC Madhya 24.292
ātmasāt kṛtvā again identifying with the selfSB 7.15.37
tat-ātmikāḥ identifying with HimSB 10.30.3
ātta-yaṣṭim carrying in her hand a stickSB 10.9.9
avagata-viṣaya-vaitathyaḥ becoming conscious of the uselessness of enjoying material sense gratificationSB 5.14.10
bhaya-āvahāḥ terrifyingSB 10.50.25-28
avajñāya disobeyingSB 4.17.24
avarṣati had not been supplying rainSB 10.57.32
avaśeṣam underlyingSB 10.87.17
avasthāna stayingCC Madhya 10.23
avasthānam staying inSB 1.19.39
avasthitaḥ staying (a householder generally stays home with his wife and children)SB 7.14.2
avasthitam individually stayingSB 10.12.33
svarūpa-avasthitasya staying in the same form even to the time of dissolutionSB 3.11.2
avaśuṣyat drying upSB 10.54.34
puruṣa-avatāra the puruṣa incarnation, or Kāraṇārṇavaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Adi 5.63
kṣīroda-śāyī avatāra an incarnation of Lord Viṣṇu lying in the ocean of milkCC Adi 5.130
puruṣa-avatāra the incarnation of the three Viṣṇus (Mahā-Viṣṇu, Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu and Kṣīrodakaśāyī Viṣṇu)CC Madhya 20.250
yojana-āyāma occupying eight miles of landSB 10.12.16
ayanam lying in placeSB 2.10.10
baddhvā tying upSB 10.54.35
baddhvā tying upSB 10.58.46
baddhvā tying upSB 10.80.14
bādhaḥ nullifyingSB 11.19.40-45
bāhire rahiyā staying outsideCC Antya 2.23
bāla-dhvanim the crying of the newborn childSB 10.4.1
bāla-ceṣṭitaiḥ by His activities like those of a child trying to do so many thingsSB 10.11.9
yajña-bhuk bāla-keliḥ although He accepts offerings in yajña, for the sake of childhood pastimes He was enjoying foodstuffs very jubilantly with His cowherd boyfriendsSB 10.13.11
bali' sayingCC Adi 5.167
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 5.171
bali' sayingCC Adi 5.183
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 5.196
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 6.87
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 7.33
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 7.75
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 7.93
bali' sayingCC Adi 9.53
bali' sayingCC Adi 13.95
hari bali' by saying the word HariCC Adi 13.96
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 14.25
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 14.35
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 17.54
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 17.98
eta bali' thus sayingCC Adi 17.129
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 17.187
kṛṣṇa kṛṣṇa bali' saying 'Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa'CC Adi 17.194
bali' sayingCC Adi 17.232
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 17.272
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 17.287
eta bali saying thisCC Adi 17.289
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 1.70
eta bali saying thisCC Madhya 1.216
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 1.226
bali' sayingCC Madhya 1.231
bali' loudly cryingCC Madhya 1.272
eta bali' thus sayingCC Madhya 1.282
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 2.41
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.10
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.26
eta bali' after saying thisCC Madhya 3.27
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.29
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.40
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.69
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.78
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.94
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.102
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.118
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.149
bali' sayingCC Madhya 3.156
bali' sayingCC Madhya 3.178
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.192
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.215
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 4.32
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 4.44
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 4.45
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 4.138
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 4.162
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 4.191
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 6.46
bali' sayingCC Madhya 6.48
bali' sayingCC Madhya 6.48
bali sayingCC Madhya 6.91
bali' sayingCC Madhya 6.172
bali' sayingCC Madhya 6.238
bali' saying thisCC Madhya 6.250
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 7.70
kṛṣṇa bali' saying the holy name of Lord KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 7.100
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 8.193
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 8.242
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 8.299
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 9.103
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 9.162
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 9.173
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 9.217
bali' sayingCC Madhya 9.288
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 9.290
bali' sayingCC Madhya 9.350
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 10.60
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 10.141
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 10.153
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 10.183
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 11.73
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 11.123
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 11.158
eta bali saying thisCC Madhya 11.193
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 12.62
bali' sayingCC Madhya 12.96
bali' sayingCC Madhya 12.148
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 12.175
bali' sayingCC Madhya 14.9
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 14.12
bali' cryingCC Madhya 14.14
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 14.209
bali' sayingCC Madhya 14.231
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 14.250
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 15.84
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 15.92
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 15.145
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 15.258
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 15.268
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 15.281
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 15.285
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 15.295
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 16.136
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 16.142
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 16.176
bali' sayingCC Madhya 16.203
bali' sayingCC Madhya 16.233
bali' sayingCC Madhya 16.275
bali' sayingCC Madhya 17.31
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 17.146
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 18.137
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 18.157
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 18.204
kṛṣṇa kṛṣṇa bali' saying 'Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa'CC Madhya 19.39
bali' sayingCC Madhya 19.93
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 19.105
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 19.112
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 19.237
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 20.21
bali sayingCC Madhya 20.65
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 20.88
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 24.281
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 25.87
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 25.108
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 25.184
bali' saying thisCC Antya 1.96
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 1.174
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 1.220
bali' sayingCC Antya 2.63
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 2.133
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 2.137
eta bali saying thisCC Antya 2.141
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 3.18
bali' sayingCC Antya 3.53
bali sayingCC Antya 3.57
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 3.138
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 3.156
eta bali saying thisCC Antya 3.222
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 3.238
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 3.243
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 3.259
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 4.50
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 4.133
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 4.201
bali' sayingCC Antya 5.67
hari bali' saying 'Hari'CC Antya 6.86
eta bali' after saying thisCC Antya 6.209
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 6.287
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 6.322
bali' sayingCC Antya 6.323
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 7.159
bali' sayingCC Antya 8.19
bali' sayingCC Antya 8.22
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 9.21
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 9.80
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 9.104
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 9.107
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 9.144
bali' sayingCC Antya 10.110
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 10.117
bali' sayingCC Antya 10.127
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 10.145
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 10.151
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 11.20
bali' sayingCC Antya 11.21
bali' sayingCC Antya 11.88
bali' sayingCC Antya 11.98
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 11.98
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 12.24
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 12.36
bali' sayingCC Antya 12.57
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 12.119
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 12.123
bali sayingCC Antya 13.28
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 13.41
bali' sayingCC Antya 13.83
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 13.88
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 13.99
bali' sayingCC Antya 13.112
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 13.114
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 13.122
hari-bola bali' saying 'Haribol'CC Antya 14.70
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 14.76
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 14.112
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 15.55
bali' sayingCC Antya 16.67
bali' sayingCC Antya 16.81
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 16.83
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 16.101
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 18.37
bali' sayingCC Antya 18.62
bali' sayingCC Antya 19.23
balile on sayingCC Adi 17.249
baliṣṭha dayitā' gaṇa very strong dayitās, or carriers of JagannāthaCC Madhya 13.8
baliyā sayingCC Adi 5.189
nā baliyā not sayingCC Antya 2.146
netra-bandha trying to identify another when one is blindfoldedSB 10.18.14
bāṣpa-kalā-uparodhataḥ due to crying with tearful eyesSB 6.14.50-51
bāulake kahiha please inform Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, who is playing the part of a madman in ecstatic loveCC Antya 19.20
bhagavat-nāma-rūpa-anukīrtanāt by glorifying the transcendental form, name, attributes and paraphernalia of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 6.8.27-28
bhājanam enjoying or sufferingCC Madhya 15.170
bhājanam enjoying or sufferingBs 5.54
ghṛtete bhājiyā frying in gheeCC Antya 10.28
ghṛtete bhājiyā frying with gheeCC Antya 10.31
bhāk embodyingSB 11.7.8
bhakṣya diyā supplying foodCC Madhya 16.27
bhāra-udvaha by carrying the great loadSB 8.6.34
icchā bhari' satisfying the desireCC Madhya 2.92
bhartuḥ of one who is carrying the palanquinSB 5.10.21
bhāṣiṇaḥ sayingSB 10.68.7
bhava-stavāya for praying to Lord ŚivaSB 4.7.11
sthāyi-bhāva-nāma called sthāyi-bhāvaCC Madhya 23.4
sattva-bhāvanaḥ actually purifying one's existenceSB 6.2.12
sāttvika-vyabhicāri-bhāvera of sāttvika and vyabhicārī with sthāyibhāvaCC Madhya 19.181
bhaya-āvahāḥ terrifyingSB 10.50.25-28
bhīmam terrifyingSB 10.56.19
bhīṣaṇam terrifyingSB 10.59.6
bhīṣaṇam terrifyingSB 10.76.6
bhīṣayan terrifyingSB 6.11.6
bhitare āchilā was staying insideCC Antya 3.154
dhana-bhoge in the matter of enjoying material happinessCC Adi 13.120
bhojana eating or enjoyingCC Madhya 22.123
kṛṣṇera bhojana-śayana in this way offering eatables to Kṛṣṇa and laying Him down to restCC Madhya 24.334
bhokhe mari' genu I am dying from hungerCC Antya 12.20
bhoktuḥ of the one who is trying to enjoySB 11.10.17
asu-bhṛdbhiḥ satisfying bodily necessitiesSB 4.4.21
bhṛtaḥ carryingSB 10.87.22
bhṛtya-vaśyatām how He is agreeable to carrying out the orders of His servants, His devoteesSB 10.11.9
bhṛtyāḥ satisfying the servantsSB 8.16.12
svayam-bhūḥ without material birth (born directly from the body of Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu)SB 11.13.18
catur-bhujaḥ displaying four armsSB 10.60.26
madhu-bhuk enjoying sex lifeSB 4.27.18
agra-bhuk enjoying in spite of your elder brother's being presentSB 9.22.11
yajña-bhuk bāla-keliḥ although He accepts offerings in yajña, for the sake of childhood pastimes He was enjoying foodstuffs very jubilantly with His cowherd boyfriendsSB 10.13.11
bhukti enjoying the result by oneselfCC Madhya 24.27
bhukti enjoying the result of actionCC Madhya 24.27
bhuktvā enjoyingBG 9.21
bhuktvā after enjoyingSB 4.9.24
bhuktvā after enjoyingSB 4.31.27
bhuktvā enjoyingSB 7.15.20
bhūme paḍi' lying on the groundCC Madhya 24.231
bhūmite śayana lying on the floorCC Antya 13.15
bhuñjānaḥ enjoyingSB 3.31.43
bhuñjānaḥ enjoyingSB 7.4.19
bhuñjānaḥ enjoyingSB 8.14.7
bhuñjānaḥ enjoyingSB 11.3.5
bhuñjānam enjoyingBG 15.10
bhuñjānam while enjoying lifeSB 10.6.24
bhuñjate are enjoyingSB 10.68.3
bibharṣi you are carryingSB 5.2.7
bibhran carryingSB 11.29.46
bibhrāṇam displayingSB 10.51.1-6
bibhrat carryingSB 10.30.7
bibhrat displayingSB 10.65.24-25
bibhrat carryingSB 10.69.15
bibhrat carryingSB 11.5.21
bibhrat carryingSB 12.8.7-11
bibhrataḥ carryingSB 4.21.43
hari-bola bali' saying 'Haribol'CC Antya 14.70
bruvan sayingSB 10.24.35
bruvāṇe sayingSB 10.77.25
nṛtya-vāditra-gītaiḥ ca by dancing, playing various musical instruments, and singing songsSB 8.21.6-7
upaniṣadbhiḥ ca and by studying the Vedic knowledge of the UpaniṣadsSB 10.8.45
ātma-vihāraiḥ ca enjoying Himself by Himself in different waysSB 10.13.20
chidra cāhi' trying to find faultCC Antya 8.46
cakra carrying His discSB 8.3.31
cakriṇā the Lord (carrying the disc)SB 1.9.4
caran carrying outSB 10.59.43
indriya carāñā satisfying the sensesCC Antya 2.120
khe-carāṇām flying in the skySB 3.19.6
khe-carāṇām of those who were flying in the air (the Gandharvas)SB 4.3.5-7
carataḥ playingSB 3.1.37
caratām carrying onSB 10.87.34
carīm stayingSB 10.53.28
catur-bhujaḥ displaying four armsSB 10.60.26
catuṣṭayam the four diplomatic principles (sāma - the process of pacifying, dāna - the process of giving money in charity, bheda - the principle of dividing, and daṇḍa - the principle of punishment)SB 7.5.19
īśa-ceṣṭitaḥ although also displaying feats unique to the Supreme LordSB 10.15.19
bāla-ceṣṭitaiḥ by His activities like those of a child trying to do so many thingsSB 10.11.9
ati-vāma-ceṣṭitām although she was trying to treat the child better than a motherSB 10.6.9
chambaṭ-karī destroyingSB 3.18.26
chandasā by observing celibacy or studying Vedic literatureSB 5.12.12
cheda for destroyingMM 31
chidra cāhi' trying to find faultCC Antya 8.46
cikīrṣamāṇam the child Dhruva, who was trying to get upSB 4.8.10
cikīrṣasi you are trying to doSB 4.25.26
cikīrṣasi are you trying to doSB 5.2.7
cikīrṣati He is trying forSB 8.21.10
citkāra cryingCC Madhya 14.53
citta-yuktam along with consciousness (implying not only conditioned consciousness together with the object of that consciousness and the presiding Deity Vāsudeva, but also the mind together with the object of thought and the moon-god Candra, intelligence with the object of intelligence and Lord Brahmā, and false ego together with the identification of false ego and Lord Rudra)SB 11.22.32
corāyitaḥ pretending to be playing as a thiefSB 10.37.28
dadhāra was stayingSB 8.5.11-12
dadhat carrying in his handSB 11.17.23
dadhat carryingSB 12.11.14-15
dala-śreṇī the bunches of outlying petalsCC Madhya 21.7
nyasta-daṇḍāḥ persons who have given up envying othersSB 5.14.39
tri-daṇḍī carrying a triple staffSB 10.86.2-3
darśayānam displayingSB 3.15.45
dattvā after supplyingSB 3.3.28
baliṣṭha dayitā' gaṇa very strong dayitās, or carriers of JagannāthaCC Madhya 13.8
kataka dayi some of the dayitāsCC Madhya 13.9
dayi servants called dayitāsCC Madhya 13.9
dayitā-gaṇa the dayitāsCC Madhya 13.10
deha-mānine to the person identifying with the bodySB 4.3.22
deha-ādau identifying oneself with the material body and then with one's wife, children, family, community, nation and so onSB 7.7.19-20
pūtanā-deham the gigantic body of Pūtanā lying deadSB 10.6.31
eka-deśa-stham lying down in one placeSB 6.16.53-54
kṛta-deva-helanāt because of disobeying the orders of the LordSB 1.19.2
deva-yajanam satisfying the demigods by sacrificesSB 4.24.10
dhana-bhoge in the matter of enjoying material happinessCC Adi 13.120
dhanuḥ-dharam carrying a bowSB 9.15.29
dhara carryingCC Adi 17.13
jala-dhara cloud carrying waterCC Madhya 21.109
asi-dharaḥ carrying a sword in the handSB 6.8.22
dharaḥ carryingSB 10.63.31
dhanuḥ-dharam carrying a bowSB 9.15.29
dharam carryingSB 12.10.11-13
muṣala dhāraṇa carrying a plowlike weapon called a muṣalaCC Adi 17.16
dhāraṇam carryingSB 12.2.6
dhārayamāṇaḥ a person employingSB 6.8.36
dhārayataḥ employingSB 6.8.37
sva-dharmaḥ carrying out one's prescribed dutiesSB 11.23.45
dhṛk carryingSB 10.79.2
dhṛta carryingSB 10.59.12
dhṛta carryingSB 10.83.28
dhṛtaḥ was stayingSB 8.5.10
kāma-dhuk supplying all the necessitiesSB 6.14.10
dhvaṃsana destroyingSB 5.1.23
dhvaṃsana destroyingSB 10.31.6
dhvaṃsana destroyingCC Adi 6.67
vaṃśī-dhvani-sukha the happiness of hearing the playing of the fluteCC Madhya 2.47
bāla-dhvanim the crying of the newborn childSB 10.4.1
tina-dina rahiyā staying three daysCC Antya 3.161
prasāda dite supplying the prasādamCC Madhya 15.247
dīvyantam playingSB 10.62.29-30
dīvyantam playingSB 10.69.20-22
dīvyate who was playingSB 10.56.5
diyā applyingCC Madhya 4.60
diyā payingCC Madhya 15.72
bhakṣya diyā supplying foodCC Madhya 16.27
diyā payingCC Madhya 19.4
diyā payingCC Antya 1.19
diyā after payingCC Antya 9.143
dogdhi you yieldSB 4.17.23
rāja-dravya śodhi' after paying the dues of the governmentCC Antya 9.33
upaniṣat-dṛśām by those jñānīs who are engaged in studying the UpaniṣadsSB 10.13.54
dugdha-abdhi-śāyī Kṣīrodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Adi 1.11
dugdha-abdhi-śāyī Kṣīrodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Adi 5.109
dughām supplying as milkSB 4.18.26
duhitṛḥ the daughters (married and staying at the homes of their husbands)SB 7.6.11-13
duńhā prabodhiyā pacifying themCC Madhya 15.253
dūra-sthāḥ although staying a long distance awaySB 9.16.14
āche dūre is staying some distance offCC Antya 2.27
garbha-udaka-śāyi-dvārā by Lord Garbhodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Madhya 20.303
dvija-tarpaṇam and satisfying the brāhmaṇas by feeding themSB 8.16.47
dvija-ali-kula-sannāda-stavakāḥ the birds, especially the cuckoos, and swarms of bees began to chant in sweet voices, as if praying to the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB summary
śveta-dvīpa of the white island, the abode of Kṣīrodakaśāyī ViṣṇuSB 11.15.18
dviṣantaḥ envyingSB 11.5.15
dviṣataḥ envyingSB 3.2.19
eka-deśa-stham lying down in one placeSB 6.16.53-54
na-eka-utsava celebrations simply for glorifying the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 10.12.35
eka-māsa rahi' staying for one monthCC Madhya 18.54
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 5.171
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 5.196
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 6.87
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 7.33
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 7.75
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 7.93
eta kahi' saying thisCC Adi 7.122
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 14.25
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 14.35
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 17.54
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 17.98
eta bali' thus sayingCC Adi 17.129
eta kahi' saying thisCC Adi 17.135
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 17.187
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 17.272
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 17.287
eta bali saying thisCC Adi 17.289
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 1.70
eta kahi' saying thisCC Madhya 1.181
eta bali saying thisCC Madhya 1.216
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 1.226
eta bali' thus sayingCC Madhya 1.282
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 2.41
eta kahi' thus sayingCC Madhya 2.44
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.10
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.26
eta bali' after saying thisCC Madhya 3.27
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.29
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.40
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.69
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.78
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.94
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.102
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.118
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.149
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.192
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.215
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 4.32
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 4.44
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 4.45
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 4.138
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 4.162
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 4.191
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 6.46
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 7.70
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 8.193
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 8.242
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 8.299
eta kahi' saying thisCC Madhya 9.37
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 9.103
eta kahi' saying thisCC Madhya 9.151
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 9.162
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 9.173
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 9.217
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 9.290
eta kahi' saying thisCC Madhya 10.22
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 10.60
eta kahi' saying thisCC Madhya 10.70
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 10.141
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 10.153
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 10.183
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 11.73
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 11.123
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 11.158
eta kahi' saying thisCC Madhya 11.179
eta bali saying thisCC Madhya 11.193
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 12.62
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 12.175
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 14.12
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 14.209
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 14.250
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 15.84
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 15.92
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 15.145
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 15.258
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 15.268
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 15.281
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 15.285
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 15.295
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 16.136
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 16.142
eta kahi' saying thisCC Madhya 16.168
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 16.176
eta kahi' saying thisCC Madhya 16.242
eta kahi' saying thisCC Madhya 16.265-266
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 17.146
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 18.137
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 18.157
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 18.204
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 19.105
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 19.112
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 19.237
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 20.21
eta kahi saying thisCC Madhya 20.62
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 20.88
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 24.281
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 25.87
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 25.108
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 25.184
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 1.68
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 1.84
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 1.174
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 1.220
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 2.121
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 2.133
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 2.137
eta bali saying thisCC Antya 2.141
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 3.18
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 3.29
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 3.41
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 3.138
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 3.156
eta bali saying thisCC Antya 3.222
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 3.238
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 3.243
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 3.259
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 4.38
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 4.50
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 4.133
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 4.201
eta kahi saying thisCC Antya 5.59
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 6.166
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 6.204
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 6.205
eta bali' after saying thisCC Antya 6.209
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 6.287
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 6.322
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 7.116
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 7.159
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 9.21
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 9.80
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 9.104
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 9.107
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 9.144
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 10.117
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 10.145
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 10.151
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 11.20
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 11.98
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 12.24
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 12.36
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 12.119
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 12.123
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 12.145
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 13.41
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 13.88
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 13.99
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 13.114
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 13.122
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 14.76
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 14.112
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 15.24
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 15.55
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 16.83
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 16.101
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 16.120
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 17.39
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 17.61
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 18.37
eteka kahite saying thisCC Madhya 15.67
evam in this way (while they were enjoying their lunch)SB 10.13.12
sa-gadam carrying his clubSB 10.77.35
gadantīnām thus praying and talking about HimSB 1.10.31
gāḍha-raśanaḥ tying His belt firmlySB 10.16.6
gaja-līlayā playing like an elephantSB 3.13.33
gajendra-līlaḥ playing like an elephantSB 3.13.26
kari' guṇa gāna glorifying the qualitiesCC Madhya 11.159-160
baliṣṭha dayitā' gaṇa very strong dayitās, or carriers of JagannāthaCC Madhya 13.8
dayitā-gaṇa the dayitāsCC Madhya 13.10
viṣayīra gaṇa generally known as viṣayīsCC Antya 6.215
gāndharva in marryingSB 3.3.3
garbha-uda-śāyī Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu, who lies in the Garbhodaka Ocean of the universeCC Adi 1.7
śrīla-garbha-uda-śāyī Garbhodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Adi 1.10
garbha-udaka Garbhodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Adi 2.49
garbha-udaka-śāyī Garbhodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Adi 2.51
garbha-uda-śāyī Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu, who lies in the Garbhodaka Ocean of the universeCC Adi 5.7
śrīla-garbha-uda-śāyī Garbhodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Adi 5.93
garbha-udaka-śāyī Lord Garbhodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Madhya 20.292
garbha-udaka-śāyi-dvārā by Lord Garbhodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Madhya 20.303
tat-antara-gataḥ now became entangled with the affairs of Kṛṣṇa, who was enjoying luncheon pastimes with His cowherd boysSB 10.13.15
gatāyāḥ while lying inSB 3.13.43
hari-gātha-upagāyane on an occasion of kīrtana for glorifying the Supreme LordSB 7.15.71
gauḍe rahi' staying in BengalCC Madhya 16.64
gāyantaḥ glorifying the LordSB 8.18.9-10
gāyantaḥ glorifyingSB 8.23.26-27
gāyanti are glorifyingSB 10.8.47
bhokhe mari' genu I am dying from hungerCC Antya 12.20
ghaṭamānam still tryingSB 6.12.16
ghāṭiyāla the men in charge of levying taxesCC Madhya 16.26
smṛti-ghnaḥ destroying the memory ofSB 3.15.36
ghṛtete bhājiyā frying in gheeCC Antya 10.28
ghṛtete bhājiyā frying with gheeCC Antya 10.31
gītā-veṇuḥ playing His fluteSB 10.35.22-23
nṛtya-vāditra-gītaiḥ ca by dancing, playing various musical instruments, and singing songsSB 8.21.6-7
kala-veṇu-gītam sweet vibrations made by playing the fluteSB 10.21.14
kala-veṇu-gītam sweet vibrations made by playing the fluteCC Madhya 24.176
gosāñira sthāne to the place where Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was stayingCC Madhya 6.114
graha-upaśamanaḥ nullifying planetsSB 5.22.12
vāsā-gṛha-sthāna residential places for stayingCC Madhya 11.172
gṛhe rahi' staying at homeCC Madhya 7.127
gṛheṣu api even though staying at homeSB 9.13.27
gṛhīta carryingSB 3.15.27
gṛhṇantī carryingSB 11.7.57
gṛṇantaḥ glorifyingSB 3.8.6
guṇa-ātmanaḥ playing the role of a human beingSB 1.10.19
guṇa-anuvādane in glorifyingSB 4.22.20
guṇa-kīrtanāt me by chanting and glorifying My transcendental qualitiesSB 5.5.10-13
kari' guṇa gāna glorifying the qualitiesCC Madhya 11.159-160
guṇa-rūpiṇyā embodying all mundane qualitiesBs 5.26
trai-guṇya embodying the threefold mundane qualitiesBs 5.41
guru-patnīḥ Kaikeyī and other stepmothersSB 9.10.44
hā-hā kari' crying loudlyCC Madhya 3.164
hā-hā kari' crying loudlyCC Madhya 3.164
haila vidyamāna stayingCC Madhya 11.68
pāpa-haram suitable for destroying all sinful reactionsSB 6.4.21
haran defyingSB 8.8.4
hari-toṣam satisfying the Supreme LordSB 4.29.49
hari-gātha-upagāyane on an occasion of kīrtana for glorifying the Supreme LordSB 7.15.71
hari bali' by saying the word HariCC Adi 13.96
hari hari kari' saying 'Hari, Hari'CC Adi 17.195
hari hari kari' saying 'Hari, Hari'CC Adi 17.195
hari' carryingCC Madhya 5.15
hari bali' saying 'Hari'CC Antya 6.86
hari-bola bali' saying 'Haribol'CC Antya 14.70
sa-vilāsa-hāsam smiling with an enjoying spiritCC Madhya 21.123
haviṣā by supplying butterSB 9.19.14
sura-helanam disobeying great demigodsSB 3.15.36
kṛta-deva-helanāt because of disobeying the orders of the LordSB 1.19.2
hima-mardanam destroying coldSB 3.26.40
hiraṇmayaḥ the Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu, who also assumes the virāṭ-rūpaSB 3.6.6
hṛṣyāmi I am enjoyingBG 18.77
huḍāhuḍi hurryingCC Madhya 18.148
icchā bhari' satisfying the desireCC Madhya 2.92
īkṣaṇāya for visiting and enjoyingSB 10.12.6
indraḥ the controlling demigod supplying rainsSB 2.7.48
indriya carāñā satisfying the sensesCC Antya 2.120
ińhā rahi' staying hereCC Madhya 16.133
īritam trying for that purposeSB 10.9.9
īśa-ceṣṭitaḥ although also displaying feats unique to the Supreme LordSB 10.15.19
mahā-iṣvāsaḥ carrying his strong bow and arrowsSB 4.26.1-3
iti thus (saying out of contempt)SB 5.9.9-10
iti uktvā saying thisSB 7.10.31
iti uktvā saying thisSB 8.23.3
iti uktvā after saying thisSB 9.9.8
iti uktvā saying thisSB 9.19.21
iti uktvā saying thisSB 10.4.23
iti uktvā saying this ('Let Me bring your calves personally')SB 10.13.14
sādhu sādhu iti crying 'excellent, excellent.'SB 10.18.32
sādhu sādhu iti saying, 'excellent, excellent'SB 10.33.9
iti thus prayingSB 10.34.3
iti thus sayingSB 10.42.19
iti saying thisSB 10.45.38
iti (Yamarāja) thus sayingSB 10.45.46
iti saying thisSB 10.47.1-2
iti saying such wordsSB 10.52.42
iti so sayingSB 10.54.23
iti thus sayingSB 10.56.16
iti thus sayingSB 10.64.21
iti thus sayingSB 10.64.24
iti thus sayingSB 10.65.3
iti saying thisSB 10.68.5
iti thus sayingSB 10.68.49
iti so sayingSB 10.74.29
iti so sayingSB 10.77.21
iti so sayingSB 10.81.8
iti thus sayingSB 10.84.66
iti so sayingSB 10.89.6-7
iti thus sayingSB 11.22.19
iti thus sayingSB 11.22.34
iti thus sayingSB 11.22.34
iti thus sayingSB 11.23.36
iti thus sayingSB 11.27.45
iti thus prayingSB 11.27.47
iti thus sayingSB 11.30.10
iti thus sayingMM 40
krīḍan iva just like playingSB 6.8.1-2
jala-śāyī lying in the waterCC Adi 2.50
jala-śāyī lying in the waterCC Adi 3.70
jala-ādi supplying water, etc.CC Madhya 10.129
jala-pātra lañā carrying a waterpotCC Madhya 18.90
jala-dhara cloud carrying waterCC Madhya 21.109
jala-keli playing in the waterCC Antya 11.71
jāla kari' carrying a netCC Antya 18.44
jananī prabodhi' pacifying the motherCC Madhya 3.214
jānapadāḥ and the residents of the outlying districtsSB 10.36.24
jānapadāḥ the residents of all the outlying districtsSB 10.39.11-12
mat-janma-karma-kathanam glorifying My birth and activitiesSB 11.11.34-41
jaya-śabdaiḥ by saying 'jaya, jaya'SB 8.21.6-7
jaya-niḥsvanaiḥ simply by glorifying the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 10.12.34
jhāli sājāñā carrying his bagsCC Antya 12.12
jighāṃsayā with the intent of destroyingSB 10.25.7
jighṛkṣati trying to destroySB 1.17.25
jigīṣasi you are trying to become victoriousSB 8.11.4
jihvā-lāmpaṭya indulging in satisfying the tongueCC Antya 8.85
jñāna-śakti-ādi-kalayā by portions of the potencies of knowledge, devotional service, creation, personal service, ruling over the material world, carrying the different planets, and killing the rogues and miscreantsCC Madhya 20.373
juṣataḥ of one who is enjoyingSB 10.10.8
kā-śabdam an ugly braying soundSB 10.15.30
yei kaha whatever you are sayingCC Madhya 24.240
kahe is trying to speakCC Madhya 25.281
eta kahi' saying thisCC Adi 7.122
eta kahi' saying thisCC Adi 17.135
kahi' sayingCC Adi 17.186
eta kahi' saying thisCC Madhya 1.181
eta kahi' thus sayingCC Madhya 2.44
kahi' sayingCC Madhya 6.220
eta kahi' saying thisCC Madhya 9.37
eta kahi' saying thisCC Madhya 9.151
eta kahi' saying thisCC Madhya 10.22
eta kahi' saying thisCC Madhya 10.70
eta kahi' saying thisCC Madhya 11.179
eta kahi' saying thisCC Madhya 16.168
eta kahi' saying thisCC Madhya 16.242
eta kahi' saying thisCC Madhya 16.265-266
eta kahi saying thisCC Madhya 20.62
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 1.68
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 1.84
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 2.121
kahi' sayingCC Antya 3.27
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 3.29
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 3.41
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 4.38
kahi' sayingCC Antya 4.43
eta kahi saying thisCC Antya 5.59
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 6.166
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 6.204
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 6.205
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 7.116
kahi' sayingCC Antya 10.113
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 12.145
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 15.24
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 16.120
kahi' sayingCC Antya 17.36
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 17.39
eta kahi' saying thisCC Antya 17.61
bāulake kahiha please inform Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, who is playing the part of a madman in ecstatic loveCC Antya 19.20
eteka kahite saying thisCC Madhya 15.67
nā kahiyā not sayingCC Adi 2.75
nā kahiyā not sayingCC Adi 6.25
bāṣpa-kalā-uparodhataḥ due to crying with tearful eyesSB 6.14.50-51
kala-veṇu-gītam sweet vibrations made by playing the fluteSB 10.21.14
kalā-abhyāsa studying a portionCC Madhya 22.118
kala-veṇu-gītam sweet vibrations made by playing the fluteCC Madhya 24.176
jñāna-śakti-ādi-kalayā by portions of the potencies of knowledge, devotional service, creation, personal service, ruling over the material world, carrying the different planets, and killing the rogues and miscreantsCC Madhya 20.373
āji-kāli kari' delaying today and tomorrowCC Madhya 16.10
kalpate is capable of displayingSB 11.24.21
kāma-kāreṇa for enjoying the result of workBG 5.12
kāma-dhuk supplying all the necessitiesSB 6.14.10
kāma-upanayena by satisfyingSB 8.20.10
kāma-anusevayā by enjoying acquired desired objectsSB 10.20.21
kāmaiḥ for satisfying one's desiresSB 8.19.23
kamala-upahārāḥ carrying offerings of lotus flowersSB 10.21.15
tyaktu-kāmām who was trying to avoidSB 9.20.37
kāndi' cryingCC Madhya 7.114
kāndi' cryingCC Madhya 17.56
kāndi' cryingCC Madhya 18.138
kāndite kāndite crying and cryingCC Madhya 3.212
kāndite kāndite crying and cryingCC Madhya 3.212
kāndite kāndite continuously cryingCC Madhya 15.148
kāndite kāndite continuously cryingCC Madhya 15.148
kāndite kāndite crying and cryingCC Madhya 16.197
kāndite kāndite crying and cryingCC Madhya 16.197
kāndite kāndite crying and cryingCC Antya 12.76
kāndite kāndite crying and cryingCC Antya 12.76
kāndiyā while cryingCC Adi 14.27
kāndiyā cryingCC Madhya 3.143
kāndiyā cryingCC Madhya 3.145
kāndiyā cryingCC Antya 12.22
kāndiyā cryingCC Antya 12.23
kanduka-līlayā by playing with the ballSB 8.12.22
kāntam a paying lover or a customerSB 11.8.23
khāḥ-kāra brayingSB 3.17.11
kara-ādibhiḥ by levying revenue taxes, customs duties, fines for punishment, etcSB 7.11.14
karaha rodana are you cryingCC Antya 8.21
kāraṇa-toya-śāyī Kāraṇodakaśāyī Viṣṇu, who lies in the Causal OceanCC Adi 1.7
kāraṇa-abdhi Kāraṇodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Adi 2.49
kāraṇa-toya-śāyī Kāraṇodakaśāyī Viṣṇu, who lies in the Causal OceanCC Adi 5.7
kāraṇa-abdhi-śāyī Lord Viṣṇu lying on the Causal OceanCC Adi 6.91
kāraṇa-abdhi-śāyī KāraṇābdhiśāyīCC Madhya 20.268
kāraṇa-abdhi-śāyī Lord Mahā-Viṣṇu, lying on the Causal OceanCC Madhya 20.282
tat-toṣa-kāraṇam cause of satisfying the LordCC Madhya 8.58
karaye krandana began cryingCC Madhya 16.154
kāma-kāreṇa for enjoying the result of workBG 5.12
karena krandane were cryingCC Madhya 11.187
karena krandana was cryingCC Madhya 15.56
karena krandana was cryingCC Antya 8.19
karena krandana were cryingCC Antya 12.75
chambaṭ-karī destroyingSB 3.18.26
hari hari kari' saying 'Hari, Hari'CC Adi 17.195
śānta kari' pacifyingCC Adi 17.252
hā-hā kari' crying loudlyCC Madhya 3.164
prabodha kari' pacifyingCC Madhya 3.209-210
rodana kari cryingCC Madhya 4.46
kari' guṇa gāna glorifying the qualitiesCC Madhya 11.159-160
krīḍā kari' enjoying pastimesCC Madhya 13.154
āji-kāli kari' delaying today and tomorrowCC Madhya 16.10
kari' sayingCC Madhya 17.223
kari' praṇaya-roṣa displaying anger in affectionCC Antya 9.31
kari' sayingCC Antya 12.121
jāla kari' carrying a netCC Antya 18.44
nāśa karibāre for destroyingCC Adi 3.60
rodana kariyā cryingCC Madhya 3.163
rodana kariyā cryingCC Antya 7.159
ājāḍa kariyā emptyingCC Antya 10.56
prabodha kariyā pacifyingCC Antya 12.80
rodana kariyā cryingCC Antya 12.82
kariyāche śayana was lying downCC Madhya 17.28
kariyāche śayana was lying downCC Antya 11.17
kariyāchena śayana was lying downCC Antya 10.85
mat-janma-karma-kathanam glorifying My birth and activitiesSB 11.11.34-41
karmiṇaḥ of the living entity trying for economic developmentSB 7.7.42
kataka dayi some of the dayitāsCC Madhya 13.9
kṛṣṇa-kathā-rase enjoying the transcendental mellow of discussing Lord Kṛṣṇa's pastimesCC Madhya 9.86
mat-janma-karma-kathanam glorifying My birth and activitiesSB 11.11.34-41
sa-pāṇi-kavalaḥ carrying His yogurt and rice in His handSB 10.13.14
jala-keli playing in the waterCC Antya 11.71
yajña-bhuk bāla-keliḥ although He accepts offerings in yajña, for the sake of childhood pastimes He was enjoying foodstuffs very jubilantly with His cowherd boyfriendsSB 10.13.11
khāḥ-kāra brayingSB 3.17.11
khe-carāṇām flying in the skySB 3.19.6
khe-carāṇām of those who were flying in the air (the Gandharvas)SB 4.3.5-7
khelā playingCC Adi 11.20
khelan playingCC Madhya 1.76
khelan playingCC Antya 1.79
khelan playingCC Antya 1.114
kīrtanam glorifyingCC Madhya 20.61
guṇa-kīrtanāt me by chanting and glorifying My transcendental qualitiesSB 5.5.10-13
kīrtayantaḥ glorifyingSB 11.6.48-49
kīrtaye for glorifyingSB 1.8.32
kīrtyamānam glorifyingSB 1.10.11-12
krandamānāḥ crying loudlySB 10.16.11
krandamānam cryingSB 10.19.5
krandan sometimes cryingSB 5.14.38
krandana cryingCC Adi 7.82
krandana cryingCC Adi 13.23
krandana cryingCC Adi 14.10
krandana cryingCC Adi 14.45
krandana cryingCC Madhya 2.46
krandana cryingCC Madhya 3.211
krandana cryingCC Madhya 4.199
krandana cryingCC Madhya 8.26
krandana cryingCC Madhya 8.233
krandana cryingCC Madhya 9.213
krandana cryingCC Madhya 9.233
krandana cryingCC Madhya 9.290
krandana cryingCC Madhya 9.321
ānanda-krandana crying in pleasureCC Madhya 9.342
krandana cryingCC Madhya 11.16
karena krandana was cryingCC Madhya 15.56
karaye krandana began cryingCC Madhya 16.154
krandana cryingCC Antya 4.39
karena krandana was cryingCC Antya 8.19
premera krandana crying in ecstatic loveCC Antya 10.46
karena krandana were cryingCC Antya 12.75
karena krandane were cryingCC Madhya 11.187
krandanera of cryingCC Adi 14.22
krandanti are cryingSB 10.29.21-22
krandantyaḥ crying outSB 10.19.2
krandatām who are cryingSB 10.64.37-38
krandatīm cryingSB 9.15.26
krīḍā-paricchadāḥ toys for playingSB 7.5.56-57
krīḍā-sańgena because of so much attachment to playing with other boysSB 10.11.13
krīḍā-śrāntaḥ fatigued from playingSB 10.11.15
krīḍā by playingSB 10.15.14
krīḍā in their playingSB 10.19.1
krīḍa of playingSB 10.37.23
krīḍā of playingSB 10.46.39
kṛīḍā of playingSB 10.65.24-25
krīḍā for playingSB 10.76.1
krīḍa playingSB 10.90.46
krīḍā playingSB 11.7.55
krīḍā playingCC Adi 5.139
krīḍā kari' enjoying pastimesCC Madhya 13.154
krīḍamānāḥ now Kṛṣṇa, being still more grown up, was playing with other children of the same ageSB 10.8.32
krīḍan playingSB 2.3.15
krīḍan playingSB 4.25.44
krīḍan playingSB 5.18.39
krīḍan iva just like playingSB 6.8.1-2
krīḍan enjoyingSB 9.15.20
krīḍan while playingSB 9.23.13
krīḍan playingSB 10.16.25
krīḍan playingSB 10.46.40
krīḍan playingSB 10.51.19
krīḍan playingSB 10.83.13-14
krīḍanam the playingSB 7.2.39
krīḍantaḥ are playingSB 10.13.42
krīḍantaḥ playingSB 10.43.34
krīḍantaḥ playingSB 11.1.13-15
krīḍantam engaged in playingSB 10.6.18
krīḍantam while playingSB 10.6.24
krīḍantam who were engaged in playingSB 10.11.12
krīḍantam engaged in playingSB 10.11.14
krīḍantam playingSB 10.13.40
krīḍantam playingSB 10.16.9
krīḍantam playingSB 10.66.36
krīḍantībhiḥ playingSB 10.90.1-7
krīḍantīm playing gamesSB 10.30.18
krīḍantyā playing like thatSB 9.22.8
krīdantyāḥ who was playingSB 12.8.26-27
krīḍataḥ while playingSB 4.13.41
krīḍataḥ playingSB 7.6.7
krīḍataḥ enjoying their lifeSB 8.17.15
krīḍataḥ who are playingSB 10.68.45
krīḍati playingSB 9.20.18
krīḍāyām in the matter of playingSB 3.7.3
krīḍitvā after playingSB 10.64.2
krośantam crying outSB 10.34.26
krośantam crying outSB 10.34.27
krośantīnām while cryingSB 3.19.35
krośantyāḥ who was cryingSB 10.38.42
krośataḥ toward them who were also cryingSB 11.7.65
kṛṣṇa-vikrīḍitam the playing of' KṛṣṇaSB 10.33.18
kṛṣṇa-mayī the word kṛṣṇa-mayīCC Adi 4.85
kṛṣṇa kṛṣṇa bali' saying 'Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa'CC Adi 17.194
kṛṣṇa kṛṣṇa bali' saying 'Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa'CC Adi 17.194
kṛṣṇa bali' saying the holy name of Lord KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 7.100
kṛṣṇa-sańgame directly enjoying with KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 8.212
kṛṣṇa-kathā-rase enjoying the transcendental mellow of discussing Lord Kṛṣṇa's pastimesCC Madhya 9.86
kṛṣṇa kṛṣṇa bali' saying 'Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa'CC Madhya 19.39
kṛṣṇa kṛṣṇa bali' saying 'Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa'CC Madhya 19.39
kṛṣṇera bhojana-śayana in this way offering eatables to Kṛṣṇa and laying Him down to restCC Madhya 24.334
kṛt carrying outSB 6.1.58-60
kṛta-manu-kṛta-vatyaḥ in the act of copying the movementsSB 1.9.40
kṛta-manu-kṛta-vatyaḥ in the act of copying the movementsSB 1.9.40
kṛta-deva-helanāt because of disobeying the orders of the LordSB 1.19.2
kṛta payingSB 10.44.51
ātmasāt kṛtvā again identifying with the selfSB 7.15.37
kṛtvā namaḥ paying obeisancesSB 10.22.19
kṣāli' purifyingCC Adi 1.98
pāpa-kṣaya nullifying of sinful activitiesCC Adi 17.217
kula-kṣaye in destroying the familyBG 1.39
kṣayiṣṇu destroyingSB 3.13.25
kṣiṇoti decayingSB 3.5.14
kṣīra-udaka-śāyī Kṣīrodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Adi 2.49
kṣīra-udaka-śāyī Kṣīrodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Adi 2.51
kṣīra-udaka-svāmī Kṣīrodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Madhya 21.39
kṣīroda-śāyī Kṣīrodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Adi 2.110
kṣīroda-śāyī Kṣīrodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Adi 2.114
kṣīroda-śāyī avatāra an incarnation of Lord Viṣṇu lying in the ocean of milkCC Adi 5.130
kṣvelikāyām while playingSB 5.8.21
kula-kṣaye in destroying the familyBG 1.39
dvija-ali-kula-sannāda-stavakāḥ the birds, especially the cuckoos, and swarms of bees began to chant in sweet voices, as if praying to the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB summary
sva-kuṭumba-rāmaḥ enjoying simply by maintaining the members of the familySB 7.6.14
kvaṇan playingSB 10.39.30
kvaṇantam playingBs 5.30
kvaṇayataḥ who is playingSB 10.44.16
śrīvatsa-lakṣmam and displaying the special mark known as ŚrīvatsaSB 10.89.54-56
jihvā-lāmpaṭya indulging in satisfying the tongueCC Antya 8.85
lañā carryingCC Madhya 1.120
lañā carryingCC Madhya 1.159
lañā accompanyingCC Madhya 11.238
mahāprabhu lañā carrying Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 14.90
jala-pātra lañā carrying a waterpotCC Madhya 18.90
likhiyā copyingCC Madhya 11.142
likhiyā copyingCC Madhya 11.143
līlā-ambujena playing with a lotus flowerSB 3.15.21
adhyayana-līlā pastimes of studyingCC Adi 15.7
śeṣa-śāyī-līlā the pastimes of Śeṣaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Madhya 14.89
mauṣala-līlā the pastimes of destroying the Yadu dynastyCC Madhya 23.117-118
gajendra-līlaḥ playing like an elephantSB 3.13.26
līlaḥ whose playingSB 10.33.23
gaja-līlayā playing like an elephantSB 3.13.33
līlayā by pastimes of playingSB 8.12.18
kanduka-līlayā by playing with the ballSB 8.12.22
limpantyaḥ applying cosmeticsSB 10.29.6-7
loka-tattva the nature of the living beings (especially those who are trying to advance in Kṛṣṇa consciousness)SB 7.13.12-13
loka-rāvaṇa O husband, who created the crying of so many other peopleSB 9.10.26
loka-pāvanī purifying the whole worldSB 9.15.11
urvaśī-lokam to the planet where Urvaśī was stayingSB 9.14.47
madhu-bhuk enjoying sex lifeSB 4.27.18
mahā-viṣṇoḥ of the Mahā-Viṣṇu (Kāraṇodakaśāyī Viṣṇu)SB 1.6.31
mahā-iṣvāsaḥ carrying his strong bow and arrowsSB 4.26.1-3
mahāprabhu lañā carrying Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 14.90
mahāprabhura sthāne to the place where Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was stayingCC Madhya 6.36
mahiṣī-vivāhe in the matter of marrying 16,108 wives at DvārakāCC Madhya 20.168
maileha if dyingCC Antya 20.23
maithuna-ādi represented by talking of sex, reading sexual literature or enjoying sex life (at home or outside, as in a club)SB 7.9.45
mānasaḥ identifying the mindSB 1.5.2
śrī-manavaḥ ūcuḥ all the Manus offered their respectful obeisances by sayingSB 7.8.48
maṇḍayan beautifyingSB 10.29.44
māninaḥ falsely identifying themselvesSB 10.27.7
deha-mānine to the person identifying with the bodySB 4.3.22
kṛta-manu-kṛta-vatyaḥ in the act of copying the movementsSB 1.9.40
mānuṣam as if playing as a human childSB 10.7.3
maraṇa dyingCC Antya 11.57
maraṇam the dyingSB 12.6.25
mārayan destroyingSB 3.29.45
hima-mardanam destroying coldSB 3.26.40
amogha marena Amogha is dyingCC Madhya 15.267
mari' dyingCC Madhya 7.48
bhokhe mari' genu I am dying from hungerCC Antya 12.20
mari' yāya are dyingCC Antya 15.65
mari' yāya I am dyingCC Antya 17.42
maris are you dyingCC Antya 12.23
maroń I am dyingCC Antya 8.23
agha-ogha-marṣaṇam destroying sinsSB 4.7.61
martya-ātmānaḥ falsely identifying themselves with the material bodySB 10.23.10-11
martyam dyingSB 2.6.18
eka-māsa rahi' staying for one monthCC Madhya 18.54
aṣṭa-māsa rahi' after staying for eight monthsCC Antya 13.119
vipruṭ-mat carrying particles of waterSB 4.25.18
mat-janma-karma-kathanam glorifying My birth and activitiesSB 11.11.34-41
mathurāya rahiyā staying at the city of MathurāCC Madhya 18.48
nikṛta-matiḥ whose intelligence has been brought to the abominable status of defying the authority of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 5.14.13
mauṣala-līlā the pastimes of destroying the Yadu dynastyCC Madhya 23.117-118
anna-mayāya who maintains all living entities by supplying the necessities of lifeSB 5.18.18
kṛṣṇa-mayī the word kṛṣṇa-mayīCC Adi 4.85
guṇa-kīrtanāt me by chanting and glorifying My transcendental qualitiesSB 5.5.10-13
miṣatām carrying soSB 3.3.3
mlāyatā drying upSB 10.80.8
mṛgayase are you trying to huntSB 5.2.7
na mriyamāṇaḥ not dyingSB 5.26.28
mriyamāṇaḥ while dyingSB 6.2.13
mriyamāṇaḥ dyingSB 6.3.24
mriyamāṇaḥ a person who is dyingSB 12.3.44
mriyamāṇaḥ dyingSB 12.3.49
mriyamāṇaḥ dyingCC Antya 3.64
mriyamāṇaḥ dyingCC Antya 3.187
mriyamāṇaiḥ by those who are dyingSB 12.3.50
mriyamāṇasya of the dying manSB 6.1.30
mṛṣāyate who is trying to appear as a false thing (actually the animal was Aghāsura, but because of poor knowledge they were thinking him to be a dead python)SB 10.12.25
mṛtvā after dyingSB 5.26.30
mṛtyu while dyingSB 4.29.71
mṛtyuḥ dyingSB 11.15.6-7
prahasita-mukhī they were smiling and enjoyingSB 10.8.31
muralī-vadana playing the fluteCC Madhya 2.15
muṣala dhāraṇa carrying a plowlike weapon called a muṣalaCC Adi 17.16
na mriyamāṇaḥ not dyingSB 5.26.28
na-eka-utsava celebrations simply for glorifying the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 10.12.35
nā kahiyā not sayingCC Adi 2.75
nā kahiyā not sayingCC Adi 6.25
nā baliyā not sayingCC Antya 2.146
bhagavat-nāma-rūpa-anukīrtanāt by glorifying the transcendental form, name, attributes and paraphernalia of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 6.8.27-28
sthāyi-bhāva-nāma called sthāyi-bhāvaCC Madhya 23.4
kṛtvā namaḥ paying obeisancesSB 10.22.19
nāśa karibāre for destroyingCC Adi 3.60
nāśi' destroyingCC Madhya 20.219
aśubha-nāśi destroying all inauspiciousnessCC Antya 20.154
netra-bandha trying to identify another when one is blindfoldedSB 10.18.14
netrī that which is carryingSB 1.19.6
netṛtvam carryingSB 3.26.37
nigūhantīm trying to coverSB 4.25.24
jaya-niḥsvanaiḥ simply by glorifying the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 10.12.34
nikṛta-matiḥ whose intelligence has been brought to the abominable status of defying the authority of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 5.14.13
nīlācale while He was staying at Jagannātha PurīCC Adi 13.35
nīlācale rahi' staying at Nīlācala, Jagannātha PurīCC Madhya 15.4
nilāyanaiḥ by playing hide-and-seekSB 10.11.59
nimārṣṭi purifyingSB 8.21.4
amṛta-nindaka defying nectarCC Madhya 3.46
nindantaḥ while vilifyingBG 2.36
nindi' decryingCC Adi 13.64
nipatitam lying downSB 1.9.4
nirapekṣaḥ without trying to enjoy the fruitsSB 11.11.22
nirhāram the carrying out of the body for the funeral ceremonySB 7.2.35
niṣedhatayā because of denying suchSB 11.3.36
nivasan stayingSB 10.24.1
nivasan stayingCC Antya 18.1
nṛtya-vāditra-gītaiḥ ca by dancing, playing various musical instruments, and singing songsSB 8.21.6-7
nyapātayat He sent it flyingSB 10.66.22
nyasta-daṇḍāḥ persons who have given up envying othersSB 5.14.39
agha-ogha-marṣaṇam destroying sinsSB 4.7.61
bhūme paḍi' lying on the groundCC Madhya 24.231
vedānta paḍi' studying Vedānta philosophyCC Antya 2.89
paḍi' lying downCC Antya 14.62
paḍi' āchena was lying downCC Antya 14.64
paḍi' lyingCC Antya 18.71
paḍiyā after studyingCC Adi 15.28
vedānta paḍiyā after studying VedāntaCC Antya 2.92
paḍiyā lying downCC Antya 6.175
paḍiyā lying downCC Antya 19.72
paḍiyāchena was lying downCC Antya 17.17
padma carrying a lotusSB 10.39.51-52
padmanābha Padmanābha (Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu)CC Madhya 21.39
ājñā-pālane by carrying out the orderCC Antya 10.8
arhaṇa-pāṇayaḥ carrying paraphernalia to worship the LordSB 9.11.29
pāṇḍu-vijaya the function of carrying the LordCC Madhya 14.246
sa-pāṇi-kavalaḥ carrying His yogurt and rice in His handSB 10.13.14
pańkaja-reṇu-rūṣitam carrying the dust from the lotus flowersSB 8.2.23-24
pāpa-haram suitable for destroying all sinful reactionsSB 6.4.21
pāpa-kṣaya nullifying of sinful activitiesCC Adi 17.217
krīḍā-paricchadāḥ toys for playingSB 7.5.56-57
parigṛhya carryingSB 9.10.13
parikrośati goes around cryingCC Antya 1.145
parimārṣṭum for purifying the mind completelySB 1.10.23
parisāntvayan pacifying themSB 6.7.20
parisāntvayan pacifyingSB 10.1.36
pariśocati is cryingSB 10.55.15
pariśuṣyatā as if drying upSB 4.8.64
pariśuṣyati is drying upBG 1.28
paritarpaṇam satisfyingSB 9.21.10
parivārya accompanyingSB 10.53.42-43
paśyan always trying to see or understandSB 7.13.5
patat-patākaiḥ with flags flyingSB 11.30.15
patat flyingSB 10.69.1-6
patat-patākaiḥ with flags flyingSB 11.30.15
patattriṇaḥ the flying living entitiesSB 8.20.23
pātayadbhiḥ who were trying to make him fall downSB 11.23.41
paṭhan studying thoroughlySB 9.22.38
vedānta-paṭhana studying Vedānta philosophyCC Adi 7.69
pathi on their way to Yaśodāmayī's houseSB 10.5.11
guru-patnīḥ Kaikeyī and other stepmothersSB 9.10.44
jala-pātra lañā carrying a waterpotCC Madhya 18.90
āpana pāvana purifying myselfCC Antya 11.10
pāvanaḥ which is purifying to hear aboutSB 9.14.1
pāvanam purifying atonementSB 10.78.31-32
pāvanam purifyingSB 11.3.30
pāvanam purifyingSB 11.11.20
pāvanān purifyingSB 10.69.41
pāvanāni purifyingBG 18.5
loka-pāvanī purifying the whole worldSB 9.15.11
pāvanī purifyingSB 10.45.48
pāvanī purifyingCC Antya 16.146
pāvanīḥ purifyingSB 10.72.3
pāvanīḥ purifyingSB 11.11.23-24
pavitra purifyingSB 10.14.47
pavitra purifyingSB 10.50.32-33
pavitra most purifyingSB 12.8.33-34
pavitram the purifying agentSB 11.29.27
pavitram sanctifyingSB 12.12.51
payaḥ-abdhi-śāyī Kṣīrodakaśāyī Viṣṇu, who lies in the ocean of milkCC Adi 1.7
payaḥ-abdhi-śāyī Kṣīrodakaśāyī Viṣṇu, who lies in the ocean of milkCC Adi 5.7
prabhāṣiṇī cryingSB 10.6.11
prabhu-sthāne in Jagannātha Purī, where the Lord was stayingCC Adi 10.54
prabhura vandana glorifying the LordCC Madhya 16.109
prabodha kari' pacifyingCC Madhya 3.209-210
prabodha kariyā pacifyingCC Antya 12.80
prabodhi' pacifyingCC Madhya 1.174
prabodhi' pacifyingCC Madhya 3.213
jananī prabodhi' pacifying the motherCC Madhya 3.214
prabodhi' satisfyingCC Madhya 16.26
duńhā prabodhiyā pacifying themCC Madhya 15.253
pracikīrṣavaḥ trying to retaliateSB 4.10.10
pradhvaṃsana for destroyingMM 32
pragṛṇatsu while praying forSB 4.22.1
prahāpayan completely destroyingSB 6.8.34
prahasita-mukhī they were smiling and enjoyingSB 10.8.31
śrī-prajāpatayaḥ ūcuḥ the great personalities who created the various living beings offered their prayers by sayingSB 7.8.49
pramathya destroying my armySB 6.11.18
prāṇam the vital air carrying the living entitySB 11.15.24
kari' praṇaya-roṣa displaying anger in affectionCC Antya 9.31
praṇidhāya laying downBG 11.44
prarudantam with a crying attitudeSB 10.9.11
prarudantyaḥ crying in lamentationSB 9.10.24
prasāda dite supplying the prasādamCC Madhya 15.247
prasādaye I am trying to pleaseSB 6.17.24
prasādya after satisfyingSB 4.9.34
prasādya pacifyingSB 6.6.24-26
prasādya after satisfyingSB 6.17.25
prasādya satisfyingSB 10.16.65-67
prasādya gratifying themSB 10.84.42
praśamayan pacifyingSB 6.4.6
praśaṃsantaḥ glorifyingSB 10.75.27
praśaṃsantaḥ glorifyingSB 11.31.10
praśaṃsi' glorifyingCC Antya 1.192
praśasya by pacifyingSB 7.5.8
praśasya pacifying moreSB 10.1.55
pratibhāṣitum properly replyingSB 1.15.2
pratiṣedhatā who was trying to convince him to desistSB 10.89.43-44
pratoṣya fully satisfyingSB 10.70.12
praveṣṭum trying to enter into the Brahman effulgence or ParamātmāSB 10.9.9
pravṛttena by an inclination for enjoying material activitiesSB 7.15.47
premera krandana crying in ecstatic loveCC Antya 10.46
pretya dyingSB 5.26.23
pretya after dyingSB 5.26.28
pretya after dyingSB 5.26.32
pretya after dyingSB 5.26.33
pretya after dyingSB 5.26.36
pretya after dyingSB 7.6.15
prīṇan satisfyingSB 3.15.11
prīṇan satisfyingSB 9.4.26
prīṇan gratifying themSB 10.45.2
prīṇan trying to please themSB 10.86.30
prīṇan satisfyingBs 5.26
prīṇayataḥ satisfyingSB 7.6.19
prīṇayya gratifyingSB 10.73.28
priyam the gratifyingSB 10.63.46
priyam gratifyingSB 12.12.36
prokṣaṇāya for purifyingSB 9.6.8
pūjā adoration achieved by satisfying mundane peopleCC Madhya 19.159
pulaka-aśru standing up of bodily hair and cryingCC Madhya 7.79
puṃsaḥ of Lord Viṣṇu (Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu)SB 9.14.2
punānam sanctifyingSB 4.29.84
punānāni purifyingSB 7.10.70
punantaḥ sanctifyingSB 7.14.42
punantaḥ purifyingSB 10.86.51
punantī sanctifyingSB 9.9.11
punantīḥ sanctifyingSB 5.20.23
punantīnām are purifyingSB 5.19.17-18
punat purifyingSB 10.85.36
puṇyā pious, purifyingSB 7.10.42
puṇya sanctifyingSB 10.80.3
puṇya-tamam supremely purifyingMM 34
puṇyam purifyingSB 1.18.17
puruṣa by the enjoying soulSB 11.25.31
puruṣa-avatāra the puruṣa incarnation, or Kāraṇārṇavaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Adi 5.63
puruṣa-avatāra the incarnation of the three Viṣṇus (Mahā-Viṣṇu, Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu and Kṣīrodakaśāyī Viṣṇu)CC Madhya 20.250
puruṣaḥ the enjoying personalitySB 1.7.23
puruṣaḥ Kāraṇārṇavaśāyī ViṣṇuSB 2.6.42
puruṣaḥ the supreme enjoying maleSB 11.5.23
puruṣaḥ Kāraṇābdhiśāyī ViṣṇuCC Madhya 20.267
puruṣāya the supreme enjoying male and the creator of the material universeSB 11.5.29-30
puruṣeṇa by the enjoying spirit soulSB 11.24.16
puruṣeṇa with the enjoying soulSB 11.28.1
pūrva-vāsanayā by the fructifying results of previous impious activitiesSB 5.14.37
pūtanā-deham the gigantic body of Pūtanā lying deadSB 10.6.31
racayan playingSB 3.2.2
rahi' stayingCC Madhya 2.54
rahi' stayingCC Madhya 6.63
rahi' stayingCC Madhya 7.54
rahi' stayingCC Madhya 7.106
gṛhe rahi' staying at homeCC Madhya 7.127
rahi' stayingCC Madhya 8.8
rahi' stayingCC Madhya 8.51-52
rahi' stayingCC Madhya 9.20
rahi' stayingCC Madhya 9.70
rahi' stayingCC Madhya 9.218
rahi' stayingCC Madhya 11.224
nīlācale rahi' staying at Nīlācala, Jagannātha PurīCC Madhya 15.4
gauḍe rahi' staying in BengalCC Madhya 16.64
tathā rahi' staying thereCC Madhya 16.123
ińhā rahi' staying hereCC Madhya 16.133
rahi' stayingCC Madhya 16.209
rahi' stayingCC Madhya 17.98
rahi' stayingCC Madhya 17.152
eka-māsa rahi' staying for one monthCC Madhya 18.54
rahi' stayingCC Antya 1.214
rahi' stayingCC Antya 8.96
rahi' stayingCC Antya 13.112
aṣṭa-māsa rahi' after staying for eight monthsCC Antya 13.119
rahi' stayingCC Antya 16.85
mathurāya rahiyā staying at the city of MathurāCC Madhya 18.48
rahiyā stayingCC Madhya 19.135
bāhire rahiyā staying outsideCC Antya 2.23
tina-dina rahiyā staying three daysCC Antya 3.161
rāja-dravya śodhi' after paying the dues of the governmentCC Antya 9.33
sva-kuṭumba-rāmaḥ enjoying simply by maintaining the members of the familySB 7.6.14
ramamāṇaḥ enjoying as it wereSB 2.9.2
ramamāṇaḥ enjoyingSB 4.28.59
ramamāṇaḥ enjoying sexSB 9.14.25
ramamāṇaḥ enjoying lifeSB 11.1.10
ramamāṇam enjoyingSB 2.9.17
ramamāṇasya enjoyingSB 3.3.22
ramamāṇasya enjoyingSB 4.27.5
ramamāṇayoḥ while enjoying themselvesSB 3.23.46
ramamāṇayoḥ who were enjoying in that waySB 9.1.31
ramataḥ enjoyingSB 4.4.19
ramataḥ of one enjoyingSB 5.19.5
ramataḥ who was enjoyingSB 10.65.34
ramatām enjoyingSB 11.26.21
ramayā enjoying always with the goddess of fortune (Lakṣmī)SB 3.9.23
ramayantyā enjoyingSB 9.14.24
raṃsyan enjoyingSB 5.13.18
rantum with the purpose of playingSB 10.20.25
rasa-ātmakaḥ supplying the juiceBG 15.13
uparata-rāsaḥ stopped its playingSB 5.8.22
gāḍha-raśanaḥ tying His belt firmlySB 10.16.6
kṛṣṇa-kathā-rase enjoying the transcendental mellow of discussing Lord Kṛṣṇa's pastimesCC Madhya 9.86
rāṣṭrakāḥ and the people from outlying districtsSB 10.43.20
sva-ātma-ratau enjoying in His internal potencySB 3.8.10
ratha ṭāne trying to pull the carCC Madhya 14.52
ratiḥ enjoyingSB 11.9.3
rauti cryingSB 1.14.12
loka-rāvaṇa O husband, who created the crying of so many other peopleSB 9.10.26
rāvaṇa O Rāvaṇa, one who can cause crying of othersSB 9.10.26
remāte playing carelesslySB 3.1.39
pańkaja-reṇu-rūṣitam carrying the dust from the lotus flowersSB 8.2.23-24
rodamānāyāḥ while she was cryingSB 4.30.14
rodana cryingCC Adi 13.23
rodana cryingCC Madhya 1.186
rodana cryingCC Madhya 3.123
rodana kariyā cryingCC Madhya 3.163
rodana kari cryingCC Madhya 4.46
rodana cryingCC Madhya 9.103
rodana cryingCC Madhya 12.64
rodana cryingCC Madhya 14.150
rodana cryingCC Madhya 14.199
rodana cryingCC Madhya 15.64
rodana cryingCC Madhya 15.182
rodana cryingCC Madhya 17.85
rodana cryingCC Madhya 17.93
rodana cryingCC Madhya 20.53
rodana kariyā cryingCC Antya 7.159
karaha rodana are you cryingCC Antya 8.21
rodana cryingCC Antya 10.48
rodana kariyā cryingCC Antya 12.82
rodanam loud cryingSB 6.14.49
rodane in cryingCC Madhya 8.260
rodane cryingCC Madhya 17.207
rodara like crying, laughing and shiveringSB 5.5.35
rodasī cryingSB 1.14.17
rodimi cryingSB 1.7.47
rodiṣi cryingSB 1.18.40
rodita cryingCC Antya 3.246
roravīṣi are cryingSB 10.90.16
rorūyate is cryingSB 9.6.31
kari' praṇaya-roṣa displaying anger in affectionCC Antya 9.31
rudan cryingSB 3.2.28
rudan cryingSB 4.2.14-15
rudan cryingSB 10.7.6
rudan cryingSB 10.77.21
rudan cryingSB 10.89.38
rudan crying outSB 11.26.10
rudan cryingCC Antya 14.73
rudantam cryingSB 3.31.27
rudantam cryingSB 6.18.62
rudantam cryingSB 10.7.11
rudanti cryingSB 1.14.19
rudanti seem to be cryingSB 1.14.20
rudantīnām while they were cryingSB 10.39.32
rudantyaḥ cryingSB 10.16.11
rudantyaḥ cryingSB 10.47.9-10
rudataḥ of Him who was cryingSB 10.26.5
rudatām while cryingSB 3.30.18
rudatī cryingSB 4.4.2
rudatī while cryingSB 4.28.49
rudatī cryingSB 9.18.24
rudatī cryingSB 10.30.15
rudatīm while she was cryingSB 4.28.51
rudatīm cryingSB 7.7.7
rudatyā by Devakī, who was cryingSB 10.4.7
rudatyaḥ cryingSB 7.2.32
rudatyaḥ although crying because Kṛṣṇa was separated from themSB 10.7.29
rudatyām when the wife was cryingSB 4.25.57-61
rudita their cryingSB 10.29.30
arbha-rudita (taking care of) crying babiesSB 10.44.15
rudita cryingCC Madhya 14.174
śuṣka-rudita dry, artificial cryingCC Madhya 14.176
ruditam the cryingSB 10.7.6
ruditam mother Yaśodā, crying pitifullySB 10.7.25
śuṣka-ruditam dry cryingCC Madhya 14.200
ruditam cryingMM 21
rundhan trying to rejectSB 9.11.16
bhagavat-nāma-rūpa-anukīrtanāt by glorifying the transcendental form, name, attributes and paraphernalia of the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 6.8.27-28
rūpiṇī embodyingSB 11.22.17
guṇa-rūpiṇyā embodying all mundane qualitiesBs 5.26
ruruduḥ they were cryingSB 10.7.25
ruśatīm vilifyingSB 4.4.17
pańkaja-reṇu-rūṣitam carrying the dust from the lotus flowersSB 8.2.23-24
sa-pāṇi-kavalaḥ carrying His yogurt and rice in His handSB 10.13.14
sa-gadam carrying his clubSB 10.77.35
sa-vilāsa-hāsam smiling with an enjoying spiritCC Madhya 21.123
jaya-śabdaiḥ by saying 'jaya, jaya'SB 8.21.6-7
kā-śabdam an ugly braying soundSB 10.15.30
śabdāt from studying or understanding the VedasSB 7.9.49
sādhakaḥ trying to achieveSB 10.86.4
sādhu sādhu iti crying 'excellent, excellent.'SB 10.18.32
sādhu sādhu iti crying 'excellent, excellent.'SB 10.18.32
sādhu sādhu iti saying, 'excellent, excellent'SB 10.33.9
sādhu sādhu iti saying, 'excellent, excellent'SB 10.33.9
saḥ that saintly person (lying down)SB 7.13.20
saha-agrajam who was playing with His elder brother, BalarāmaSB 10.11.14
saha accompanyingSB 10.86.58
sahāḥ accompanyingSB 10.71.35
jhāli sājāñā carrying his bagsCC Antya 12.12
jñāna-śakti-ādi-kalayā by portions of the potencies of knowledge, devotional service, creation, personal service, ruling over the material world, carrying the different planets, and killing the rogues and miscreantsCC Madhya 20.373
samādāya carrying very carefullySB 10.3.47
samāhartum in destroyingBG 11.32
samākrandan crying outSB 10.63.24
samāna or of staying in the middleSB 5.21.3
śamayan pacifyingSB 1.11.1
ajñāna-sambhavaḥ which is to be accepted by foolish persons ignorantly trying to become happySB 10.6.34
samīhase you are praying forSB 9.5.14
samparetya after dyingSB 4.9.37
samparetya after dyingSB 5.26.22
śaṃsantaḥ glorifyingSB 3.16.28
su-saṃskṛtya completely purifyingCC Madhya 25.1
saṃstabhya by steadyingBG 3.43
saṃstabhya pacifyingSB 4.7.12
samuhya tying togetherSB 10.43.3
sthaṇḍila-saṃveśana from lying down on the groundSB 5.9.9-10
saṃviśan or lying on his bedSB 10.2.24
saṃviṣṭaḥ eating together, lying togetherSB 9.11.22
saṃyojya applyingSB 4.23.13
sańgama-vihāra mingling and enjoying with KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 8.218
kṛṣṇa-sańgame directly enjoying with KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 8.212
sańge accompanying HimCC Adi 17.224
krīḍā-sańgena because of so much attachment to playing with other boysSB 10.11.13
varṇa-sańgrathane in the sense of tying together wordsCC Madhya 24.18
sańkīrtya glorifyingSB 9.5.22
sańkrandataḥ crying outSB 10.16.19
dvija-ali-kula-sannāda-stavakāḥ the birds, especially the cuckoos, and swarms of bees began to chant in sweet voices, as if praying to the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB summary
sannahyatīm trying to bindSB 8.12.21
śānta kari' pacifyingCC Adi 17.252
santanvataḥ displayingSB 1.3.37
santarpya gratifyingSB 10.45.15-16
santatān arising from suffering or enjoying various kinds of reactions to fruitive activitiesCC Madhya 6.155
santatān arising from suffering or enjoying various kinds of reactions to fruitive activitiesCC Madhya 20.114
śāntena satisfyingSB 4.30.4
sāntvayan pacifyingSB 1.7.15
sāntvayan pacifyingSB 4.26.19
sāntvayan pacifyingSB 4.28.51
sāntvayan pacifyingSB 9.14.13
sāntvayan pacifyingSB 10.47.22
sāntvayatā while pacifyingSB 1.7.53-54
sāntvayitvā satisfyingSB 1.7.17
sāntvayitvā after pacifyingSB 1.17.28
sāntvayitvā after pacifyingSB 4.14.13
vāja-sanyaḥ produced from the hairs of the horse's mane and thus known as VājasaneyīSB 12.6.74
śārīraḥ identifying the bodySB 1.5.2
sarva-sattva all living entities lying with HimSB 3.6.6
sat underlying substanceSB 10.56.27
sataḥ lyingSB 3.9.24
sarva-sattva all living entities lying with HimSB 3.6.6
sattva-bhāvanaḥ actually purifying one's existenceSB 6.2.12
sāttvika-vyabhicāri-bhāvera of sāttvika and vyabhicārī with sthāyibhāvaCC Madhya 19.181
ātma-śaucam purifying the heartSB 4.29.84
saundarya displaying beautyMM 30
sthaṇḍile-śayaḥ lying down on the floorSB 4.23.6
śayaḥ lying downSB 11.18.3
śayaḥ lyingCC Antya 17.51
sthaṇḍile-śayam lying down on a grass mattress, or kuśāsanaSB 9.10.34
śayana lying downSB 1.11.16-17
śayana lying downSB 5.8.11
śayana lying downSB 7.5.38
śayana in the activities of lying downSB 11.5.48
śayana lying downCC Adi 14.6
śayana lying down to restCC Madhya 3.59
śayana lying downCC Madhya 3.102
śayana lying downCC Madhya 3.135
śayana lying down for restCC Madhya 4.91
śayana lying downCC Madhya 4.125
śayana lying downCC Madhya 4.205
śayana lying downCC Madhya 7.23
śayana lying downCC Madhya 8.299
śayāna lying downCC Madhya 14.7
kariyāche śayana was lying downCC Madhya 17.28
śayana lying down to sleepCC Madhya 19.127
kṛṣṇera bhojana-śayana in this way offering eatables to Kṛṣṇa and laying Him down to restCC Madhya 24.334
śayana lying downCC Antya 10.82
kariyāchena śayana was lying downCC Antya 10.85
kariyāche śayana was lying downCC Antya 11.17
śayana lying downCC Antya 13.5
bhūmite śayana lying on the floorCC Antya 13.15
śayana lying downCC Antya 18.107
śayanaḥ lyingSB 3.1.19
śayānaḥ lying fully stretchedSB 3.20.47
śayānaḥ lying downSB 3.30.17
śayānaḥ lying downSB 4.27.4
śayānaḥ lying downSB 4.28.52
śayānaḥ lying downSB 5.5.32
śayānaḥ lying downSB 5.5.34
śayānaḥ while lying downSB 7.4.38
śayānāḥ lying downSB 9.2.4
śayānāḥ lyingSB 10.20.9
śayānaḥ one who is lying downSB 11.21.17
śayānam lying downSB 1.9.25
śayānam lying downSB 2.7.31
śayānam lying downSB 3.3.13
śayānam was lyingSB 3.8.23
śayānam lyingSB 3.19.27
śayānam lying downSB 3.28.19
śayānam lyingSB 3.33.2
śayānam lying downSB 4.8.66
śayānām lying downSB 4.26.17
śayānam lying down on a bedSB 4.29.61
śayānam lying downSB 6.14.45
śayānam lying downSB 6.14.46
śayānam lying downSB 7.2.29-31
śayānam lying downSB 7.13.12-13
śayānam who was lying asleepSB 10.34.5
śayānam lyingSB 10.51.9
śayānam lyingSB 10.69.26
śayānam lying asleepSB 10.87.12-13
śayānam who was lying downSB 10.89.8-9
śayānam lying downSB 11.28.31
śayānam lyingSB 12.8.2-5
śayānam lyingSB 12.9.21
śayānam lyingSB 12.9.31-32
śayanam lying downCC Madhya 24.135
śayānān lying downSB 9.6.27
śayānān lyingSB 10.44.44
śayānasya lying downSB 1.3.2
śayānasya lying downSB 7.13.18
śayānasya of Him who was lyingSB 10.26.5
śayānāyām while she was lying on the bedSB 4.25.57-61
śayane in lying or sleepingSB 11.11.11
śayāt lyingSB 3.26.53
śaye I have been lyingSB 10.51.32
kāraṇa-toya-śāyī Kāraṇodakaśāyī Viṣṇu, who lies in the Causal OceanCC Adi 1.7
garbha-uda-śāyī Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu, who lies in the Garbhodaka Ocean of the universeCC Adi 1.7
payaḥ-abdhi-śāyī Kṣīrodakaśāyī Viṣṇu, who lies in the ocean of milkCC Adi 1.7
śrīla-garbha-uda-śāyī Garbhodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Adi 1.10
dugdha-abdhi-śāyī Kṣīrodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Adi 1.11
kṣīra-udaka-śāyī Kṣīrodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Adi 2.49
jala-śāyī lying in the waterCC Adi 2.50
garbha-udaka-śāyī Garbhodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Adi 2.51
kṣīra-udaka-śāyī Kṣīrodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Adi 2.51
kṣīroda-śāyī Kṣīrodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Adi 2.110
kṣīroda-śāyī Kṣīrodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Adi 2.114
jala-śāyī lying in the waterCC Adi 3.70
kāraṇa-toya-śāyī Kāraṇodakaśāyī Viṣṇu, who lies in the Causal OceanCC Adi 5.7
garbha-uda-śāyī Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu, who lies in the Garbhodaka Ocean of the universeCC Adi 5.7
payaḥ-abdhi-śāyī Kṣīrodakaśāyī Viṣṇu, who lies in the ocean of milkCC Adi 5.7
śrīla-garbha-uda-śāyī Garbhodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Adi 5.93
dugdha-abdhi-śāyī Kṣīrodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Adi 5.109
kṣīroda-śāyī avatāra an incarnation of Lord Viṣṇu lying in the ocean of milkCC Adi 5.130
kāraṇa-abdhi-śāyī Lord Viṣṇu lying on the Causal OceanCC Adi 6.91
śeṣa-śāyī-līlā the pastimes of Śeṣaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Madhya 14.89
śeṣa-śāyī for seeing ŚeṣaśāyīCC Madhya 18.64
kāraṇa-abdhi-śāyī KāraṇābdhiśāyīCC Madhya 20.268
kāraṇa-abdhi-śāyī Lord Mahā-Viṣṇu, lying on the Causal OceanCC Madhya 20.282
garbha-udaka-śāyī Lord Garbhodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Madhya 20.292
garbha-udaka-śāyi-dvārā by Lord Garbhodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Madhya 20.303
śayīran lying downSB 5.14.40
śayyā in lying downBG 11.41-42
śayyā of bedding for lying downSB 5.13.12
śayyā lying down to take restSB 10.82.29-30
sayyā in lying downSB 11.6.45
śayyā-āsana sitting or lying on the bedCC Madhya 19.199-200
sma śerate were lyingSB 9.9.10
śeṣa-śāyī-līlā the pastimes of Śeṣaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Madhya 14.89
śeṣa-śāyī for seeing ŚeṣaśāyīCC Madhya 18.64
śete is lying downSB 10.51.10
sevamānaḥ enjoyingSB 9.6.48
sevataḥ enjoyingSB 9.19.18
siddhibhiḥ mystic perfections (aṇimā, laghimā, prāpti, prākāmya, mahimā, īśitva, vaśitva, and kāmāvasāyitā)Bs 5.5
śikṣan studyingSB 11.3.33
śiśayiṣoḥ lying of the Personality of Godhead (Nārāyaṇa)SB 1.6.29
sma śerate were lyingSB 9.9.10
smṛti-ghnaḥ destroying the memory ofSB 3.15.36
śobhayantau beautifyingSB 10.38.28-33
śodhana purifyingCC Antya 7.140
rāja-dravya śodhi' after paying the dues of the governmentCC Antya 9.33
śoṣa drying upSB 10.54.49
śoyāñā lying downCC Madhya 6.8
krīḍā-śrāntaḥ fatigued from playingSB 10.11.15
dala-śreṇī the bunches of outlying petalsCC Madhya 21.7
śrī-manavaḥ ūcuḥ all the Manus offered their respectful obeisances by sayingSB 7.8.48
śrī-prajāpatayaḥ ūcuḥ the great personalities who created the various living beings offered their prayers by sayingSB 7.8.49
śrīla-garbha-uda-śāyī Garbhodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Adi 1.10
śrīla-garbha-uda-śāyī Garbhodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Adi 5.93
śrīvatsa carrying the mark known as ŚrīvatsaSB 10.39.51-52
śrīvatsa-lakṣmam and displaying the special mark known as ŚrīvatsaSB 10.89.54-56
śruta knowledge from studying the VedasSB 7.9.9
śruta hearing and obeying the injunctions of the VedasSB 11.6.9
stambhayan trying to controlSB 6.1.62
dvija-ali-kula-sannāda-stavakāḥ the birds, especially the cuckoos, and swarms of bees began to chant in sweet voices, as if praying to the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB summary
stavana prayingCC Madhya 1.103
stavana prayingCC Madhya 3.186
bhava-stavāya for praying to Lord ŚivaSB 4.7.11
dūra-sthāḥ although staying a long distance awaySB 9.16.14
sthaḥ stayingSB 10.45.4
eka-deśa-stham lying down in one placeSB 6.16.53-54
vāsā-gṛha-sthāna residential places for stayingCC Madhya 11.172
sthaṇḍila-saṃveśana from lying down on the groundSB 5.9.9-10
sthaṇḍile-śayaḥ lying down on the floorSB 4.23.6
sthaṇḍile-śayam lying down on a grass mattress, or kuśāsanaSB 9.10.34
prabhu-sthāne in Jagannātha Purī, where the Lord was stayingCC Adi 10.54
mahāprabhura sthāne to the place where Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was stayingCC Madhya 6.36
gosāñira sthāne to the place where Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was stayingCC Madhya 6.114
sthāyi-bhāva-nāma called sthāyi-bhāvaCC Madhya 23.4
stheyam should be stayingSB 10.5.31
sthitā stayingSB 8.8.25
antaḥ-sthitaḥ staying among themSB 9.21.12
sthitān stayingSB 8.7.4
sthitavati while staying thereSB 1.9.35
sthiti stayingCC Adi 2.45
sthiti stayingCC Madhya 1.22
stuti praying toSB 3.29.16
ati-stuti overly glorifyingCC Madhya 10.182
stutvā prayingSB 3.9.40
stutvā thus praying to the LordSB 11.27.45
stuvataḥ while prayingSB 10.41.1
stuvatīṣu while glorifyingSB 4.23.29
su-uktasya of diligently studying the Vedic literatureSB 5.19.28
su-saṃskṛtya completely purifyingCC Madhya 25.1
śuciḥ purifying himselfSB summary
śuite lying downCC Antya 20.18
śukāiyā drying upCC Adi 17.28
śukāñā drying upCC Antya 20.23
vaṃśī-dhvani-sukha the happiness of hearing the playing of the fluteCC Madhya 2.47
śuñā āche is lyingCC Antya 17.56
suptā lying dormantSB 4.7.59
sura-helanam disobeying great demigodsSB 3.15.36
śuṣka-rudita dry, artificial cryingCC Madhya 14.176
śuṣka-ruditam dry cryingCC Madhya 14.200
suṣupsuḥ lyingSB 3.13.30
śuṣyat-vadana drying up of the mouthSB 1.15.2
śuṣyat drying upSB 10.29.29
śuṣyat drying upSB 10.90.23
sva-ātma-ratau enjoying in His internal potencySB 3.8.10
sva-kuṭumba-rāmaḥ enjoying simply by maintaining the members of the familySB 7.6.14
sva-dharmaḥ carrying out one's prescribed dutiesSB 11.23.45
svādhyāye in studying Vedic literatureSB 7.15.1
svam upasthānam their prayer glorifying HimSB 6.9.46
kṣīra-udaka-svāmī Kṣīrodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Madhya 21.39
svanayan cryingSB 5.26.16
svapantaḥ lying downSB 4.7.30
adhaḥ-svapnam lying down on the floorSB 8.16.48
svarāṭ Garbhodakaśāyī ViṣṇuSB 2.6.42
svarāṭ Garbhodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Madhya 20.267
svarūpa-avasthitasya staying in the same form even to the time of dissolutionSB 3.11.2
śvasanam the drying airSB 3.8.32
svayam-bhūḥ without material birth (born directly from the body of Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu)SB 11.13.18
śveta-dvīpa of the white island, the abode of Kṣīrodakaśāyī ViṣṇuSB 11.15.18
taḍit-vantaḥ displaying lightningSB 10.20.6
tāḥ they, headed by Kauśalyā and KaikeyīSB 9.10.47
talpe (lying) on the bedSB 10.6.7
puṇya-tamam supremely purifyingMM 34
ratha ṭāne trying to pull the carCC Madhya 14.52
tāńra of Garbhodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Madhya 20.291
tapaḥ-ādibhiḥ by executing the principles of austerity, penance, brahmacarya and other purifying processesSB 6.1.16
dvija-tarpaṇam and satisfying the brāhmaṇas by feeding themSB 8.16.47
tarpayan gratifyingSB 10.70.34
tarpayitvā satisfyingSB 10.71.44-45
tarpayitvā satisfying by offeringsSB 11.6.37-38
tarpayitvā gratifyingSB 12.6.12
tasya of him (a student studying the Vedas)SB 5.11.3
tat-adhikaraṇe in occupying that postSB 5.1.6
a-tat-arhaḥ although not fit for carrying the palanquinSB 5.10.1
tat that crying of ReṇukāSB 9.16.14
tat-antara-gataḥ now became entangled with the affairs of Kṛṣṇa, who was enjoying luncheon pastimes with His cowherd boysSB 10.13.15
tat-ātmikāḥ identifying with HimSB 10.30.3
tat-arthakāni signifying these appearances and activitiesSB 11.2.39
tat-toṣa-kāraṇam cause of satisfying the LordCC Madhya 8.58
tataḥ after purifying the seven planets of the seven great sagesSB 5.17.4
tathā rahi' staying thereCC Madhya 16.123
tatra there (where the two sons of Kuvera were enjoying life)SB 10.10.5
loka-tattva the nature of the living beings (especially those who are trying to advance in Kṛṣṇa consciousness)SB 7.13.12-13
tina-dina rahiyā staying three daysCC Antya 3.161
tīrthapada-anukīrtanam glorifying the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is known as TīrthapadaSB 6.13.22-23
tiṣṭhan or staying anywhereSB 10.2.24
tiṣṭhan staying in this waySB 10.13.11
tiṣṭhatām of those who were stayingCC Antya 6.263
tat-toṣa-kāraṇam cause of satisfying the LordCC Madhya 8.58
hari-toṣam satisfying the Supreme LordSB 4.29.49
toṣi' satisfyingCC Adi 17.240
kāraṇa-toya-śāyī Kāraṇodakaśāyī Viṣṇu, who lies in the Causal OceanCC Adi 1.7
kāraṇa-toya-śāyī Kāraṇodakaśāyī Viṣṇu, who lies in the Causal OceanCC Adi 5.7
trai-guṇya embodying the threefold mundane qualitiesBs 5.41
trāsayantam terrifyingSB 10.37.1-2
trayi-ātmā personifying the knowledge of the three VedasSB 11.5.24
trayīm TrayīSB 6.18.1
trayyā by studying the three Vedas (Sāma, Yajur and Atharva)SB 10.8.45
tri-daṇḍī carrying a triple staffSB 10.86.2-3
tri-adhīśaḥ the master of three places, namely Goloka Vṛndāvana, Vaikuṇṭhaloka and the material world, or the master of Mahā-Viṣṇu, Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu and Kṣīrodakaśāyī Viṣṇu, or the master of Brahmā, Viṣṇu and Maheśvara, or the master of the three worlds (the higher, lower and middle planetary systems)CC Madhya 21.33
tṛpām who are devoted to gratifyingSB 11.26.3
agata-tṛṣā without fully satisfying the thirstSB 5.8.4
tyaktu-kāmām who was trying to avoidSB 9.20.37
ucchoṣaṇam drying upBG 2.8
śrī-manavaḥ ūcuḥ all the Manus offered their respectful obeisances by sayingSB 7.8.48
śrī-prajāpatayaḥ ūcuḥ the great personalities who created the various living beings offered their prayers by sayingSB 7.8.49
garbha-uda-śāyī Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu, who lies in the Garbhodaka Ocean of the universeCC Adi 1.7
śrīla-garbha-uda-śāyī Garbhodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Adi 1.10
garbha-uda-śāyī Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu, who lies in the Garbhodaka Ocean of the universeCC Adi 5.7
śrīla-garbha-uda-śāyī Garbhodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Adi 5.93
garbha-udaka Garbhodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Adi 2.49
kṣīra-udaka-śāyī Kṣīrodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Adi 2.49
garbha-udaka-śāyī Garbhodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Adi 2.51
kṣīra-udaka-śāyī Kṣīrodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Adi 2.51
garbha-udaka-śāyī Lord Garbhodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Madhya 20.292
garbha-udaka-śāyi-dvārā by Lord Garbhodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Madhya 20.303
kṣīra-udaka-svāmī Kṣīrodakaśāyī ViṣṇuCC Madhya 21.39
uddharantyaḥ carrying onSB 4.16.21
uḍi' flyingCC Madhya 3.125
uḍi' flyingCC Madhya 17.209
uḍi' flyingCC Madhya 17.217
udīrayantam loudly playingSB 10.21.16
uḍiyā flyingCC Adi 4.253
bhāra-udvaha by carrying the great loadSB 8.6.34
udvahan carrying outSB 4.23.37
udvahan carryingSB 4.29.33
udvahan carrying highSB 10.18.26
udvahan carryingSB 12.11.18
udvahataḥ carrying onBs 5.17
udvahatām for those who are carryingSB 6.17.31
udvāhya after marryingSB 10.47.45
udyamya carryingSB 4.5.6
udyamya readyingSB 10.83.32
udyatāḥ tryingBG 1.44
su-uktasya of diligently studying the Vedic literatureSB 5.19.28
uktvā sayingBG 1.46
uktvā sayingBG 2.9
uktvā sayingBG 11.9
uktvā sayingSB 1.18.36
uktvā sayingSB 6.4.54
uktvā sayingSB 7.3.22
iti uktvā saying thisSB 7.10.31
uktvā saying (to her)SB 8.17.21
iti uktvā saying thisSB 8.23.3
iti uktvā after saying thisSB 9.9.8
iti uktvā saying thisSB 9.19.21
iti uktvā saying thisSB 10.4.23
iti uktvā saying this ('Let Me bring your calves personally')SB 10.13.14
uktvā sayingSB 10.41.6
uktvā sayingSB 10.57.24
uktvā sayingSB 10.60.21
uktvā sayingSB 10.62.17
uktvā sayingSB 10.64.21
uktvā sayingSB 10.72.33
uktvā sayingSB 10.78.28
uktvā sayingCC Antya 3.56
uktvā sayingCC Antya 14.120
ullāsi playingCC Madhya 1.84
unmucya untyingSB 11.23.31
unnadantaḥ crying loudlySB 10.69.9-12
unnayanaiḥ carryingSB 10.44.5
upabandham ropes for tyingSB 2.7.30
upacita by satisfying Him perfectlySB 5.1.30
upādāya carryingSB 8.15.18
upādāya applyingSB 11.15.22
hari-gātha-upagāyane on an occasion of kīrtana for glorifying the Supreme LordSB 7.15.71
kamala-upahārāḥ carrying offerings of lotus flowersSB 10.21.15
upalabhante are trying to realizeSB 5.24.20
upalakṣaṇam playing the role ofSB 11.5.28
kāma-upanayena by satisfyingSB 8.20.10
upaniṣadbhiḥ ca and by studying the Vedic knowledge of the UpaniṣadsSB 10.8.45
upaniṣat-dṛśām by those jñānīs who are engaged in studying the UpaniṣadsSB 10.13.54
uparata-rāsaḥ stopped its playingSB 5.8.22
bāṣpa-kalā-uparodhataḥ due to crying with tearful eyesSB 6.14.50-51
graha-upaśamanaḥ nullifying planetsSB 5.22.12
upaśamāya for destroyingSB 4.1.57
upāsanā-astraḥ applying the weapon of worshipingSB 5.11.17
upaśobhanaḥ beautifyingSB 10.59.40
upāśritya by employingSB 2.4.7
svam upasthānam their prayer glorifying HimSB 6.9.46
upatiṣṭhatām prayingSB 6.9.28
upekṣiyā not paying serious attentionCC Madhya 7.71
urvaśī-lokam to the planet where Urvaśī was stayingSB 9.14.47
uṣitvā stayingSB 1.10.7
uṣitvā stayingSB 10.86.59
utpatya was flyingSB 10.6.4
utsādya destroyingSB 12.1.35
na-eka-utsava celebrations simply for glorifying the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB 10.12.35
vācakaḥ signifyingCC Madhya 9.30
vacmi am sayingSB 11.22.5
vacobhiḥ in varying termsSB 12.4.31
vādakau both playing musical instrumentsSB 10.18.13
vadan sayingCC Madhya 22.101
śuṣyat-vadana drying up of the mouthSB 1.15.2
muralī-vadana playing the fluteCC Madhya 2.15
vadantaḥ sayingSB 7.7.3
vādayadbhiḥ who were playingSB 10.90.8-9
vādayantam playingBs 5.26
vādinaḥ sayingSB 10.78.29
vādinaḥ sayingSB 11.23.36
nṛtya-vāditra-gītaiḥ ca by dancing, playing various musical instruments, and singing songsSB 8.21.6-7
vāditram the art of playing musical instrumentsSB 4.15.19
vādya by the playingSB 10.35.4-5
vādya and playing musical instrumentsSB 10.90.12
vādyakaiḥ by playing respectivelySB 10.12.34
vādye in the matter of playingSB 10.35.14-15
vādyena with the playing of musical instrumentsSB 10.62.2
vahāmaḥ we are carryingSB 5.10.4
vahan carryingSB 10.18.25
vahan carryingSB 10.74.27-28
vahan carryingSB 10.86.27-29
vahan carryingCC Madhya 23.27
vahāñā carryingCC Madhya 6.8
vahantaḥ carryingSB 10.18.22
vahase you are carryingSB 10.1.34
vahasi you are carryingSB 5.2.11
vahataḥ of Him who was carryingSB 10.30.31
vahi' carryingCC Madhya 1.146
vahi' carryingCC Madhya 4.181
vahi' carryingCC Madhya 7.40
vahi' carrying (it)CC Madhya 25.169
vahiyā carryingCC Antya 13.90
vaihāyasa flying in the skySB 5.5.35
vaimānikāḥ flying in their airplanesSB 3.15.17
avagata-viṣaya-vaitathyaḥ becoming conscious of the uselessness of enjoying material sense gratificationSB 5.14.10
vāja-sanyaḥ produced from the hairs of the horse's mane and thus known as VājasaneyīSB 12.6.74
ati-vāma-ceṣṭitām although she was trying to treat the child better than a motherSB 10.6.9
vaṃśī-dhvani-sukha the happiness of hearing the playing of the fluteCC Madhya 2.47
vandana prayingCC Adi 2.116
prabhura vandana glorifying the LordCC Madhya 16.109
vandana prayingCC Madhya 22.121
taḍit-vantaḥ displaying lightningSB 10.20.6
varṇa-sańgrathane in the sense of tying together wordsCC Madhya 24.18
vartate is now stayingSB 4.26.16
vāsā-gṛha-sthāna residential places for stayingCC Madhya 11.172
vāsā staying placeCC Madhya 11.173
pūrva-vāsanayā by the fructifying results of previous impious activitiesSB 5.14.37
vasi' lyingCC Madhya 8.178
vasi' stayingCC Madhya 17.95
bhṛtya-vaśyatām how He is agreeable to carrying out the orders of His servants, His devoteesSB 10.11.9
vāṭ carryingSB 10.18.26
kṛta-manu-kṛta-vatyaḥ in the act of copying the movementsSB 1.9.40
vedānta-paṭhana studying Vedānta philosophyCC Adi 7.69
vedānta paḍi' studying Vedānta philosophyCC Antya 2.89
vedānta paḍiyā after studying VedāntaCC Antya 2.92
kala-veṇu-gītam sweet vibrations made by playing the fluteSB 10.21.14
kala-veṇu-gītam sweet vibrations made by playing the fluteCC Madhya 24.176
gītā-veṇuḥ playing His fluteSB 10.35.22-23
vibhramaḥ whose playingSB 10.33.16
vibhraṃśam destroying our false prestigeSB 8.22.5
viceṣṭataḥ while so trying, or willingSB 2.10.15
vicikitsāyām on your trying to knowSB 3.9.37
haila vidyamāna stayingCC Madhya 11.68
vihāra playingSB 10.30.2
sańgama-vihāra mingling and enjoying with KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 8.218
vihāra while enjoyingCC Madhya 19.199-200
alam vihāraiḥ after this there is no necessity of playingSB 10.11.15
ātma-vihāraiḥ ca enjoying Himself by Himself in different waysSB 10.13.20
viharan while playingSB 1.18.32
viharan enjoying like monkeysSB 5.14.31
viharan enjoying lifeSB 11.10.24
viharantam enjoyingSB 4.29.54
viharataḥ while staying as a guestSB 1.15.13
viharataḥ who was playingSB 10.16.8
vihari' enjoyingCC Adi 3.13
vihari enjoyingCC Adi 13.8
vihāyasā by traveling in outer space or flying in the skySB 3.15.12
vihṛtya enjoyingSB 11.9.21
vihṛtya playingSB 11.31.11
pāṇḍu-vijaya the function of carrying the LordCC Madhya 14.246
viśva-vijayāya for glorifying the cosmic creationSB 3.9.25
vikrīḍataḥ swimming or playingSB 6.12.22
vikrīḍataḥ playingSB 7.8.26
vikrīḍatīm playingSB 3.22.17
vikrīḍatīm engaged in playingSB 8.12.18
vikrīḍatoḥ as the two of Them were playingSB 10.34.25
kṛṣṇa-vikrīḍitam the playing of' KṛṣṇaSB 10.33.18
vikrīḍitam the playingSB 10.42.26-27
vikruśya crying to without offenseSB 6.3.24
vilapan crying outSB 11.26.5
vilāpanam crying in distressSB 1.18.39
sa-vilāsa-hāsam smiling with an enjoying spiritCC Madhya 21.123
vilasat enjoying pleasureSB 1.9.34
vimāna-yānāḥ flying in their airplanesSB 4.3.5-7
vināśanam destroyingSB 3.22.32
vipruṭ-mat carrying particles of waterSB 4.25.18
viraṇayan playing in a specific waySB 10.19.15
viṣajjamānam playingSB 3.19.6
avagata-viṣaya-vaitathyaḥ becoming conscious of the uselessness of enjoying material sense gratificationSB 5.14.10
viṣayīra gaṇa generally known as viṣayīsCC Antya 6.215
mahā-viṣṇoḥ of the Mahā-Viṣṇu (Kāraṇodakaśāyī Viṣṇu)SB 1.6.31
viṣṇoḥ ārādhana-arthāya for the purpose of satisfying Lord ViṣṇuSB 10.5.14
viśodhya purifyingSB 11.3.49
viśokāya for pacifying themSB 1.10.7
viśoṣaṇam drying upSB 3.28.32
viśuddhaye for clarifyingBG 6.11-12
viśuddhi-artham for purifyingSB 3.6.34
viśva-vijayāya for glorifying the cosmic creationSB 3.9.25
vitudan by playing onSB 4.8.38
vitudan playing onSB 4.12.40
vivahan sometimes marryingSB 5.13.13
mahiṣī-vivāhe in the matter of marrying 16,108 wives at DvārakāCC Madhya 20.168
vivakṣayā with the idea of sayingSB 11.21.23
vrajadbhiḥ flyingSB 4.3.12
sāttvika-vyabhicāri-bhāvera of sāttvika and vyabhicārī with sthāyibhāvaCC Madhya 19.181
vyākaraṇe studying grammarCC Adi 10.72
vyavasthitiḥ stayingCC Madhya 24.135
vyudasya laying asideBG 18.51-53
deva-yajanam satisfying the demigods by sacrificesSB 4.24.10
yajña-bhuk bāla-keliḥ although He accepts offerings in yajña, for the sake of childhood pastimes He was enjoying foodstuffs very jubilantly with His cowherd boyfriendsSB 10.13.11
vimāna-yānāḥ flying in their airplanesSB 4.3.5-7
ātta-yaṣṭim carrying in her hand a stickSB 10.9.9
yatayaḥ ever-increasingly tryingSB 4.22.39
yathā āste while staying hereSB 10.8.31
yatra in whom (Lord Aniruddha, also known as Kṣīrodakaśāyī Viṣṇu)SB 10.87.10
mari' yāya are dyingCC Antya 15.65
mari' yāya I am dyingCC Antya 17.42
yei kaha whatever you are sayingCC Madhya 24.240
yogaiḥ by the rectifying processesSB 3.14.46
yoginaḥ of the yogīs or persons trying to advance in spiritual lifeSB 5.6.4
yojana-āyāma occupying eight miles of landSB 10.12.16
yuḍi' occupying the space ofCC Antya 10.85
citta-yuktam along with consciousness (implying not only conditioned consciousness together with the object of that consciousness and the presiding Deity Vāsudeva, but also the mind together with the object of thought and the moon-god Candra, intelligence with the object of intelligence and Lord Brahmā, and false ego together with the identification of false ego and Lord Rudra)SB 11.22.32
yuñjan by applyingSB 1.17.14
yuñjataḥ trying to engageSB 11.28.38
439 results
yiyakṣu adjective wishing to worship or sacrifice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17137/72933
yiyās verb to wish to go
Frequency rank 17138/72933
yiyāsu adjective desirous of marching or taking the field (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intending to set off or depart (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wishing to go or move or ride or drive or fly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10757/72933
yiyāsā noun (feminine) desire of going (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38548/72933
yi noun (masculine) [gramm.] vorn antretendes Augment yi
Frequency rank 63046/72933
akṣayin adjective undecaying (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26089/72933
agneyi noun (feminine) name of a goddess
Frequency rank 41718/72933
agrayāyin noun (masculine) a Ieader (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41727/72933
aṅganāyi noun (feminine) a kind of plant (Ray, Rasārṇava)
Frequency rank 31417/72933
acintayitvā indeclinable not paying attention to
Frequency rank 12758/72933
ajanāyi noun (feminine) brāhmī Herpestis monniera H.B.K. kṛṣṇakārpāsī
Frequency rank 31457/72933
atiśayin adjective abounding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
excelling (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26190/72933
atiśayitṛ adjective exceeding
Frequency rank 42241/72933
atiśāyin adjective abounding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
excelling (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
excessive (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17477/72933
adarśayitvā indeclinable not having shown
Frequency rank 31634/72933
adāyin adjective not giving (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 42384/72933
adāyika adjective not relating to inheritance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unclaimed from want of persons entitled to inherit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 42385/72933
adhaḥśayyin adjective lying on the ground
Frequency rank 42457/72933
adhyavasāyin adjective resolute (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26253/72933
adhyavasāyita adjective attempted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 42545/72933
adhyāyin adjective a student (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
engaged in reading (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11505/72933
anapāyin noun (masculine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 42676/72933
anapāyin adjective constant in the same state (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
invariable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not going or passing away (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11889/72933
anapeyivas adjective not deviating from
Frequency rank 42686/72933
anavasthāyin adjective transient (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22937/72933
anasūyin adjective not envious
Frequency rank 42805/72933
anātyayika adjective
Frequency rank 42843/72933
anāsvādayitum indeclinable not to taste (inf.)
Frequency rank 31839/72933
anīrayitvā indeclinable
Frequency rank 43035/72933
anupāyin adjective not using means or expedients (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[medic.] als Nachtrunk nehmend
Frequency rank 43212/72933
anuyāyin adjective a dependant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a follower (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
attendant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
consequent upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
following (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
going after (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7912/72933
anuyāyi noun (feminine) succession (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 43274/72933
anuvidhāyin adjective compliant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
conforming to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
imitating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12779/72933
anuśayin adjective connected as with a consequence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
devotedly attached to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
faithful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
hating deeply (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having the consequence of an act (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
penitent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
regretful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
repentant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sorry for (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20593/72933
anuśāyin adjective lying or extending along (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23020/72933
anuṣṭhāyin adjective doing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
performing an act (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26374/72933
anokaśāyin noun (masculine) not sleeping in a house (as a beggar) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 43416/72933
antāvasāyin noun (masculine) a barber (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a Caṇḍāla
Frequency rank 23037/72933
antyāvasāyin noun (masculine) a man of low caste (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17527/72933
antyāvasāyi noun (feminine) a woman of a lower caste
Frequency rank 32053/72933
anyāyin adjective improper (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
indecorous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unbecoming (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unjust (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 43523/72933
anvayin adjective belonging to the same family (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
connected (as a consequence) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20611/72933
anvayitva noun (neuter) the state of being a necessary consequence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 43539/72933
apacāyin adjective not rendering due respect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
showing want of respect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20616/72933
apalāyin adjective not flying
Frequency rank 9309/72933
apalāyitṛ adjective
Frequency rank 43709/72933
apāyin adjective departing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
going away (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
perishable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
vanishing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26459/72933
apāyika adjective relating to a bad birth
Frequency rank 32159/72933
apīḍayitvā indeclinable not having oppressed
Frequency rank 43794/72933
apūjayitvā indeclinable not having worshipped
Frequency rank 32185/72933
apratiyāyin adjective
Frequency rank 43883/72933
apradāyin adjective not giving
Frequency rank 43922/72933
apūrayitvā indeclinable
Frequency rank 43953/72933
abhidhāyin adjective benannt nach
Frequency rank 11169/72933
abhidhyāyin adjective giving one's attention to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20687/72933
abhiṣecayitṛ adjective
Frequency rank 44359/72933
abhyasūyin adjective angry indignant
Frequency rank 44482/72933
abhūyiṣṭha adjective few (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
scanty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44502/72933
abhūyiṣṭhatā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 44503/72933
amāyin adjective void of trick or guile (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44608/72933
amokṣayitvā indeclinable
Frequency rank 44676/72933
ayātayitvā indeclinable
Frequency rank 44776/72933
ayi indeclinable a particle of encouragement or introducing a kind inquiry (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a vocative particle (especially used in dramas) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11176/72933
ayojayitvā indeclinable not being connected to
Frequency rank 44791/72933
avamāyi noun (feminine) Name einer Pflanze
Frequency rank 45197/72933
avaśardhayitṛ adjective someone who defecates
Frequency rank 45243/72933
avasāyin adjective suppressing taking up one's abode (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26717/72933
avasthāyin adjective abiding in a particular condition (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
staying residing in (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20782/72933
avidhāyin adjective
Frequency rank 45383/72933
avyayin adjective imperishable
Frequency rank 45550/72933
avyavasāyin adjective inactive (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
negligent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
remiss (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32759/72933
aśāyin adjective not lying
Frequency rank 45591/72933
aśeṣayitvā indeclinable
Frequency rank 45610/72933
asamavāyin adjective accidental (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not inherent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not inseparably connected with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14011/72933
asādhayitvā indeclinable
Frequency rank 45925/72933
asāmayika adjective unseasonable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 45933/72933
asāṃśayika adjective certain sure
Frequency rank 45937/72933
asteyin adjective not stealing
Frequency rank 46009/72933
asthāyin adjective not permanent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
transient (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 46017/72933
asthāyitva noun (neuter) inconstancy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
non-permanency (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 46018/72933
ahāpayitvā indeclinable not having relinquished
Frequency rank 32945/72933
ākrośayitṛ adjective scolding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 46191/72933
ākhyāyin adjective relating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
telling (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 46223/72933
ākhyāyi noun (feminine) a short narrative (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10583/72933
āgnyādheyika adjective belonging to the Agnyādheya (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26903/72933
āghrāyita adjective
Frequency rank 46256/72933
ājñāyin adjective perceiving (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 46295/72933
ātatāyin adjective a murderer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
endeavouring to kill some one (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having one's bow drawn (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6854/72933
ātyayika adjective not suffering delay (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
requiring immediate help (as a disease) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
urgent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6979/72933
ādāyin adjective a receiver (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
inclined to receive (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26924/72933
ādhāyin adjective ifc. ā-dhāyaka above (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 46393/72933
ādhmāyin adjective
Frequency rank 46401/72933
āpayitṛ adjective one who procures (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
procuring (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 46451/72933
āpyāyin adjective causing welfare or increase (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33096/72933
ābhiprāyika adjective optional (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
voluntary (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26959/72933
ābhyudayika adjective connected with the beginning or rising of anything (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
relating to or granting prosperity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26962/72933
ābhyudayika noun (neuter) name of a Śrāddha or offering to ancestors on occasions of rejoicing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33110/72933
āmayin adjective erkrankt
Frequency rank 15521/72933
ārādhayiṣṇu adjective propitiatory (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wishing or endeavouring to conciliate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 46603/72933
ārirādhayiṣu adjective desirous of worshipping (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
endeavouring to gain one's favour (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17678/72933
āropayitṛ adjective
Frequency rank 33160/72933
āvasāyin adjective going after or procuring a livelihood (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 46706/72933
āvārayiṣṇu adjective wishing to keep back
Frequency rank 46708/72933
āśrayin adjective attaching one's self to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dwelling in (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
following (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
inhabiting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
joining (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
resting on (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9136/72933
āśvāsayitṛ adjective recomforting
Frequency rank 46779/72933
āsīnapracalāyita noun (neuter) falling asleep on a seat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
nodding when seated (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33218/72933
āhūtādhyāyin adjective one who studies only after having been called (by the teacher) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33236/72933
īrṣyin adjective envious (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
spiteful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47007/72933
ugrayāyin noun (masculine) name of a son of Dhṛtarāṣṭra
Frequency rank 33320/72933
uccicārayiṣu adjective jemand, der ausatmen will jemand, der aussprechen will
Frequency rank 47050/72933
ucchrāyin adjective high (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
lofty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
raised (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47071/72933
ujjayi noun (feminine) the city Oujein (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11551/72933
utthāyin adjective active (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
becoming visible (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
coming forth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
exerting one's self (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rising (from one's bed) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15547/72933
utpādayitṛ noun (masculine) a producer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
generator (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33403/72933
udayin adjective ascending (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
flourishing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
prosperous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rising (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47268/72933
udāyin noun (masculine) name of Kūṇika (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Vasudeva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23472/72933
udgūrayitṛ adjective threatening (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47316/72933
unmanāyita noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 47425/72933
upacāyin adjective honouring (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
revering (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33496/72933
upadhāyin adjective placing under (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47514/72933
upanāyin adjective bringing procuring
Frequency rank 47524/72933
upanimantrayitṛ adjective
Frequency rank 47530/72933
upayāyin adjective approaching (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
coming towards (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33527/72933
upaśāyin adjective (in med.) composing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
allaying (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
anything that calms (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
going to bed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
lying (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
lying down (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
lying near to or by the side of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
narcotic (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sleeping (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
tranquillizing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20961/72933
upasthāyin adjective arriving (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one who makes his appearance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33556/72933
ubhayāyin adjective tending towards or fit for both (worlds) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47775/72933
ojāyita noun (neuter) courageous behaviour (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stout-heartedness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48137/72933
aupacayika adjective
Frequency rank 33720/72933
aupayika noun (neuter) expedient (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
means (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33723/72933
aupayika adjective answering a purpose (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
belonging to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
leading to an object (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
obtained through a means or expedient (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11570/72933
auhoyikāra noun (masculine) the sound auhoyi
Frequency rank 48228/72933
kalpayitṛ adjective
Frequency rank 48891/72933
kaṣāyin adjective astringent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dyed of a red colour (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
worldly-minded (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
yielding a resinous exudation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48929/72933
kaṣāyin noun (masculine) Artocarpus Lakucha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the plant Shorea robusta (śāla) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the wild date-palm (kharjūrī) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33910/72933
kaṣāyita adjective cloaked (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
coloured (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dimmed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
ifc. permeated with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
prepared for dyeing or colouring (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
red (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
reddened (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rendered full of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
soiled (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
spotted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23665/72933
kāmayitṛ adjective desirous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
libidinous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
lustful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 49146/72933
kāmāvasāyin adjective suppressing desire (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19145/72933
yin adjective (ifc.) possessing a ... body
Frequency rank 33992/72933
yika adjective belonging to an assemblage or multitude (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
corporeal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
performed with the body (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10617/72933
yi noun (feminine) interest obtained from capital (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
service rendered by the body of an animal (as a cow) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27492/72933
kārayitu noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 49203/72933
kārayitṛ adjective causing or instigating to act or do (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
performer of a religious ceremony (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12002/72933
kāryin adjective (in Gr.) subject to the operation of a grammatical rule (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a party to a suit either as plaintiff or defendant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
assiduous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having an object (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one who transacts business (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
requiring an affix (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
seeking for employment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15617/72933
kāryika adjective pleading a cause in court (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 49242/72933
kāṣāyin noun (masculine) a Buddhist monk (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15621/72933
kisalayin adjective
Frequency rank 49461/72933
kuṇḍapāyin adjective
Frequency rank 34110/72933
kuvalayi noun (feminine) a blue lotus an assemblage of water-lilies (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
place abounding with water-lilies (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 49819/72933
kṛpāyita noun (neuter) lamenting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 49960/72933
kopayiṣṇu adjective intending to exasperate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 50193/72933
krayin noun (masculine) a buyer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Rudra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
purchaser (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21147/72933
krayavikrayin adjective one who buys or sells (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
who strikes a bargain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 50346/72933
kṣayin adjective consumptive (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
decaying (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
perishable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
waning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wasting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11609/72933
kṣayita adjective (in math.) divided (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
destroyed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
finished (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
put an end to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
ruined (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21158/72933
kṣayiṣṇu adjective destroying (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
perishable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
removing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 50523/72933
kharakaṇḍūyita noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 50834/72933
gaṇanāyi noun (feminine) Durgā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 50993/72933
gandhadāyi noun (feminine) [rel.] name of Devī
Frequency rank 51061/72933
gayin noun (masculine) name of the author of a comm. (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23865/72933
gopāyi noun (feminine) [rel.] name of a Śakti of Śiva
Frequency rank 51562/72933
gopāyitṛ noun (masculine) a protector (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 51563/72933
grāmeyi noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 51741/72933
caṇḍanāyi noun (feminine) name of Durgā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of one of the 8 Nāyikās of Durgā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21270/72933
caṇḍāṃśunāyi noun (feminine) [rel.] name of a Śakti of Śiva
Frequency rank 51973/72933
candrikāpāyin noun (masculine) the Cakora bird
Frequency rank 52091/72933
cirasthāyin adjective long left or preserved (food) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 52371/72933
cirāyita adjective
Frequency rank 52374/72933
cukṣobhayiṣu adjective intending to shake or disturb (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 52408/72933
cetayitṛ adjective
Frequency rank 21297/72933
chāyin adjective shady
Frequency rank 52551/72933
janayitṛ noun (masculine) father (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one who generates or begets or produces (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
progenitor (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19326/72933
janayitrī noun (feminine) a mother (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 52652/72933
jambunāyi noun (feminine) [rel.] name of a Śakti of Śiva
Frequency rank 52701/72933
jayin noun (masculine) name of a Marut
Frequency rank 52712/72933
jayin adjective ūya-kṛt (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
conquering (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
conqueror (chiefly ifc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
ifc. removing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
victorious (in battle) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12042/72933
jayitṛ adjective victorious (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 52727/72933
jalaśāyin noun (neuter) name of a Tīrtha at the Narmadā
Frequency rank 52797/72933
jalaśāyin noun (masculine) a kind of bird
Frequency rank 13514/72933
jalaśāyitīrthamāhātmyavarṇana noun (neuter) name of Skandapurāṇa, Revākhaṇḍa, 90
Frequency rank 52799/72933
yin adjective ifc. conquering (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
subduing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 52922/72933
jīvayitṛ adjective enlivening
Frequency rank 52999/72933
jñāpayitṛ adjective
Frequency rank 53058/72933
jyāyiṣṭha adjective (irr. superl.) most excellent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
best (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
first (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 53068/72933
tanayitnu adjective roaring (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
thundering (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 53261/72933
tarpayitṛ adjective nourishing
Frequency rank 53367/72933
tāḍayitṛ adjective one who strikes any one (gen.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 53396/72933
yin noun (masculine) a protector (said of Mahāvīra) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 28190/72933
yi noun (masculine) [gramm.] root tāy
Frequency rank 53451/72933
tārayitṛ adjective a promoter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 35359/72933
tulayitṛ adjective
Frequency rank 53703/72933
tṛtīyin adjective holding the 3rd rank (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 53774/72933
tṛtīyi noun (feminine) the 3rd day in a half month (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 35459/72933
tailapāyin noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 35475/72933
tailapāyika noun (masculine) a kind of animal (?)
Frequency rank 53822/72933
toyin adjective
Frequency rank 53839/72933
damayitṛ noun (masculine) a tamer (Viṣṇu) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 54234/72933
dayi noun (feminine) a wife (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
beloved woman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7820/72933
dayita noun (masculine) a husband (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
lover (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 35593/72933
dayita adjective beloved (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
cherished (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dear (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
protected (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2664/72933
dayitatama adjective
Frequency rank 54243/72933
dākṣāyiṇī noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 54322/72933
yin adjective allowing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
causing effecting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
ceding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
communicating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
giving (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
granting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having to pay (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
owing (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
performing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
permitting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
producing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
yielding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2773/72933
didhārayiṣu adjective
Frequency rank 54419/72933
dīkṣāyi noun (feminine) [rel.] name of a Śakti of Śiva
Frequency rank 54471/72933
duḥśāyita adjective
Frequency rank 54835/72933
dūṣayitṛ adjective corrupting
Frequency rank 16876/72933
dhātreyika noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 55406/72933
dhātreyi noun (feminine) female slave (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
foster-sister (a sort of confidante) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wet-nurse (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10118/72933
dhārayitṛ noun (masculine) bearer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
holder (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
restrainer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
who keeps anything in remembrance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 55432/72933
dhārayiṣṇu adjective capable of bearing or accustomed to bear (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 36022/72933
dhoyin noun (masculine) name of a poet (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 55488/72933
dhūmāyita noun (neuter) smoking (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
steaming (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 55516/72933
dhyāyin adjective absorbed in meditation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
quite intent upon or engrossed in (comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10388/72933
nandayitṛ adjective giving joy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
making happy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 55659/72933
yin adjective guiding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 55885/72933
yi noun (feminine) a class of female personifications representing illegitimate sexual love (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of musk a noble lady (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an inferior form of Durgā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
courtesan (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mistress (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the heroine in a drama (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8461/72933
nikāyin noun (masculine) name of a particular sacrifice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 36213/72933
niketayitṛ adjective
Frequency rank 55949/72933
nicayin adjective abundant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
heaped up (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
plentiful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 55975/72933
nirayin noun (masculine) an inhabitant of hell (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 56095/72933
niryātayitu noun (masculine) removing
Frequency rank 56294/72933
niryiyāsu adjective wishing or trying to go out (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 36344/72933
nivartayitukāma adjective
Frequency rank 36374/72933
nivārayitu noun (masculine) holding back
Frequency rank 56367/72933
niścayin adjective of firm opinion or resolution (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14987/72933
naiyāyika noun (masculine) a follower of the Nyāya system of investigation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21621/72933
naiyāyika adjective knowing the Nyāya philosophy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 56776/72933
nodayitṛ adjective impelling
Frequency rank 56798/72933
nauyāyin adjective a passenger or freight (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
going in a boat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 56807/72933
pariṇamayitṛ adjective causing to bend or to ripen (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57268/72933
pariṇinamayiṣu adjective about to be transformed (?)
Frequency rank 57271/72933
paribhūṣayitṛ adjective
Frequency rank 57360/72933
parimlāyin adjective spotted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stained (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 36697/72933
parimlāyin noun (masculine) a kind of disease of the lens or pupil of the eye (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24527/72933
parivikrayin adjective selling (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
trading in (gen.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57400/72933
paryavasāyin adjective ending with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 28936/72933
palāyin adjective fleeing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
flying (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
taking to flight (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 28950/72933
palāyita adjective defeated (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fled (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
flown (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10137/72933
palāyita noun (neuter) gallop (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
retreat (from battle) rout
Frequency rank 57574/72933
pātayitṛ adjective one who causes to fall (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
thrower of (dice etc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57707/72933
yin adjective drinking (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sipping at (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sucking (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10708/72933
pāyayitukāma adjective
Frequency rank 57792/72933
pārajāyin noun (masculine) an adulterer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one who intrigues with another's wife (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 36830/72933
pārajāyika noun (masculine) an adulterer
Frequency rank 57801/72933
pārayiṣṇu adjective bringing to the opposite shore or to a happy issue (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
successful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57818/72933
pālayitṛ adjective protecting
Frequency rank 36854/72933
piplāvayiṣu adjective wishing to let flow
Frequency rank 58038/72933
puruṣāyita noun (neuter) a kind of coitus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 18161/72933
puṣkaraśāyi noun (feminine) a species of aquatic bird (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58267/72933
pyāyi noun (masculine) [gramm.] root pyā
Frequency rank 37083/72933
pracchādayitukāma adjective wishing to conceal
Frequency rank 58658/72933
prajanayitṛ noun (masculine) a generator (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
begetter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
progenitor (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58664/72933
prajāyi noun (feminine) a mother of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
about to bring forth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
bearing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
bringing forth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37126/72933
praṇayin adjective affectionate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
aiming at (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
attached to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
beloved (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
clinging to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
combined or provided with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dear (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
desirous of (instr. or comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dwelling or being in (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
familiar (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
feeling attracted towards (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having affection for (gen.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intimate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
kind (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
longing for (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
loving (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
turned towards (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9413/72933
praṇayitṛ adjective
Frequency rank 58692/72933
praṇayita adjective devoted to (?)
Frequency rank 58693/72933
pratāyin adjective
Frequency rank 58718/72933
pratiśayyi noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 58947/72933
pratiśyāyin adjective suffering from pratiśyāya
Frequency rank 58951/72933
pratyayin adjective believing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
deserving confidence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
trusting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
trustworthy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59072/72933
pratyayika adjective that of which everybody can convince himself (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29193/72933
pratyayita adjective proved (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
trustworthy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37251/72933
pratyayitatva noun (neuter) the being proved
Frequency rank 59073/72933
pratyavāyika adjective
Frequency rank 59092/72933
pratyāyita adjective convinced of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
trusting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37273/72933
pradāyin adjective bestowing (gen. or comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6525/72933
prapalāyin adjective a fugitive (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
flying (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
running away (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29211/72933
prapalāyita adjective defeated (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
routed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
run away (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37306/72933
pramāpayitṛ adjective causing to perish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one who constitutes a pramāṇa
Frequency rank 59285/72933
pūrayitṛ adjective one who fills or fulfils or satisfies (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37351/72933
pralayin adjective
Frequency rank 59349/72933
pravartayitṛ noun (masculine) an employer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an erector (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
builder (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
founder (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
instigator (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
introducer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one who sets in motion or action (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59371/72933
pravilāyita adjective
Frequency rank 29249/72933
praśāyin adjective lying
Frequency rank 59471/72933
prāṇadayita noun (masculine) a husband (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59608/72933
prātaḥsnāyin adjective one who bathes in the early morning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37455/72933
prātyayika noun (masculine) a surety for the trustworthiness of a debtor (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59648/72933
prātyayika adjective confidential (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
relating to confidence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
trustworthy
Frequency rank 29288/72933
prāyikatva noun (neuter) custom (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
redundance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
superfluity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the containing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
usage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59675/72933
prārthayitṛ adjective one who wishes for or asks (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59679/72933
prīṇayitṛ adjective one who gladdens or delights (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37492/72933
prerayitṛ adjective a ruler (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one who urges or incites or sends (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37503/72933
preṣayitṛ adjective
Frequency rank 59754/72933
bandhayitṛ adjective a binder (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one who binds or ties up (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37564/72933
bilaśāyin noun (masculine) any animal that lives in holes (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37662/72933
bilāśayin noun (masculine) a kind of insect
Frequency rank 60262/72933
bodhayitukāma adjective
Frequency rank 60383/72933
brahmakāyika noun (masculine) [rel.] name of Viṣṇu
Frequency rank 60396/72933
bhakṣayitṛ noun (masculine) an eater (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
enjoyer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29436/72933
bhasmaśāyin noun (masculine) name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37788/72933
bhāvayitṛ adjective causing creating
Frequency rank 37809/72933
bhīṣayitṛ adjective frightening
Frequency rank 60790/72933
bhūtanāyi noun (feminine) name of Durgā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60927/72933
bhūtendriyajayin noun (masculine) a kind of ascetic or devotee (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60966/72933
bhūyiṣṭha adjective chief (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
most numerous or abundant or great or important (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
principal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1968/72933
bhūyiṣṭhatā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 24939/72933
bhūyiṣṭhaśas indeclinable in very large numbers (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29510/72933
mañcakāśrayin noun (masculine) a bed-bug (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
house-bug (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61143/72933
maṇḍūkaśāyin adjective lying like a frog-meditation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61221/72933
madhupāyin noun (masculine) a bee (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of Ganeśa
Frequency rank 61338/72933
mantrayitṛ noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 61462/72933
mayi noun (feminine) [agr.] ?
Frequency rank 38062/72933
mahākāyika noun (masculine) name of Viṣṇu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61658/72933
mānanāyi noun (feminine) [rel.] name of a Śakti of Śiva
Frequency rank 62060/72933
mānayitṛ adjective one who honours or respects (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25036/72933
yin noun (neuter) a gall-nut (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
magic (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
magical art (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62078/72933
yin noun (masculine) a cheat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a conjurer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
deceiver (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
juggler (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
magician (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Agni (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Brahrnā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Kāma (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62079/72933
yin adjective artful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
cunning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
deceptive (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
skilled in art or enchantment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
subject to illusion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8169/72933
yika noun (masculine) a conjurer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
juggler (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62086/72933
yika noun (feminine neuter) a gall-nut (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38224/72933
yiphala noun (neuter) a gall-nut (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62087/72933
mārgadāyi noun (feminine) name of Dākṣāyaṇī at Kedāra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38240/72933
mumokṣayiṣu adjective desirous of setting free or liberating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38336/72933
mumocayiṣu adjective desirous of setting free or liberating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62369/72933
muravijayin noun (masculine) name of Kṛṣṇa
Frequency rank 62378/72933
mṛgaśāyi noun (feminine) the recumbent posture of an antelope (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62425/72933
mokṣayiṣu adjective wishing to free
Frequency rank 62623/72933
mohayitṛ adjective one who bewilders or perplexes (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62652/72933
mlāyin adjective fading (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
languishing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
withering away (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62746/72933
yatrāstamitaśāyin adjective lying down to sleep wherever sunset finds one (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38483/72933
yājayitṛ noun (masculine) the officiating priest at a sacrifice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62987/72933
yin adjective (mostly ifc.) going (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
driving (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
flying (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
going to war (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
marching (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
moving (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
riding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
taking the field (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
travelling (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8175/72933
yojayitṛ adjective one who joins or connects (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 63130/72933
yojayitṛ noun (masculine) a setter (of precious stones) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 63131/72933
raktapāyin noun (masculine) a bug (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 63194/72933
raktapāyi noun (feminine) a blood-sucker (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
leech (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 63195/72933
rayi noun (masculine feminine) goods (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
materials (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
possessions (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
property (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stuff (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
treasure (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wealth (often personified) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25180/72933
rayimant adjective containing the word rayi (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 63412/72933
rasayitṛ adjective a taster (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one who tastes (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25185/72933
rasāyin adjective
Frequency rank 25187/72933
rājasūyika adjective relating to the rājasūya-sacrifice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 63588/72933
rudranāyi noun (feminine) [rel.] name of a Śakti of Śiva
Frequency rank 63742/72933
ūrdhvaśāyin noun (masculine) name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 63938/72933
lālayitṛ adjective caressing
Frequency rank 64155/72933
lilakṣayiṣu adjective wishing to define
Frequency rank 64201/72933
lilaṅghayiṣu adjective
Frequency rank 64202/72933
līlāyita noun (neuter) amusement (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an exploit easily accomplished (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sport (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64211/72933
lokayitṛ adjective einer, der anschaut
Frequency rank 64272/72933
vayi noun (masculine) [gramm.] the root vay/ve
Frequency rank 39054/72933
varayitṛ adjective
Frequency rank 64674/72933
varayitṛ noun (masculine) a suitor (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
husband (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
lover (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30059/72933
varjayitṛ adjective discharger (of rain) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one who excludes or avoids or shuns (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one who pours out (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64724/72933
vardhayitṛ noun (masculine) an educator (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64771/72933
valayin adjective encircled by (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
provided with a bracelet (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
studded with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25309/72933
valayita adjective curling (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
encircled (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
enclosed by(instr. or comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
encompassed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
forming a circle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
put round (the arm) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
surrounded (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
whirling round (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25310/72933
vājapeyika adjective belonging or relating to the Vāja-peya sacrifice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 65042/72933
vāṭyāyi noun (feminine) name of a plant
Frequency rank 65063/72933
vārayitṛ noun (masculine) a protector (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 39222/72933
vārayiṣṇu adjective
Frequency rank 65181/72933
vikrayin adjective selling
Frequency rank 6176/72933
vikrayin noun (masculine) a seller (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
vender (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 39273/72933
vikrayika adjective selling
Frequency rank 65393/72933
vicārayitṛ adjective nachdenkend
Frequency rank 65464/72933
vijayin adjective triumphant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
victorious (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5233/72933
vitrāsayitukāma adjective wishing to frighten or terrify (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 65562/72933
vidhāyin adjective accomplishing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
causing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
containing an injunction or ordinance with regard to (comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
delivering (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
entrusting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fixing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
occasioning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
performing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
placing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
prescribing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
regulating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
securing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10197/72933
vināśayitṛ adjective a destroyer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one who destroys (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 65697/72933
vipalāyin adjective fleeing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
running away (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 65807/72933
vibhedayiṣu adjective
Frequency rank 65910/72933
vilāyita adjective dissolved (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
liquefied (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 39479/72933
vivardhayiṣā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 66051/72933
vivārayiṣu adjective wishing to keep back or ward off (an army) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 66058/72933
viṣayin noun (neuter) an organ of sense (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30292/72933
viṣayin adjective carnal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
relating or attached to worldly objects (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sensual (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10787/72933
viṣayin noun (masculine) (in phil.) the subject (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
(in rhetor.) the object of a comparison (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a prince (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a sensualist (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a subject of (gen.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
king (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
materialist (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the god of love (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
voluptuary (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 39560/72933
viṣṭambhayiṣu adjective wishing to stop or cause to stand still (a fleeing army) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 66243/72933
visismāpayiṣu adjective wishing to astonish or surprise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wishing to make forget (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 39589/72933
vṛkṣaśāyi noun (feminine) a squirrel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 66405/72933
vṛkṣāśrayin noun (masculine) a kind of small owl (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 66412/72933
vedayitṛ adjective one who perceives or knows (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25491/72933
vaijayin adjective
Frequency rank 66663/72933
vaijayika adjective conferring or foretelling victory (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 39706/72933
vainayika adjective enforcing proper behaviour (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
magisterial (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
performed by the officers of criminal justice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
relating to moral conduct or discipline or good behaviour (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
used in military exercises (as a chariot) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14467/72933
vaiṣayika adjective belonging or relating to an object of sense (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
carnal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
concerning (comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having a particular sphere or object or aim (in gram. the ādhāra is called vaiṣayika when it is the aim or object of the action) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mundane (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
relating to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
relating to or denotative of a country or district (as a suffix) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sensual (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 18496/72933
vyayin adjective decaying (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
declining (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
expending (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
falling (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
prodigal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
spending (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 66845/72933
vyayita adjective declined (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dispersed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dissipated (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
expended (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fallen into decay (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
gone away (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
spent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 39775/72933
vyavasāyin noun (masculine) a tradesman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
handicraftsman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 66861/72933
vyavasāyin adjective energetic (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
engaged in trade or business (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
enterprising (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
industrious (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one who acts resolutely or energetically (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
resolute (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15241/72933
vyavasthāpayitṛ adjective
Frequency rank 66866/72933
vyavāyin adjective intervening (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
lascivious (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
lustful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
pervading (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
separating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7241/72933
vyāghātayitu noun (masculine) killing
Frequency rank 66885/72933
śayita noun (neuter) the place where any one has lain or slept (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 67248/72933
śayitṛ noun (masculine) one who sleeps or rests (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 67249/72933
śāyin adjective abiding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
lying down (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
reclining (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
resting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4052/72933
śiśayiṣu adjective drowsy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sleepy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wishing to lie down (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 67718/72933
śuṣkāyita adjective dried
Frequency rank 67927/72933
samabhyarthayitṛ adjective a petitioner (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
petitioning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
seeking (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68952/72933
samayin noun (masculine) (Trika:) a kind of disciple
Frequency rank 20210/72933
samardhayitṛ adjective bestower (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fulfiller (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one who fulfils (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68970/72933
samavāyin adjective aggregated (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
closely connected or united (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
concomitant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
inherent in (comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
met together (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
multitudinous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6276/72933
samavāyikāraṇa noun (neuter) inseparable or inherent connection (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
material or substantial cause (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20212/72933
samāpipayiṣu adjective desirous of accomplishing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wishing to cause to complete (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69032/72933
samuccayin adjective compiling
Frequency rank 69110/72933
samucchrāyin adjective lifted raised
Frequency rank 69119/72933
samutthāpayitu noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 69133/72933
samudayin adjective
Frequency rank 69144/72933
samudāyin adjective combining (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
forming an aggregate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30772/72933
sampādayitṛ adjective a procurer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
accomplisher (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40489/72933
sampradāyin noun (masculine) a holder of any traditional doctrine (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a member of a sect (e.g Vaiṣṇavas are sometimes called Śrīsampradātyins) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69271/72933
sambubodhayiṣu adjective wishing to arouse or make attentive (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69312/72933
sarvātiśāyi noun (feminine) [rel.] name of Devī
Frequency rank 69512/72933
sahādhyāyin noun (masculine) a fellow-student (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
condisciple (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one who studies the same science (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22570/72933
sahāyin adjective a companion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
going together (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30860/72933
saṃkalayitṛ adjective
Frequency rank 69728/72933
saṃcayika adjective having provisions (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40624/72933
saṃjijīvayiṣu adjective wishing to bring to life or enliven (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69823/72933
saṃdhāyin adjective joining or fixing together (as an arrow and a bow) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30893/72933
saṃmimānayiṣu adjective wishing to honour
Frequency rank 70034/72933
saṃvardhayitṛ adjective growing
Frequency rank 70083/72933
saṃśayin adjective doubtful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dubious (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
questionable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70129/72933
saṃśayita adjective doubtful about (comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dubious (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
irresolute (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
questionable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
subject to doubt (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
uncertain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 13845/72933
saṃśayita noun (neuter) doubt (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
uncertainty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70131/72933
saṃstambhayiṣu adjective wishing to stop or cause to stand still (a retreating army) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70169/72933
sādhayitukāma adjective wishing to prepare
Frequency rank 70273/72933
sāntvayitṛ adjective one who comforts or speaks or acts kindly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70307/72933
sāmayika adjective based on agreement (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
conventional (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
customary (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
exact (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
like-mined (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the same opinion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
periodical (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
precise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
seasonable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
temporary (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
timely (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40792/72933
sāmāyika noun (neuter) equanimity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70344/72933
sāmutthāyika noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 70348/72933
sāmudayika noun (neuter) next (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70349/72933
sāmudāyika adjective belonging to a multitude or assemblage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
collective (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70350/72933
sāmparāyika noun (neuter) battle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
war (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70356/72933
sāmparāyika adjective future (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
relating to the passage into another world (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
warlike
Frequency rank 14557/72933
sāmpradāyika adjective based on tradition (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
standing upon or following tradition (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
traditional (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17387/72933
sāṃśayika adjective doubtful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dubious (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
in doubt (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
irresolute (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sceptical (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
uncertain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20306/72933
saukhaśāyika noun (masculine) id. or an official who asks a prince whether he has slept well (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71541/72933
saudāyika noun (neuter) a nuptial gift (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 31127/72933
saumanasāyi noun (feminine) a nutmeg
Frequency rank 71568/72933
stanayitnu noun (masculine) a kind of grass (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a thunder-cloud (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
death (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
lightning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sickness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
thunder (personified as children of Vidyota) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8898/72933
stanayitnumant adjective thundering
Frequency rank 18657/72933
steyin noun (masculine) a goldsmith (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a mouse (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a thief (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
robber (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11861/72933
sthaṇḍilaśāyin noun (masculine) a devotee who steeps on the bare ground or on the sacrificial ground (on account of a vow) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71733/72933
sthāpayitṛ adjective establisher (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
founder (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one who causes to stand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22705/72933
sthāyin adjective being in a particular place (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
being in a particular state or condition (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
being or situated in or on (comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
constant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
enduring (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
faithful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having the form of (comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
lasting (as a feeling or state) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
permanent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
persevering (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
present (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
resident (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
standing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
staying (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
steadfast (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
trustworthy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5296/72933
sthāyibhāva noun (masculine) lasting or durable state of mind or feeling (said to be 8) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25960/72933
snāyin adjective bathing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8900/72933
sparśayitṛ adjective touching
Frequency rank 71897/72933
svādhyāyin adjective repeating or reciting the Veda (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26004/72933
haradāyi noun (feminine) [rel.] name of a Śakti of Śiva
Frequency rank 72335/72933
hārayitṛ adjective
Frequency rank 72510/72933
 

abhyaṅga,abhyañjana

the process of applying and rubbing the body with unctuous preparations; oil massage; unguent; injunction .

airāvata

1. Plant orange tree, Citrus reticulata; 2. a species of fern; 3. Artocarpus lacucha, monkey jack tree; 4. Mythological white elephant carrying the god Indra.

añjana

eye salves, galena; 1. the act of applying an ointment or pigment; embellishing; black pigment or collyrium applied to the eyelashes or the rim of the eyelid; 2. stibnite (black antimony); 3. fine semisolids of drugs to be applied with an instrument (netra śalāka)

antarāmaya

emprosthotonos or forward bending of the body in lying posture as in tetanus.

anuśayi

boil on head; abcess on the upper part of the body.

anutthāna

lying on back, not rising.

asthi

bone, asthibhagna bone fracture, asthicālitam sub periosteal haematoma; asthisauṣīrya, osteoporosis asthiśoṣa dryingup of bones including osteoporosis.

avitrāsanāni

toys given to infant which are not terrifying or scary.

bharjana

frying; roasting; parching.

bhāvaprakāśa

one of the ‘lesser threesome’ (laghutrayi) authored by Bhāvamiśra (16th Century ).

bṛhat

big, bṛhat trayi three major compendiums (Caraka, Suśruta Samhitas and Aṣṭāngahridaya)

cālmogra

Plant Hydnocarpus winghtiana; leathery-leaved tree with fruits yielding hydnocarpus oil used to treat leprosy. (tuvaraka)

dhanurāsana

bow pose; a yogic posture resmebling a bow; lying on abdomen and both hands holding feet benging the spine to the maximum.

garbhayantra

a device to collect oils; one small earthen pot kept in another earthern pot and closed with a third earthern pot and heated. The top earthen pot is filled with water and heated water is constantly changed till the inner part yields the product.

jīvanīya

vivifying; herbs that help survive; jīvanīyapañcamūla śatāvari, jīvanti, jīvaka, ṛṣabhaka, vīra.

laghu

light, lesser, laghu trayi: minor three compendiums (mādhavanidāna, basavarājīya, bhāvaprakāśa)

mūrcchana

swooning or stupefying (of mercury); calcining quicksilver with sulphur.

nidānapañcaka

aetiological pentad or five clinical barometers. Mādhavanidāna describes them as prodromal symptoms (pūrvarūpa), manifested symptoms (rūpa), pathogenesis (samprāpti), allaying by suitable remedies or predilection (upaśaya) and eight kinds of physical examination (aṣṭavidhaparīkṣa).

niruha

medicated enema; niruhavasti decoction enema; cleansing enema with decoctions used for lower gut, a purifying process.

pālitya,palita

graying of scalp hair.

pañcakarma

five purifying therapatic procedures: emesis vamana, errhine nasya, enema vasti, purgation virecana, blood-letting raktamokṣaṇa.

parimlāyi

an eye disease. Vision with yellow streaks, seeing all things with glistening.

paśu

animal, beast; paśukāya bestial body; person with traits of beast like bad thinking, sluggish activity, dreams of copulation and denying everything.

patangi

induction of golden colour to silver or any other metal by applying paste of herbs.

patanjali

compiler of Yogasūtras (–2nd Century ), author of Mahābhāṣya commentary (on Kātyāyana vārtīka) and on Pāṇiṇi’s Aṣṭādhyāyi.

pracchanna

1. scarifying; 2. hidden, wrapped, concealed.

prastarasveda

inducing perspiration by laying on a straw-bed.

pratyanjana

pacifying collyrium used in eye diseases.

prīṇana

satisfying, moisturizing, a function of rasadhātu

reca

emptying of the lungs by exhalation, emission of breath.

sadyahprāṇahara

quickly destroying, killing instantaneously; a group of vital points on the body.

śalabhāsana

locust pose, grasshopper pose; one of the yogic postures with upper and lower limbs lifted lying on the abdomen.

śamana

palliative therapies; pacifying, appeasing (agent).

samśamana

allaying, pacifying, mollifying.

samsodhana

completely purifying, destroying impurity, clearing, palliation therapy.

samvahana

walking, carrying, bearing.

śavāsana

corpse pose; a yogic posture lying on back for relaxation.

skandana

solidifying blood.

śoṣa

drying, tuberculosis, pulmonary consumption, marasmus.

upaśaya

ascertine disease nature by employing test-drug, diet, deed; therapeutic guidelines.

vākyaśeṣa

one of tantrayuktis; context, part of the sentence ‘implied’; supplying the ellipsis.

vilayana

liquefying, dissolving, compression.

viśada

non-slimy, yielding poison.

vyavāyi

diffusive, pervading, those pervading the entire body before getting digested.

Wordnet Search
"yi" has 184 results.

yi

śiṣṭa, bhadra, madra, ācāravat, vinīta, sabhya, śiṣṭācārasevin, agrāmya, āryavṛtta, suvṛtta, yaśasya, sabheya, anīca, arhat, ādṛtya, ārya, āryamiśra, āryaka, ārṣeya, uḍḍāmara, kulya, guru, mānya, sat, sajjana, sādhu, sujana, praśrayin, praśrita, sudakṣiṇa   

yaḥ sādhuvyavahāraṃ karoti।

rāmaḥ śiṣṭaḥ puruṣaḥ asti।

yi

anupasthita, avidyamāna, avartamāna, anupasthāyin   

yaḥ upasthitaḥ nāsti।

adya śyāmaḥ kakṣāyām anupasthitaḥ asti।

yi

upasthita, vidyamāna, vartamāna, abhīmukha, pratyakṣa, pārimukhika, upasthāyin, sannihita, aparokṣa, sammukha, sammukhin, sannidhistha, abhimukhastha, antika   

yaḥ samīpe tiṣṭhati vā sākṣāt vartamānaḥ।

adya kakṣāyāṃ daśachātrāḥ upasthitāḥ santi।

yi

udyogin, prayatnavat, udyukta, karmodyukta, analasa, sayatna, vyavasāyin, karmin, sodyoga, karmaniṣṭha   

yaḥ kārye ramate।

mama mātā udyoginī asti।

yi

pitarau, mātāpitarau, tātajanayitryau, janakajananyau   

yayoḥ sambandhena yayoḥ śarīrāt anya(sva)śarīrotpattiḥ।

mātāpitarayoḥ sevā kartavyā।

yi

anuśāsanika, vainayika, śiṣṭiviṣayaka   

anuśāsanasambandhi।

saṃsthāyāḥ bhraṣṭānāṃ sadasyānāṃ viruddham anuśāsanikaṃ karma vidhāsyate।

yi

pañjaram, piñjaram, vītaṃsaḥ, kahalāyikā, pakṣiśālā, śālāram   

lohavaṃśyādīnāṃ śalākābhiḥ nirmitaṃ pakṣyādi-bandhana-gṛham।

śukaḥ pañjarāt udaḍīyata।

yi

stanapāyijantuḥ, stanapajantuḥ   

saḥ jīvaḥ yaḥ mātuḥ dugdhaṃ pītvā vardhate।

manuṣyaḥ ekaḥ stanapāyijantuḥ asti।

yi

āmlayita   

āmlāt yena carvituṃ na śakyate।

ciñcāyāḥ adanena mama dantāḥ āmlayitāḥ jātāḥ।

yi

veṇuḥ, vaṃśaḥ, vaṃśī, muralī, sāneyī, sāneyikā, vivaranālikā, darduraḥ, nandaḥ, sānikā, śāṇikā   

vādyaviśeṣaḥ- vaṃśanālikayā nirmitaṃ suṣiravādyam।

śyāmaḥ veṇuṃ vādayati।

yi

laghuveṇuḥ, laghuvaṃśaḥ, laghuvaṃśī, laghumuralī, laghusāneyī, laghusāneyikā, laghuvivaranālikā, laghudarduraḥ, laghunandaḥ, laghusānikā, laghuśāṇikā   

vādyaviśeṣaḥ- laghuvaṃśanālikayā nirmitaṃ suṣiravādyam।

paṇḍitena hariprasāda-caurasiyā-mahodayena laghuveṇuṃ vādayitvā sabhā anurañjitā।

yi

nāsikaveṇuḥ, nāsikavaṃśaḥ, nāsikavaṃśī, nāsikamuralī, nāsikasāneyī, nāsikasāneyikā, nāsikavivaranālikā, nāsikadarduraḥ, nāsikanandaḥ   

vādyaviśeṣaḥ- vaṃśanālikayā nirmitaṃ tad suṣiravādyam yad aśiyākhaṇḍe keṣucana rāṣṭreṣu nāsikayā vādayati।

saḥ nāsikaveṇoḥ vādane nipuṇaḥ asti।

yi

sthūla, pīvara, pīna, medura, guru, sthūlakāya, sthūladeha, bhārin, āpyāyita, paripīvara, piśitavasāmaya, pīva, pīvas, pīviṣṭha, pīvorūpa, pyāta, pyāna, medasvat, vapodara, sthūlasthūla, sphira   

yasya kāye adhikaḥ medaḥ astiḥ।

sūmo nāma mallayuddhasya mallāḥ sthūlāḥ।

yi

yi   

rūpake sāhitye vā pramukhaṃ strīpātram।

asyāṃ kathāyāṃ nāyikā svapatyuḥ hatyāṃ karoti।

yi

upanāyikā, sahanāyi   

nāṭakādiṣu nāyikāyāḥ sakhī।

asmin prabandhe upanāyikā nāyikāyāḥ kṛte sarvasvam arpayati।

yi

khalanāyikā, kulaṭā   

nāyakasya nāyikāyāḥ vā pramukhā virodhinī।

asya prabandhasya khalanāyikā pāṭhakasya cittam ākarṣati।

yi

jālikaḥ, dhīvaraḥ, dāseraḥ, mainālaḥ, ānāyī, śākunī, choṭī, dāserakaḥ, mātsikaḥ, mātsyikaḥ, jalacarājīvaḥ, dhīvan   

matsyabandhanaṃ kurvāṇā ekā jātiḥ।

grāme naike jālikāḥ matsyabandhanam eva kurvanti।

yi

bhakṣaka, khādaka, attṛ, bhoktṛ, bhakṣayitṛ, bhojīn, āśīn   

yaḥ atti।

vyāghraḥ māṃsasya bhakṣakaḥ।

yi

niḥśaṅka, anāśaṅkita, avitarkita, avaikalpika, avicārya, avitarkya, aśaṅkātmaka, asāṃśayika, akhaṇḍa   

yad śaṅkitaḥ nāsti।

mahābhāratayuddhāt anantaraṃ pāṇḍavaiḥ niḥśaṅkaiḥ rājyaṃ kṛtam।

yi

viparitagāmin, pratigāmin, vyatikrānta, viparitagatika, parāvṛtta, prātīpika, avanatiśīla, patanaśīla, patanonmukha, pātuka, patayiṣṇu, vinipātaśīla   

yaḥ avanatim uddiśya gacchati।

svasya kukarmabhireva saḥ viparitagāmī bhavati।

yi

supta, śayita, nidrāṇa, nidrita, nidrāmagna, nidrāgata, svapnila, suptastha, avasupta, suptavigraha   

yaḥ nidrāti।

kumbhakarṇaḥ ṣaṇmāsaṃ yāvat suptaḥ bhavati sma।

yi

dūra, dūrastha, dūrasthita, dūrasthāyin, dūravartī, vidūra, viprakṛṣṭa, asannikṛṣṭa, asannihita, daviṣṭha, davīyas, anupasthāyī, anupastha, nopastha   

adhike antare sthitaḥ।

saḥ dūre grāme vasati।

yi

antarpradeśīya, antarprāntīya, antarpradeśastarīya, antarrājyīya, antarrājyika   

kasyacana rājyasya pradeśasya vā antaḥ jāyamānam athavā tat sambandhi।

yathāsamayaṃ rājyeṣu antarpradeśīyānāṃ spardhānām āyojanam āvaśyakam।

yi

avatāraviṣayin   

avatārasambandhī।

paṇḍitaḥ bhagavataḥ rāmasya avatāraviṣayiṇīṃ kathāṃ śrāvayati।

yi

parāvalambinī, āśritā, parāśrayi   

yā parāśrayeṇa jīvati।

naikāḥ grāmīṇāḥ nāryaḥ parāvalambinyaḥ santi।

yi

kālika, sāmayika   

kālasambandhī।

premacandamahodayena likhitā kathā kālikā asti।

yi

anuyāyin, anuyāyi   

yaḥ kopi siddhāntaṃ mataṃ vā anusarati।

anuyāyī netuḥ siddhāntam anusarati।

yi

tārkika, nyāyin, vādika, tarkin   

yaḥ tarkaṃ karoti।

tārkikaḥ tarkaṃ karoti।

yi

vinīta, vinayin, saumya, saumyavṛtti, namrabuddhi, namravṛtti, namraśīla, namracetas, nirviṇṇa, nirviṇṇacetas, savinaya, sahanaśīla, vinata   

yasya svabhāvaḥ mṛduḥ asti।

rameśaḥ vinītaḥ asti।

yi

vatsala, snehin, snigdha, snehaśīla, suhṛttama, anurāgin, prītimat, hita, praṇayin, sapraṇaya, jātahārda   

yaḥ snihyati।

asmākaṃ guruvaryaḥ vatsalaḥ asti।

yi

cintakaḥ, cintayitā, mantā   

yaḥ cintanaṃ karoti।

saḥ kuśalaḥ cintakaḥ asti।

yi

nityatā, avirāma, aviratiḥ, sthāyitva, dhrauvyam, aviśrāntiḥ   

gatiśīlasya avasthā bhāvo vā।

nityatā jīvanasya mūlamantram asti।

yi

nivāsaḥ, vasatiḥ, vāsaḥ, vāsasthānam, nivasatiḥ, nivāsasthānam, nivāsabhūyam, gṛham, āvāsaḥ, adhivāsaḥ, samāvāsaḥ, āvasathaḥ, vāstuḥ, vāstu, sthānam, avasthānam, pratiṣṭhā, āyatanam, niketanam, ālayaḥ, nilayaḥ, nilayitā, kṣiḥ   

tat sthānaṃ yatra paśavaḥ janāḥ vā vasanti।

vyāghrasya nivāsaḥ vane asti।

yi

ativyayin, apavyayin, vyayaśīla, aparimitavyaya, arthaghna, dhanāpacetṛ, muktahasta   

yaḥ aparimitaṃ vyayaṃ karoti।

dineśaḥ apavyayī vyaktiḥ asti।

yi

mitavyayin   

yaḥ anāvaśyakaṃ vyayaṃ na karoti।

mitavyayī puruṣaḥ arthaviṣayiṇyāḥ vipadaḥ trāyate।

yi

palāyin, apakramin, palāyanaśīla   

yasya svabhāvaḥ palāyanam।

yuddhāt palāyinaḥ sainikāḥ senāpatinā golikayā ghātitāḥ।

yi

yikasaṃracanā   

śarīrasya jaṭilā saṃracanā।

tasya kāyikasaṃracanā atīva dṛḍhā asti।

yi

anuttaradāyin   

yaḥ uttaradāyī nāsti।

asya kāryārthe nāham anuttaradāyī।

yi

drākṣā, mṛdvīkā, mṛdvī, svādvī, svādurasā, madhurasā, gostanī, gostanā, rasā, rasālā, cāruphalā, kāpiśāyinī, sābdī, harahūrā   

latāviśeṣaḥ yasya phalaṃ madhuraṃ tathā ca bahurasam asti।

nāśikanagare drākṣāṇāṃ kṛṣiḥ dṛśyate।

yi

prāṇāntaka, prāṇaghātaka, mārātmaka, vyāpādaka, ātyayika, prāṇāntika, jīvāntaka, prāṇahārin, prāṇāpahārin, mṛtyujanaka, nidhanakārin, viṣatulya, saviṣa, kālakalpa, prāṇanāśaka, marmāntika, prāṇahāraka   

yaḥ prāṇān harati antaṃ karoti vā।

tena prāṇāntakaṃ viṣaṃ pītvā svajīvanasya antaṃ kṛtam।

yi

jalam, vāri, ambu, ambhaḥ, payaḥ, salilam, sarilam, udakam, udam, jaḍam, payas, toyam, pānīyam, āpaḥ, nīram, vāḥ, pāthas, kīlālam, annam, apaḥ, puṣkaram, arṇaḥ, peyam, salam, saṃvaram, śaṃvaram, saṃmbam, saṃvatsaram, saṃvavaraḥ, kṣīram, pāyam, kṣaram, kamalam, komalam, pīvā, amṛtam, jīvanam, jīvanīyam, bhuvanam, vanam, kabandham, kapandham, nāram, abhrapuṣpam, ghṛtam, kaṃ, pīppalam, kuśam, viṣam, kāṇḍam, savaram, saram, kṛpīṭam, candrorasam, sadanam, karvuram, vyoma, sambaḥ, saraḥ, irā, vājam, tāmarasa, kambalam, syandanam, sambalam, jalapītham, ṛtam, ūrjam, komalam, somam, andham, sarvatomukham, meghapuṣpam, ghanarasaḥ, vahnimārakaḥ, dahanārātiḥ, nīcagam, kulīnasam, kṛtsnam, kṛpīṭam, pāvanam, śaralakam, tṛṣāham, kṣodaḥ, kṣadmaḥ, nabhaḥ, madhuḥ, purīṣam, akṣaram, akṣitam, amba, aravindāni, sarṇīkam, sarpiḥ, ahiḥ, sahaḥ, sukṣema, sukham, surā, āyudhāni, āvayāḥ, induḥ, īm, ṛtasyayoniḥ, ojaḥ, kaśaḥ, komalam, komalam, kṣatram, kṣapaḥ, gabhīram, gambhanam, gahanam, janma, jalāṣam, jāmi, tugryā, tūyam, tṛptiḥ, tejaḥ, sadma, srotaḥ, svaḥ, svadhā, svargāḥ, svṛtikam, haviḥ, hema, dharuṇam, dhvasmanvatu, nāma, pavitram, pāthaḥ, akṣaram, pūrṇam, satīnam, sat, satyam, śavaḥ, śukram, śubham, śambaram, vūsam, vṛvūkam, vyomaḥ, bhaviṣyat, vapuḥ, varvuram, varhiḥ, bhūtam, bheṣajam, mahaḥ, mahat, mahaḥ, mahat, yaśaḥ, yahaḥ, yāduḥ, yoniḥ, rayiḥ, rasaḥ, rahasaḥ, retam   

sindhuhimavarṣādiṣu prāptaḥ dravarupo padārthaḥ yaḥ pāna-khāna-secanādyartham upayujyate।

jalaṃ jīvanasya ādhāram। /ajīrṇe jalam auṣadhaṃ jīrṇe balapradam। āhārakāle āyurjanakaṃ bhuktānnopari rātrau na peyam।

yi

kāmadevaḥ, kāmaḥ, madanaḥ, manmathaḥ, māraḥ, pradyumnaḥ, mīnaketanaḥ, kandarpaḥ, darpakaḥ, anaṅgaḥ, pañcaśaraḥ, smaraḥ, śambarāriḥ, manasijaḥ, kusumeṣuḥ, ananyajaḥ, ratināthaḥ, puṣpadhanvā, ratipatiḥ, makaradhvajaḥ, ātmabhūḥ, brahmasūḥ, viśvaketuḥ, kāmadaḥ, kāntaḥ, kāntimān, kāmagaḥ, kāmācāraḥ, kāmī, kāmukaḥ, kāmavarjanaḥ, rāmaḥ, ramaḥ, ramaṇaḥ, ratināthaḥ, ratipriyaḥ, rātrināthaḥ, ramākāntaḥ, ramamāṇaḥ, niśācaraḥ, nandakaḥ, nandanaḥ, nandī, nandayitā, ratisakhaḥ, mahādhanuḥ, bhrāmaṇaḥ, bhramaṇaḥ, bhramamāṇaḥ, bhrāntaḥ, bhrāmakaḥ, bhṛṅgaḥ, bhrāntacāraḥ, bhramāvahaḥ, mohanaḥ, mohakaḥ, mohaḥ, mātaṅgaḥ, bhṛṅganāyakaḥ, gāyanaḥ, gītijaḥ, nartakaḥ, khelakaḥ, unmattonmattakaḥ, vilāsaḥ, lobhavardhanaḥ, sundaraḥ, vilāsakodaṇḍaḥ   

kāmasya devatā।

kāmadevena śivasya krodhāgniḥ dṛṣṭaḥ।

yi

adhināyikā, dalanāyi   

dalasya samājasya vā pradhānā strī।

rājñī lakṣmī kuśalā adhināyikā āsīt।

yi

pracura, vipula, prabhūta, prajya, bhūyiṣṭha   

atyantam adhikam।

muralīlāla mahodayasya pārśve pracuraṃ dhanam asti।

yi

vardhaka, vardhayitā, varddhaka, vṛddhikara, vṛddhikārī, poṣaka, saṃvarddhaka, saṃvardhaka   

yasya kāraṇāt yasya sevanena vā vṛddhiḥ jāyate।

maheśaḥ prātaḥ tathā ca sāyaṅkāle balasya vardhakam atti।

yi

śucitā, dākṣiṇyam, ṛjutā, ārjavam, sāralyam, amāyā, akapaṭaḥ, avyājaḥ, nyāyi   

cittasya sadvṛttiḥ।

avināśaḥ śucitayā kāryaṃ karoti।

yi

meghaḥ, abhramam, vārivāhaḥ, stanayitnuḥ, balābakaḥ, dhārādharaḥ, jaladharaḥ, taḍitvān, vāridaḥ, ambubhṛt, ghanaḥ, jīmūtaḥ, mudiraḥ, jalamuk, dhūmayoniḥ, abhram, payodharaḥ, ambhodharaḥ, vyomadhūmaḥ, ghanāghanaḥ, vāyudāruḥ, nabhaścaraḥ, kandharaḥ, kandhaḥ, nīradaḥ, gaganadhvajaḥ, vārisuk, vārmuk, vanasuk, abdaḥ, parjanyaḥ, nabhogajaḥ, madayitnuḥ, kadaḥ, kandaḥ, gaveḍuḥ, gadāmaraḥ, khatamālaḥ, vātarathaḥ, śnetanīlaḥ, nāgaḥ, jalakaraṅkaḥ, pecakaḥ, bhekaḥ, darduraḥ, ambudaḥ, toyadaḥ, ambuvābaḥ, pāthodaḥ, gadāmbaraḥ, gāḍavaḥ, vārimasiḥ, adriḥ, grāvā, gotraḥ, balaḥ, aśnaḥ, purubhojāḥ, valiśānaḥ, aśmā, parvataḥ, giriḥ, vrajaḥ, caruḥ, varāhaḥ, śambaraḥ, rauhiṇaḥ, raivataḥ, phaligaḥ, uparaḥ, upalaḥ, camasaḥ, arhiḥ, dṛtiḥ, odanaḥ, vṛṣandhiḥ, vṛtraḥ, asuraḥ, kośaḥ   

pṛthvīstha-jalam yad sūryasya ātapena bāṣparupaṃ bhūtvā ākāśe tiṣṭhati jalaṃ siñcati ca।

kālidāsena meghaḥ dūtaḥ asti iti kalpanā kṛtā

yi

yuddham, saṃgrāmaḥ, samaraḥ, samaram, āyodhanam, āhavam, raṇyam, anīkaḥ, anīkam, abhisampātaḥ, abhyāmardaḥ, araraḥ, ākrandaḥ, ājiḥ, yodhanam, jamyam, pradhanam, pravidāraṇam, mṛdham, āskandanam, saṃkhyam, samīkam, sāmyarāyikam, kalahaḥ, vigrahaḥ, saṃprahāraḥ, kaliḥ, saṃsphoṭaḥ, saṃyugaḥ, samāghātaḥ, saṃgrāmaḥ, abhyāgamaḥ, āhavaḥ, samudāyaḥ, saṃyat, samitiḥ, ājiḥ, samit, yut, saṃrāvaḥ, ānāhaḥ, samparāyakaḥ, vidāraḥ, dāraṇam, saṃvit, samparāyaḥ, balajam, ānarttaḥ, abhimaraḥ, samudayaḥ, raṇaḥ, vivāk, vikhādaḥ, nadanuḥ, bharaḥ, ākrandaḥ, ājiḥ, pṛtanājyam, abhīkam, samīkam, mamasatyam, nemadhitā, saṅkāḥ, samitiḥ, samanam, mīऴ् he, pṛtanāḥ, spṛt, spṛd, mṛt, mṛd, pṛt, pṛd, samatsu, samaryaḥ, samaraṇam, samohaḥ, samithaḥ, saṅkhe, saṅge, saṃyugam, saṅgathaḥ, saṅgame, vṛtratūryam, pṛkṣaḥ, āṇiḥ, śīrasātau, vājasātiḥ, samanīkam, khalaḥ, khajaḥ, pauṃsye, mahādhanaḥ, vājaḥ, ajam, sadma, saṃyat, saṃyad, saṃvataḥ   

śatrutāvaśād anyarājyaiḥ saha saśastrasenābalena dharmalābhārtham arthalābhārthaṃ yaśolābhārthaṃ vā yodhanam।

yatra ayuddhe dhruvaṃ nāśo yuddhe jīvitasaṃśayaḥ taṃ kālam ekaṃ yuddhasya pravadanti manīṣiṇaḥ।

yi

mātā, jananī, janmadā, janayitrī, prasūḥ, janiḥ, janī, janitrī, sāvitrī, akkā, ambā, ambikā, ambālikā   

yā janma dadāti poṣayati ca।

ādau mātā guroḥ patnī brāhmaṇī rājapatnikā gāvī dhātrī tathā pṛthvī saptaitā mātaraḥ smṛtāḥ

yi

apacitaḥ, vyayitaḥ, vyayīkṛtaḥ, vyayībhūtaḥ   

bhagnāni upayogaśūnyāni ca vastūni।

asmin paṇye apacitāni krīyante।

yi

vaiyājam, meṣayitṛtvam   

abhiprāyagopanam।

bālakāḥ pāṭhaśālāṃ na gantuṃ vaiyājam kurvanti।

yi

āgāmin, āgantavya, upasthāyin   

āgacchati kālaḥ tatsambandhī vā।

aham āgāminyai parīkṣāyai adhyayanaṃ karomi।

yi

priya, abhimata, abhīṣṭa, abhīpsita, arya, pariprī, dayita, manaḥpriya, manaḥpraṇīta, manaskānta   

yad rocate।

etat mama atīva priyaṃ pustakam asti।

yi

ānukramika, kramabaddha, średhin, anvayin, samanvayin, śrṛṅkhalita, kramaka, kramāgata, kramāyāta, kramānuyāyin   

yad krameṇa vartate।

viśvesmin jīvānām ānukramikaḥ vikāsaḥ abhavat।

yi

apavyayin   

yaḥ apavyayaṃ karoti।

prativeśinaḥ putraḥ apavyayī asti।

yi

atyācārin, anācārin, ātatāyin   

yaḥ atyācārān karoti।

kaṃsaḥ atyācārī śāsakaḥ āsīt।

yi

nyāyika   

nyāyasambandhi।

eṣaḥ nyāyikaḥ viṣayaḥ nyāyālayaṃ gaccha।

yi

kāmuka, kāmin, kāmavṛtti, kāmapravaṇa, kāmāsakta, sakāma, kāmana, kamana, kamra, kamitṛ, kāmayitā, ratārthin, maithunārthin, suratārthin, maithunābhilāṣin, sambhogābhilāśin, maithunecchu, vyavāyin, anuka, abhīka, abhika, lāpuka, abhilāṣuka, vyavāyaparāyaṇa, lampaṭa, strīrata, strīpara, kāmārta, kāmātura, kāmāndha, kāmānvita, kāmāviṣṭa, kāmagrasta, kāmādhīna, kāmayukta, kāmākrānta, kāmajita, jātakāma, kāmopahata   

yaḥ strīsambhogābhilāṣī asti।

saḥ kāmukaḥ vyaktiḥ asti।

yi

uttaradāyin, uttaradāyaka   

yasya yasmin vā uttaradāyitvam asti।

deśe vardhamānasya bhraṣṭācārasya uttaradāyī kaḥ asti।

yi

ātmaviṣayin   

yaḥ ātmanaḥ sambandhitaḥ।

asmin sammelane ātmaviṣayiṇī carcā jātā।

yi

pitā, tātaḥ, janakaḥ, vaptā, janayitā, janmadaḥ, guru, janyaḥ, janitā, bījī, vapraḥ   

pāti rakṣati apatyam yaḥ।

mama pitā adhyāpakaḥ asti। / janako janmadātā ca rakṣaṇācca pitā nṛṇām।

yi

sukhada, sukhadāyaka, sukhakārin, sukhadāyin, sukhaprada   

yaḥ sukhaṃ dadāti।

bhavataḥ saha sukhadā anubhūtiḥ prāptā mayā।

yi

duḥkhada, duḥkhadāyin, duḥkhaprada, khedajanaka, kaṣṭadāyaka   

yaḥ duḥkhaṃ dadāti।

pitroḥ sevā na kariṣyasi eṣā duḥkhadā vārtā।

yi

dhanam, vittam, vibhavaḥ, arthaḥ, vaibhavam, sampattiḥ, draviṇam, dravyam, rāḥ, riktham, ṛktham, hiraṇyam, dyumnam, svāpateyam, bhogyam, ghasu, svāpateyam, vasu, dyumnam, kāñcanam, lakṣmīḥ, sampat, vṛddhiḥ, śrīḥ, vyavahāryam, raiḥ, bhogaḥ, svam, rekṇaḥ, vedaḥ, varivaḥ, śvātram, ratnam, rayiḥ, kṣatram, bhagaḥ, mīlum, gayaḥ, dyumnaḥ, indriyam, vasu, rāyaḥ, rādhaḥ, bhojanam, tanā, nṛmṇam, bandhuḥ, medhāḥ, yaśaḥ, brahma, śraṃvaḥ, vṛtram, vṛtam   

suvarṇarupyakādayaḥ।

sādhu kāryārthe eva dhanasya viyogaḥ karaṇīyaḥ।

yi

abhikaḥ, abhīkaḥ, kāntaḥ, dayitaḥ, priyaḥ, vallabhaḥ, ramaṇaḥ, ramakaḥ, lamakaḥ, ramaḥ, varayitā, abhīṣṭaḥ, iṣṭaḥ   

anuraktaḥ puruṣaḥ।

mītā abhikena saha palāyitā।

yi

darśayitā, darśayitrī   

yaḥ yātriṇāṃ devadarśanaṃ kārayati।

asmābhiḥ kāśyāṃ darśayitrā samparkaḥ kṛtaḥ।

yi

dolāyita   

yaḥ hindolayati।

yadā jalaṃ hindolayati tadā jalasthitaṃ śaśinaḥ pratibimbaṃ dolāyitaṃ bhavati।

yi

kṣayin, rājayakṣmin   

yaḥ kṣayarogena pīḍitaḥ asti।

asmin rugṇālaye kṣayinām puruṣāṇāṃ saṅkhyā vardhate।

yi

sāmūhika, sārvajanika, sāmudāyika   

sarvajanasambandhī।

sākṣaratāyāḥ cintanārthe sāmūhikā sabhā āyojitā।

yi

dharmāvalambin, matānuyāyin, dharmānuyāyin   

yaḥ kasyāpi dharmasya anuyāyī asti।

bhārate hindūdharmasya dharmāvalambinaḥ janāḥ anyebhyaḥ apekṣayā adhikāḥ santi।

yi

kāntā, dayitā, priyatamā, priyasahacarī, ramā, vallabhā   

sā strī yasyām anurāgaḥ asti।

rādhā kṛṣṇasya kāntā āsīt।

yi

indriyam, hṛṣīkam, viṣayi, akṣam, karaṇam, grahaṇam   

jñānakarmasādhakaḥ śarīrasya avayavaḥ।

netrakarṇādayāni indriyāṇi santi।

yi

dharāśāyin   

yaḥ patitvā bhūmigataḥ।

bhūkampe naike gṛhāḥ dharāśāyinaḥ abhavan।

yi

kathā, kathānakam, parikathā, upakathā, upākhyānam, ākhyānam, ākhyāyikā, kathāprabandhaḥ   

kalpitaṃ vā dṛṣṭaṃ dṛśyam ādhārabhūtaṃ gṛhītvā kṛtā racanā।

munśī premacandasya kathāyāṃ grāmīṇajīvanasya samyak varṇanam asti।

yi

udyamaśīla, arthin, cekriya, mahārambha, mahodyoga, vyavasāyavasāyin, svapasya, svapāka   

yaḥ pariśramān karoti।

udyamaśīlaḥ nityaṃ saphalo bhavati।

yi

kalahaḥ, vādaḥ, yuddham, āyodhanam, janyam, pradhanam, pravidāraṇam, mṛdham, āskandanam, saṅkhyam, samīkam, sāmparāyikam, samaraḥ, anīkaḥ, raṇaḥ, vigrahaḥ, samprahāraḥ, kaliḥ, sphoṭaḥ, saṃyugaḥ, āhavaḥ, samitiḥ, samit, ājiḥ, śamīkam, saṃspheṭaḥ   

kasyāpi viṣaye parasparaviṣaye vā prayuktaṃ dūṣitaṃ jalpanam।

saḥ kalahasya kāraṇaṃ jñātuṃ icchati।

yi

tārtīyikam   

yavaneṣu mṛtyoḥ anantaraṃ tṛtīye dine karaṇīyaṃ kṛtyam।

adya śekharahimasya tārtīyikam asti।

yi

durgā, umā, kātyāyanī, gaurī, brahmāṇī, kālī, haimavatī, īśvarā, śivā, bhavānī, rudrāṇī, sarvāṇī, sarvamaṅgalā, aparṇā, pārvatī, mṛḍānī, līlāvatī, caṇaḍikā, ambikā, śāradā, caṇḍī, caṇḍā, caṇḍanāyikā, girijā, maṅgalā, nārāyaṇī, mahāmāyā, vaiṣṇavī, maheśvarī, koṭṭavī, ṣaṣṭhī, mādhavī, naganandinī, jayantī, bhārgavī, rambhā, siṃharathā, satī, bhrāmarī, dakṣakanyā, mahiṣamardinī, herambajananī, sāvitrī, kṛṣṇapiṅgalā, vṛṣākapāyī, lambā, himaśailajā, kārttikeyaprasūḥ, ādyā, nityā, vidyā, śubhahkarī, sāttvikī, rājasī, tāmasī, bhīmā, nandanandinī, mahāmāyī, śūladharā, sunandā, śumyabhaghātinī, hrī, parvatarājatanayā, himālayasutā, maheśvaravanitā, satyā, bhagavatī, īśānā, sanātanī, mahākālī, śivānī, haravallabhā, ugracaṇḍā, cāmuṇḍā, vidhātrī, ānandā, mahāmātrā, mahāmudrā, mākarī, bhaumī, kalyāṇī, kṛṣṇā, mānadātrī, madālasā, māninī, cārvaṅgī, vāṇī, īśā, valeśī, bhramarī, bhūṣyā, phālgunī, yatī, brahmamayī, bhāvinī, devī, acintā, trinetrā, triśūlā, carcikā, tīvrā, nandinī, nandā, dharitriṇī, mātṛkā, cidānandasvarūpiṇī, manasvinī, mahādevī, nidrārūpā, bhavānikā, tārā, nīlasarasvatī, kālikā, ugratārā, kāmeśvarī, sundarī, bhairavī, rājarājeśvarī, bhuvaneśī, tvaritā, mahālakṣmī, rājīvalocanī, dhanadā, vāgīśvarī, tripurā, jvālmukhī, vagalāmukhī, siddhavidyā, annapūrṇā, viśālākṣī, subhagā, saguṇā, nirguṇā, dhavalā, gītiḥ, gītavādyapriyā, aṭṭālavāsinī, aṭṭahāsinī, ghorā, premā, vaṭeśvarī, kīrtidā, buddhidā, avīrā, paṇḍitālayavāsinī, maṇḍitā, saṃvatsarā, kṛṣṇarūpā, balipriyā, tumulā, kāminī, kāmarūpā, puṇyadā, viṣṇucakradharā, pañcamā, vṛndāvanasvarūpiṇī, ayodhyārupiṇī, māyāvatī, jīmūtavasanā, jagannāthasvarūpiṇī, kṛttivasanā, triyāmā, jamalārjunī, yāminī, yaśodā, yādavī, jagatī, kṛṣṇajāyā, satyabhāmā, subhadrikā, lakṣmaṇā, digambarī, pṛthukā, tīkṣṇā, ācārā, akrūrā, jāhnavī, gaṇḍakī, dhyeyā, jṛmbhaṇī, mohinī, vikārā, akṣaravāsinī, aṃśakā, patrikā, pavitrikā, tulasī, atulā, jānakī, vandyā, kāmanā, nārasiṃhī, girīśā, sādhvī, kalyāṇī, kamalā, kāntā, śāntā, kulā, vedamātā, karmadā, sandhyā, tripurasundarī, rāseśī, dakṣayajñavināśinī, anantā, dharmeśvarī, cakreśvarī, khañjanā, vidagdhā, kuñjikā, citrā, sulekhā, caturbhujā, rākā, prajñā, ṛdbhidā, tāpinī, tapā, sumantrā, dūtī, aśanī, karālā, kālakī, kuṣmāṇḍī, kaiṭabhā, kaiṭabhī, kṣatriyā, kṣamā, kṣemā, caṇḍālikā, jayantī, bheruṇḍā   

sā devī yayā naike daityāḥ hatāḥ tathā ca yā ādiśaktiḥ asti iti manyate।

navarātrotsave sthāne sthāne durgāyāḥ pratiṣṭhāpanā kriyate।

yi

jalaukā, raktapā, jalaukasaḥ, jalūkā, jalākā, jaloragī, jalāyukā, jalikā, jalāsukā, jalajantukā, veṇī, jalālokā, jalaukasī, jalaukasam, jalaukasā, raktapāyinī, raktasandaśikā, tīkṣṇā, vamanī, jalajīvanī, raktapātā, vedhinī, jalasarpiṇī, jalasūciḥ, jalāṭanī, jalākā, jalapaṭātmikā, jalikā, jalālukā, jalavāsinī   

jalajantuviśeṣaḥ, yaḥ prāṇināṃ śarīrasthaṃ duṣṭaśoṇitaṃ nirharet।

priyadarśanaḥ jalaukā babhūva।

yi

vinamra, vinayin, vinīta, namra, vinayaśīla   

yaḥ namanaśīlaḥ।

hanumān vinamreṇa bhāvena nataḥ।

yi

yita   

pūyena pūritaḥ।

pūyitā granthiḥ pratidine saṃmārjanīyā।

yi

puṣṭa, ūrjasvala, āpyāyita   

atiśayitaḥ ūrjo balaṃ vā।

tasya deham puṣṭam asti।

yi

palāyita, apagata, apasaraka   

yaḥ palāyate।

ārakṣakāḥ palāyitān aparādhinaḥ anveṣayanti।

yi

vṛkṣaśāyikā, vṛkṣamarkaṭikā, parṇamṛgaḥ, camarapucchaḥ   

mūṣakasadṛśaḥ śvetakṛṣṇavarṇāṅkitaḥ tathā ca mṛdulomayuktaḥ pucchavān jantuḥ yaḥ vṛkṣe vasati।

vṛkṣaśāyikā śākāhārī asti।

yi

utkocayitṛ   

yaḥ utkocaḥ gṛhṇāti।

utkocayitā puruṣaḥ samājārthe abhiśāpaḥ asti।

yi

vismita, paramavismita, vismayin, kṛtavismaya, camatkārita, sādbhuta, hṛṣita, hṛṣṭa   

yaḥ vismayānvitaḥ।

tasya kāryaṃ dṛṣṭvā sarve vismitāḥ।

yi

veṣṭita, āveṣṭita, valayitam, saṃvītam, ruddham, āvṛttam   

yaḥ saṃvalitaḥ asti।

mama grāmaḥ latāvṛkṣaiḥ veṣṭitaḥ asti।

yi

yinī, putanā, ḍākinī   

mṛtastriyaḥ ātmanaḥ sā avasthā yā gatyābhāvāt aniṣṭāni kāryāṇi karoti।

vijñānayuge'pi naike janāḥ māyinīṃ viśvasanti।

yi

dhātrī, aṅkapālī, upamātā, kulabhṛtyā, dogdhrī, kṣīradhātrī, dhanyā, dhātrikā, dhātreyikā, dhātreyikāyī, mātṛkā, vardhāpikā   

vyavasāyaviśeṣaḥ- kā api strī upajīvikārthe svāminaḥ śiśūn svaṃ dugdhaṃ pāyayitvā poṣayati tathā ca tebhyaḥ kauṭumbikān ācārān pāṭhayati।

mātuḥ viyogāt dhātrī eva śyāmaṃ paryapālayat।

yi

dainika, āhnika, daina, daivasika, prātyahika, divātana, anvāhika, naityika   

pratidinasambandhī।

śyāmaḥ dainikaṃ vartamānapatraṃ paṭhati।

yi

sopānapaddhatiḥ, sopānaśreṇiḥ, sopānaśreṇī, sopānapaṅktiḥ, adhirohiṇī, ārohaṇam, niḥśreṇī, niḥśrayaṇī, niḥśrayiṇī, śālāram, vandiḥ, vandī, paṅkāraḥ   

ūrdhvagamanārthe adhogamanārthe vā sopānayuktaṃ vinirmitaḥ mārgaḥ।

gṛhe paṭalopari gamanārthe sopānapaddhatiḥ vinirmitā।

yi

anuyāyin, anugāmin   

kasyāpi siddhāntaṃ mataṃ vā anusṛtya yaḥ gacchati।

saḥ santakabīrasya anuyāyī asti।

yi

jayam āp, viji [ā.pa.], ji, vijayin bhū, saphalībhū   

spardhādiṣu yaśaḥprāptyanukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

maṃjulaḥ rājyastarīyāyāṃ spardhāyāṃ jayam āpnot।

yi

bhāratīya, hindusthāyin   

bhāratasya bhāratasambandhī vā।

bahuṣu dineṣu yāvat bhāratīyā janatā dāsyatvam anvabhūt।

yi

amātyaḥ, āmātyaḥ, sacivaḥ, mantrī, dhīsacivaḥ, dhīsakhaḥ, sāmāvāyikaḥ   

saḥ pradhānādhikārī yaḥ mantrajātakartavyaniścayaṃ karoti।

amātyaḥ asya kāryakramasya śubhārambhaṃ karoti।

yi

rakṣakaḥ, saṃrakṣakaḥ, abhipālaḥ, parirakṣakaḥ, rakṣapālaḥ, rakṣāpuruṣaḥ, abhipālaḥ, gopayitā, pālaḥ   

yaḥ rakṣati।

mantrīmahodayasya rakṣakaḥ gulikayā āhataḥ।

yi

vṛkṣaśāyikaḥ, kṛṣṇamukhaḥ   

markaṭaprakāraḥ yasya mukhaṃ kṛṣṇaṃ vartate tathā ca pucchaṃ dīrgham asti।

vṛkṣaśāyikaḥ plāvane nipuṇaḥ asti।

yi

yayin, pakṣapātin, ṛṇa, kāṃdiś, khacara, khacārin, khagama, khecara, gṛhītadiś, ḍīna, jihāna, nivartaka, pakṣagama, pataṃga, patara, pataru, patatṭa, patatrinṭa, patayālu, patvan   

yaḥ uḍḍayate।

kākaḥ yayī khagaḥ asti।

yi

pramattacitta, avyavasāyin, pramādin   

yasya cittaṃ pramattam।

pratyekasmin kārye pramattacittasya puruṣasya iva kimartham ācarasi।

yi

phaladāyin, phalada, phaladāyaka   

yaḥ phalārthe khyātaḥ asti।

tena gṛhaṃ nirmātuṃ phaladāyī vṛkṣaḥ pracchinnaḥ।

yi

catura, caturaka, nipuṇa, niṣṇa, niṣṇāta, viśārada, paṭu, pravīṇa, prājña, vicakṣaṇa, vidagdha, paṭumati, paṭiṣṭha, paṭīyas, peśala, praṇata, pratīta, aṇuka, abhijña, ullāgha, ṛbhu, ṛbhumat, ṛbhuṣṭhira, ṛbhva, ṛbhvan, ṛbhvas, karaṇa, karmaṭha, karmaṇya, kalāpa, kaliṅga, kalya, kārayitavyadakṣa, kuśala, kuśalin, kṛtakarman, kṛtamukha, kṛtin, kṛtnu, kriyāpaṭu, cheka, chekala, chekāla, tūrṇi, tejīyas, dhīvan, dhīvara, dhṛtvan, dhṛṣu, nadīṣṇa, nayaka, nāgara, nāgaraka, nāgarika, nirgranthaka, nirgranthika, proha, prauṇa, bahupaṭa, budha, budhda, matimat, manasvin, marmajña, vijña, viḍaṅga, vidura, vidvala, śikva, sudhī, suvicakṣaṇa, samāpta   

yaḥ cāturyeṇa kāryaṃ karoti।

catureṇa ārakṣakeṇa aparāddhānāṃ ekaḥ saṅghaḥ gṛhītaḥ।

yi

māyākāraḥ, māyākṛt, māyī, māyikaḥ, māyāvī, māyājīvī   

yaḥ māyayā krīḍāṃ karoti।

māyākāreṇa vastrāt puṣpasya nirmāṇaṃ kṛtam।

yi

saṃstambhayi   

saḥ puruṣaḥ vā tat tattvaṃ vā yat kāryaviśeṣasya saṃsthāviśeṣasya vā ādhāraḥ vartate।

mama ācāryaḥ asya mahāvidyālayasya saṃstambhayitā asti।

yi

yika, śārīrika, daihika   

śarīrasambandhī।

kāyikaṃ sukhaṃ kṣaṇikam asti।

yi

mārgadarśakaḥ, pathadarśakaḥ, upadeśakaḥ, nirdeśakaḥ, nāyakaḥ, pragrahaḥ, mārgopadik, nirdeṣṭā, adhvadarśī, saṃcārayitā, nirṇetā, dhūrṣad, uddeśakaḥ, padavāyaḥ, ādeśakaḥ, prajñātā, mukhyaḥ, vicārakaḥ, vināyakaḥ, vinetā, voḍhā   

yaḥ mārgaṃ darśayati।

vayam ekaṃ kuśalaṃ mārgadarśakam anusarantaḥ agre agacchāma।

yi

vidūṣakaḥ, vaihāsikaḥ, parihāsayitā, prahāsī, bhaṇḍaḥ   

yaḥ abhinayena aṅgādivaikṛtyena vā janeṣu hāsyam utpādayati।

asya krīḍācakrasya vidūṣakaḥ atīva hāsyakārī।

yi

dhīvaraḥ, dhīvā, śākunikaḥ, śākunī, kaivartaḥ, kaivartakaḥ, kevartaḥ, jālikaḥ, ānāyī, abdhijīvī, kupinī, choṭī, jalacarājīvaḥ, timighātī, dāśaḥ, dāsaḥ, dāśeraḥ, dāseraḥ, dāśerakaḥ, dāserakaḥ, puñjiṣṭhaḥ, matsyaghātī, matsyajīvā, matsyajīvī, matsyabandhaḥ, matsyahā, matsyopajīvī, mātsikaḥ, mātsyikaḥ, mīnaghātī, mīnāriḥ, mainālaḥ, vāryupajīvī, śākulikaḥ, śāpharikaḥ, salilopajīvī   

yaḥ matsyān jāle baddhvā krīṇāti।

vārdalāt dhīvarāḥ samudre matsyabandhanārthe na gatāḥ।

yi

aicchika, svaichchika, svacchanda, kāmya, ābhiprāyika   

yat manaḥ icchati।

pratyekaḥ aicchikaṃ karma kartum icchati।

yi

lekhikā, granthakartrī, racayitrī   

sā strī yā kathālekhādīn likhati।

mahādevīvarmāmahodayā ekā prasiddhā lekhikā asti।

yi

saṃhārakaḥ, āmarītā, ucchettā, upakṣapayitā, upahantā, ghanaḥ, jagadantaka, daṃsayitā, niṣūdakaḥ, nihantā, saṃhartā   

yaḥ saṃhāraṃ karoti।

śivaḥ sṛṣṭeḥ saṃhārakaḥ iti manyate।

yi

sandigdhatā, sandigdhatvam, sāṃśayikatvam, dvaidhībhāvaḥ, anirṇayaḥ, dvaidhībhāvaḥ   

sandehapūrṇā avasthā।

ārakṣakāḥ sandigdhatāṃ dūrīkurvanti।

yi

sāṃkhyi   

tad śāstraṃ yasmin kasyāpi viṣayasya saṅkhyānām ādhāreṇa siddhāntānāṃ prasthāpīkaraṇam bhavati।

satīśaḥ arthaśāstre sāṃkhyikī iti viṣaye kaṭhinatām anubhavati।

yi

sāmpradāyika   

kenāpi viśeṣeṇa sampradāyena panthena vā sambaddhaḥ।

jainānāṃ sāmpradāyikānāṃ matānusāreṇa kasyāpi jīvasya hatyā pāpam asti।

yi

sāmpradāyika   

sampradāyasambandhī।

adhunā pratidine rāṣṭre sāmpradāyikāḥ yuddhāḥ bhavanti।

yi

asāmpradāyika   

yaḥ sāmpradāyikaḥ nāsti।

asāmpradāyikāḥ janāḥ viśvaśāntiṃ sthāpayituṃ śaknuvanti।

yi

sāṃkhyikīvid   

saḥ gaṇitajñaḥ yaḥ sāṃkhyikīśāstre nipuṇaḥ asti।

manoharamahodayaḥ prasiddhaḥ sāṃkhyikīvid asti।

yi

pratyāyitaḥ, āyuktaḥ   

maṇḍalasya pradhānaḥ śāsakīyaḥ adhikārī।

śyāmasya pitā ārakṣakālaye pratyāyitaḥ asti।

yi

vilāyita, vilīna, līna, pralīna, miśrita   

ekībhūtaḥ padārthaḥ।

pānīye śarkarā vilāyitā asti।

yi

paribhraṣṭa, kṣayita, vinidhvasta, vidhvasta, dhvaṃsita, paricyuta, viplāvita, nāśita, paridhvasta, kṣapita, parikṣīṇa, niṣpātita, kṣayayukta, vipanna, bhraṣṭa, vilupta, utsanna, avamṛdita   

vipannatāṃ gatam।

paribhraṣṭaṃ gṛhaṃ dṛṣṭvā kṛṣakaḥ krandati।

yi

satyam, satyā, satyaḥ, yathārtham, avitathaḥ, avitatham, avitathā, akṛtrimaḥ, akṛtrimā, akṛtrimam, gatālīkaḥ, gatālīkā, gatālīkam, nirmāyikaḥ, nirmāyikam, nirmāyikaḥ, akapaṭaḥ, akapaṭam, akapaṭā, niṣkapaṭī, niṣkapaṭaḥ, ṛtam, samyak, tathyam   

yathā asti tathā। vinā kapaṭaṃ vā।

adhyakṣeṇa nirbhayo bhūtvā satyaṃ kathanīyam।

yi

avyavasāyin   

abhirucyā arthārjanaheturahitaṃ kṛtaṃ kāryam।

mama pitā avyavasāyī citrakāraḥ asti।

yi

suphaladāyin, suphalada, suphaladāyaka, suphalaprada   

yaḥ samyak phalaṃ yacchati।

sarvāṇi karmāṇi suphaladāyīni na santi।

yi

kāmāyanī, kāmāyinī, śraddhā   

vaivastamanoḥ patnī।

kāmāyanyāḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu dṛśyate।

yi

sāhityika   

sāhityasambandhī।

gadyapadyādayaḥ sāhityikāḥ prakārāḥ santi।

yi

kavayitrī   

yā kāvyaṃ likhati।

subhadrā-kumārī-cauhāna-mahodayā kavayitrī asti।

yi

śāntidāyaka, śāntidāyin   

yena śāntiḥ anubhūyate।

svāminaḥ śāntidāyakaṃ pravacanaṃ śrutvā manaḥ santuṣṭaṃ jātam।

yi

gupta, pālita, rakṣita, saṃrakṣita, adhigupta, anugupta, abhigupta, abhirakṣita, abhisaṃgupta, abhyupapanna, ālambita, ārakṣita, ūta, gopāyita, gupita, daṃśita, datta, dayita, trāṇa, trāta, pratipālita, paritrāta, pāta, sanātha, avita   

samyak gopyate yat।

cauraḥ guptānāṃ sampattīnām anveṣaṇaṃ karoti।

yi

kṣīradhātrī, dhātreyikā, dhātrī, dhātreyikāyī   

sā dhātrī yā dugdhaṃ pāyayati।

kṣīradhātrī śiśuṃ dugdhaṃ pāyayati।

yi

sahayāyin, satrāc, sahāyin, samānagati   

yātrāyāṃ saha vartamānaḥ।

sahayāyinyāḥ mahilāyāḥ vastūni naṣṭāni।

yi

pravṛddha, parivṛddha, samupārūḍa, vardhita, abhivṛddha, abhyuccita, āpī, āpyāna, āpyāyita, ucchrita, udagra, udita, udīrita, udīrṇa, udbhūta, udrikta, unnaddha, unnamita, upasṛṣṭa, ṛddha, edhita, jṛmbhita, paribṛṃhita, paripuṣṭa, parivardhita, pyāyita, bahulīkṛta, bahulita, bṛṃhita, pracurīkṛta, prathita, rūḍha, vejita, vivardhita, vivṛddha, śūna, sādhika, sahaskṛta, samārūḍha, samedhita, sampraviddha, saṃrabdha, samuddhata, samukṣita, samunnīta, saṃvṛddha, sāndrīkṛta, sātirikta, sphītīkṛta, ucchūna   

yaḥ avardhata।

pravṛddhena mūlyena janāḥ pīḍitāḥ।

yi

asthāyin   

kasyāpi sthāne tasya kāryaṃ pracālayituṃ niyatakālaṃ yāvat niyuktaḥ।

asmin kāryālaye maheśaṃ vihāya anye sarve janāḥ asthāyinaḥ santi।

yi

sthāyin   

yaḥ kāryāt nivṛtteḥ niyatasya kālasya vayaḥ yāvat pracalati।

bhrātā vittakośe sthāyi kāryaṃ prāptavān।

yi

sthitiḥ, sthāyitvam   

nityasya avasthā bhāvo vā।

īśvarasya tathā ca prakṛteḥ sthitiḥ khyātaḥ eva।

yi

asthāyitvam   

anityasya avasthā bhāvo vā।

jīvasya tathā ca jagataḥ anityatā sarvaiḥ viditā eva।

yi

anityatā, anityatvam, kṣaṇabhaṅguratā, kṣaṇabhaṅguratvam, kṣaṇikatā, kṣaṇikatvam, aśāśvatatā, aśāśvatatvam, asthāyitā, asthāyitvam   

nityatāyāḥ abhāvasya bhāvaḥ।

jīvane anityatve sati api satkarmaṇi pravartitavyam।

yi

dhanadāyin, dhanada, dhanadatta   

yaḥ dhanaṃ yacchati।

eṣā saṃsthā dīnānāṃ kṛte dhanadāyinī asti।

yi

paścāttāpin, anutāpin, anuśayin   

gṛhītapaścāttāpaḥ।

paścātāpī puruṣaḥ tena akṣamyata।

yi

darśayitā, darśayitrī, mārgākhyāyī, mārgākhyāyinī, deśikaḥ, deśikā   

yaḥ kasminnapi paryaṭanasthale tasya sthalasya vijñāpanaṃ dadāti।

darśayitā paryaṭanasthalasya viṣaye bahuvidhaṃ vijñāpayati।

yi

jiṣṇu, vijetā, vijayin   

yaḥ parājayate।

jiṣṇunā rājñā parājitaḥ rājā baddhaḥ।

yi

jayī, jayinī, jetā, jetrī, vijayī, vijayinī, saṃjit, saṃjit   

yena vijayaḥ prāptaḥ।

janaiḥ jayī skandhebhyaḥ uddhṛtaḥ।

yi

yikā, gāyakī, gāyanī   

sā strī yā gāyati।

latā maṃgeśakara mahodayā ekā prakhyātā gāyikā asti।

yi

dhārakaḥ, dhārikā, dhārayitā, dhārayitrī, grāhakaḥ, grāhikā   

yaḥ dadhāti।

daśarūpyakāṇāṃ mudrāpatreṣu likhitaṃ yat ahaṃ dhārakāya daśarūpyakāṇāṃ dānāya vacanabaddhaḥ iti।

yi

sāmayikaḥ, saṅketasamayaniṣṭhaḥ, saṅketasamayānuvartī   

yaḥ niyamānāṃ vidhīnāṃ samayasya ca abhyāsena pālanaṃ karoti।

rājā āṅgladeśīyasya sarvakārasya sāmayikaḥ āsīt।

yi

apātradāyin   

anarhāya manuṣyāya yaḥ dānaṃ dadāti।

apātradāyī manuṣyaḥ kiñcit kālānantaram anutapyate।

yi

saṃśayitṛ   

yaḥ śaṅkāṃ karoti।

saṃśayitā kamapi na viśvasiti।

yi

karāyi   

kṛśāyāḥ cañcukāyāḥ ekaḥ jalakhagaḥ।

sarovare ekā karāyikā tarati।

yi

rājasūyika   

rājasūyanāmakena yajñena sambaddham।

rājasūyayajñāt pūrvaṃ rājā rājasūyikaṃ sandhānam akarot।

yi

abhiyāyin, abhiprayāyin, abhivartin   

yat nikaṭaṃ gacchati।

sādhuḥ abhiyāyine manuṣyāya prasādaṃ dattavān।

yi

tvarita, ātyayika, satvara, sadyaska, pratyakṣam, anāntarīyaka, āñjas   

yasya sambandhe śīghratāyāḥ āvaśyakatā asti।

tvaritasya sandeśasya preṣaṇāya atyādhikānām ādhunikānāṃ upakaraṇānāṃ vyavasthā bhaviṣyati।

yi

toṣayitavya   

toṣaṇasya yogyam।

brāhmaṇena yajamānāya toṣayitavyānāṃ sāmagrīṇāṃ sūciḥ dattā।

yi

ākhyāyakaḥ, saṃdeśaharaḥ, āśaṃsitā, pravaktā, saṃśrāvayi   

yaḥ ghoṣaṇāṃ karoti।

saḥ ākāśavāṇyāṃ ākhyāyakaḥ āsīt।

yi

saṃdigdha, saṃdehin, saṃśayāpanna, saṃśayin, sāṃśayika   

śaṅkayā yuktaḥ।

saṃdigdhaḥ manuṣyaḥ kāryaṃ kartum asamarthaḥ āsīt।

yi

praṇayin, premin, prītimat   

yaḥ kāmayate।

grāmīṇaiḥ praṇayi yugmaṃ hatam।

yi

pṛthivī, bhūḥ, bhūmiḥ, acalā, anantā, rasā, viśvambharā, sthirā, dharā, dharitrī, dharaṇī, kṣauṇī, jyā, kāśyapī, kṣitiḥ, sarvasahā, vasumatī, vasudhā, urvī, vasundharā, gotrā, kuḥ, pṛthvī, kṣmā, avaniḥ, medinī, mahī, dharaṇī, kṣoṇiḥ, kṣauṇiḥ, kṣamā, avanī, mahiḥ, ratnagarbhā, sāgarāmbarā, abdhimekhalā, bhūtadhātrī, ratnāvatī, dehinī, pārā, vipulā, madhyamalokavartmā, dhāraṇī, gandhavatī, mahākāntā, khaṇḍanī, girikarṇikā, dhārayitrī, dhātrī, acalakīlā, gauḥ, abdhidvīpā, iḍā, iḍikā, ilā, ilikā, irā, ādimā, īlā, varā, ādyā, jagatī, pṛthuḥ, bhuvanamātā, niścalā, śyāmā   

martyādyadhiṣṭhānabhūtā।

pṛthivī pañcamam bhūtam

yi

vinimayita   

yasya vinimayaḥ kṛtaḥ।

āpaṇikaḥ vinimayitānāṃ vastūnāṃ sūcīṃ karoti।

yi

praracayitā, parikalpakaḥ   

yaḥ vastradīnām ālekhanaṃ karoti।

praracayitā svasya kalpanāṃ pratyakṣaṃ karoti।

yi

abhyutthāyin   

satkāraṃ kartuṃ yaḥ uttiṣṭhati।

abhyutthāyinaḥ puruṣāḥ kṛpayā upaviśantu।

yi

śāyi   

relayānādiṣu svaptuṃ nirmitaṃ sthānam।

dehalīṃ gantum asmābhiḥ śāyikāyāḥ ārakṣaṇaṃ kṛtam।

yi

śīrya, sādayitavya, śīrta, vipādya, vipāditavya, vipādaniya, khaṇḍya, khaṇḍanīyaḥ, vilupya   

vinaṣṭuṃ yogyaḥ।

kāmam abhirakṣata śīryāṇi vastūni vinaśyanti eva tāni।

yi

anadhyavasāyin, aprayatnaśīla, alpaceṣṭita, anudyamin, anudyogin, alasa, gehemehin, jihma, nirūdyama, niryatna, niṣkriyātman   

yaḥ prayatitum anutsukaḥ asti।

anadhyavasāyī manuṣyaḥ kadāpi yaśaḥ na prāpnoti।

yi

lohitīkṛta, raktīkṛta, aruṇita, lohitāyita   

lohitāyate iti।

lohitīkṛtāyāṃ bhittau citraṃ nirmitam।

yi

bhojaka, bhakṣaka, bhakṣayitṛ, bhoktṛ, khādaka, khāditṛ, atti, attṛ, aśitṛ, khaṭakhādaka   

yaḥ khādati।

sarvebhyaḥ bhakṣakebhyaḥ bhojanaṃ pariveṣitam।

yi

rūḍha, nirūḍha, pracalita, vyāvahārika, ucita, niyata, pracala, sāmayika, niyama, dharmya, vaiyavahārika, sāṃketika, sāmayācārika, pratna, lokya, laukika   

loke lokeṣu vā pracalitaḥ.;

asya śabdasya rūḍhaḥ arthaḥ kaḥ।

yi

palāyitaḥ, palāyakaḥ, palāyanaparāyaṇaḥ, pataraḥ, pataruḥ, pradrāvī, prapalāyī, viplavī, avinivartī   

yena bhītivaśād athavā anyena kena api kāraṇena palāyanaṃ kṛtam।

ārakṣakāḥ palāyitaṃ mṛgayanti।

yi

arjanīya, upārjya, arjitavya, labhya, adhigantavya, adhigamanīya, adhigamya, āsādayitavya, āsādya, gamya, prāpaṇīya, prāpya, lambhanīya, samāsādya, samprāpya, samprāpaṇīya, samprāptavya   

prāptum yogyaḥ।

arjanīyasya dhanasya abhilāṣayā eva saḥ tat kāryam akarot।

yi

naiyāyikaḥ, nyāyavettā, nyāyādhyetā   

yaḥ nyāyaṃ tarkaśāstraṃ vā viśeṣam adhīte।

naiyāyikasya tarkeṇa sarve joṣaṃ sthitāḥ।

yi

śayita   

śayanaṃ kriyamāṇaḥ।

paricārikā śayitaṃ rugṇam utthāpayati।

yi

yinī, māyākāriṇī, māyā, abhicāriṇī   

strī abhicārī।

māyinī māyāṃ darśayati।

yi

mokṣadāyin   

mokṣaṃ dadāti iti।

īśvarabhaktiḥ mokṣadāyinī asti।

yi

ābhyudayikam   

śrāddhaviśeṣaḥ yaḥ kartuḥ abhyudayasya prayojanam astīti manyate।

asmākaṃ prativeśī adya ābhyudayikaṃ karoti।

yi

ābhyudayika   

abhyudayena sambaddham।

pratyekasmin śubhakārye ābhyudayikaṃ śrāddhaṃ kriyate।

yi

antevasāyin   

samājaviśeṣaḥ yaḥ grāmaprānte nivasati।

antevāsinaḥ kadācit grāmam āgacchanti।

yi

āśrayin   

anyasya āśraye sthitvā kāryādikaṃ kriyamāṇaḥ।

saḥ rājasabhāyāḥ āśrayī kaviḥ āsīt।

yi

ucchettā, unmūlayi   

yaḥ unmūlanasya kāryaṃ karoti।

tabbūnāmakaḥ ucchettā na jāne kutra gataḥ।

yi

prārūpayita   

yasya prārūpaṃ kṛtam।

prārūpayitānāṃ vastūnām āpaṇe kathaṃ pradarśanaṃ karaṇīyam।

yi

sāmpradāyikatā   

sāmpradāyikasya avasthā bhāvaḥ vā।

samāje sāmpradāyikatāyāḥ prasaraḥ na yogyaḥ।

yi

kendrīyasāṅkhyikīsaṅghaṭanam   

ekaṃ saṅghaṭanaṃ yaḥ bhārate sāṅkhyikīyasya kriyārūpasya samanvayārthaṃ vikāsārthañca tathā sāṅkhyikīyaṃ mānakaṃ nirdhārayati।

kendrīyasāṅkhyikīsaṅghaṭanasya kāryālayaḥ dehalyām asti।

yi

anuttaradāyitvam   

uttaradāyitvasya abhāvasya avasthā bhāvaḥ vā।

samāje vartamānānāṃ samasyānām akathanena anuttaradāyitvasya bhāvanāyāḥ prasāraḥ bhavati।

yi

kṣayita, hrāsita   

yad hrasate।

aṃśakasya kṣayitena mūlyena hāniḥ jātā।

yi

vijayikṣetram   

orisārājye vartamānaṃ ekaṃ pavitraṃ sthānam ।

vijayikṣetram varṇanaṃ praśastiṣu prāpyate

yi

vyākhyāyi   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

vyākhyāyikā iti vāsavadattā nāmakasya granthasya ṭīkāgranthaḥ asti

yi

kulāyi   

ekaḥ pūjāvidhiḥ ।

kulāyinī lāṭyāyanena nyāyamālāvistarasya ṭīkāyām ullikhitā

yi

praṇayimādhavacampūḥ   

ekaṃ kāvyam ।

praṇayimādhavacampū iti prakhyātaṃ kāvyam

yi

kulāyi   

ekaḥ pūjāvidhiḥ ।

kulāyinī lāṭyāyanena nyāyamālāvistarasya ṭīkāyām ullikhitā

Parse Time: 3.288s Search Word: yi Input Encoding: IAST: yi